EP1660596A1 - Mikroorganismen- beschichtungskomponente, beschichtungen und beschichtete ooberfläche - Google Patents

Mikroorganismen- beschichtungskomponente, beschichtungen und beschichtete ooberfläche

Info

Publication number
EP1660596A1
EP1660596A1 EP04718588A EP04718588A EP1660596A1 EP 1660596 A1 EP1660596 A1 EP 1660596A1 EP 04718588 A EP04718588 A EP 04718588A EP 04718588 A EP04718588 A EP 04718588A EP 1660596 A1 EP1660596 A1 EP 1660596A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
coating
particulate material
cell
based particulate
combination
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Withdrawn
Application number
EP04718588A
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
Steven C. Mcdaniel
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
MCDANIEL, C. STEVEN
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US10/655,345 external-priority patent/US20040109853A1/en
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Publication of EP1660596A1 publication Critical patent/EP1660596A1/de
Withdrawn legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00—Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A62—LIFE-SAVING; FIRE-FIGHTING
    • A62D—CHEMICAL MEANS FOR EXTINGUISHING FIRES OR FOR COMBATING OR PROTECTING AGAINST HARMFUL CHEMICAL AGENTS; CHEMICAL MATERIALS FOR USE IN BREATHING APPARATUS
    • A62D3/00—Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances
    • A62D3/02—Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances by biological methods, i.e. processes using enzymes or microorganisms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00—Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • C09D5/02—Emulsion paints including aerosols
    • C09D5/024—Emulsion paints including aerosols characterised by the additives
    • C09D5/025—Preservatives, e.g. antimicrobial agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00—Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • C09D5/14—Paints containing biocides, e.g. fungicides, insecticides or pesticides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00—Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • C09D5/34—Filling pastes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00—Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40—Additives
    • C09D7/41—Organic pigments; Organic dyes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00—Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40—Additives
    • C09D7/60—Additives non-macromolecular
    • C09D7/63—Additives non-macromolecular organic
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09J—ADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J11/00—Features of adhesives not provided for in group C09J9/00, e.g. additives
    • C09J11/02—Non-macromolecular additives
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N11/00—Carrier-bound or immobilised enzymes; Carrier-bound or immobilised microbial cells; Preparation thereof
    • C12N11/02—Enzymes or microbial cells immobilised on or in an organic carrier
    • C12N11/08—Enzymes or microbial cells immobilised on or in an organic carrier the carrier being a synthetic polymer
    • C12N11/082—Enzymes or microbial cells immobilised on or in an organic carrier the carrier being a synthetic polymer obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C12N11/087—Acrylic polymers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N11/00—Carrier-bound or immobilised enzymes; Carrier-bound or immobilised microbial cells; Preparation thereof
    • C12N11/02—Enzymes or microbial cells immobilised on or in an organic carrier
    • C12N11/08—Enzymes or microbial cells immobilised on or in an organic carrier the carrier being a synthetic polymer
    • C12N11/089—Enzymes or microbial cells immobilised on or in an organic carrier the carrier being a synthetic polymer obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C12N11/096—Polyesters; Polyamides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N11/00—Carrier-bound or immobilised enzymes; Carrier-bound or immobilised microbial cells; Preparation thereof
    • C12N11/16—Enzymes or microbial cells immobilised on or in a biological cell
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/14—Hydrolases (3)
    • C12N9/16—Hydrolases (3) acting on ester bonds (3.1)
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A62—LIFE-SAVING; FIRE-FIGHTING
    • A62D—CHEMICAL MEANS FOR EXTINGUISHING FIRES OR FOR COMBATING OR PROTECTING AGAINST HARMFUL CHEMICAL AGENTS; CHEMICAL MATERIALS FOR USE IN BREATHING APPARATUS
    • A62D2101/00—Harmful chemical substances made harmless, or less harmful, by effecting chemical change
    • A62D2101/02—Chemical warfare substances, e.g. cholinesterase inhibitors
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A62—LIFE-SAVING; FIRE-FIGHTING
    • A62D—CHEMICAL MEANS FOR EXTINGUISHING FIRES OR FOR COMBATING OR PROTECTING AGAINST HARMFUL CHEMICAL AGENTS; CHEMICAL MATERIALS FOR USE IN BREATHING APPARATUS
    • A62D2101/00—Harmful chemical substances made harmless, or less harmful, by effecting chemical change
    • A62D2101/20—Organic substances
    • A62D2101/26—Organic substances containing nitrogen or phosphorus
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L89/00—Compositions of proteins; Compositions of derivatives thereof

Definitions

  • the present invention relates generally to the field of coatings (e.g., paints) and other surface treatments that comprise a cell-based particulate material. More specifically, the present invention relates to coatings such as paints or clear coatings that comprise a microorganism-based particulate material. The invention further relates to the use of a cell- based particulate material as a biodegradable coating component.
  • coatings e.g., paints
  • other surface treatments that comprise a cell-based particulate material. More specifically, the present invention relates to coatings such as paints or clear coatings that comprise a microorganism-based particulate material. The invention further relates to the use of a cell- based particulate material as a biodegradable coating component.
  • a microorganism such as a bacterium, a fungus, or an algae, is considered an undesirable contaminant in a coating and/or film.
  • a coating, film, substrate, or a combination thereof may be detrimentally affected by the presence of a living microorganism.
  • a living microorganism can alter viscosity due to damage to a cellulosic viscosifier; alter a rheological property by increasing the gelling of a coating; produce an undesirable color alteration ("discoloration") by production of a colorizing agent; produce undesirable gas and increase foam in a coating; produce an undesirable odor; alter (e.g., lower pH); damage a preservative; produce slime; reduce adhesion by a film; increase corrosion of a metal surface by moisture production by a microorganism; increase corrosion of a metal surface by film damage; or damage a wooden surface by colonization (e.g., fungal colonization).
  • These changes can lead to the coating and/or film becoming unsuitable for use.
  • a microorganism is generally more prevalent in a water-borne coating, as the solvent component of a solvent borne-coating usually acts as a preservative.
  • a film is generally susceptible to such damage by growth of a microorganism after loss of a solvent (e.g., evaporation) during film formation.
  • various bacteria e.g., Bacillus spp.
  • fungi produce spores, which are cells that are relatively durable to unfavorable conditions (e.g., cold, heat, dehydration, a biocide) and may persist in a coating and or film for months or years prior to germinating into a damaging colony of cells.
  • bacteria commonly found to contaminate a coating and/or film examples include Pseudomonas spp., Aerobacter spp., Enterobacter spp., Flavobacterium spp. (e.g., Flavobacterium marinum), ox Bacillus spp.
  • fungi commonly found to contaminate a coating and or film examples include Aureobasidium pullulans, Alternaria dianthicola, or Phoma pigrnentivora.
  • algae commonly found to contaminate a coating and/or film examples include Oscillotoria sp., Scytonema sp., or Protoccoccus sp.
  • microorganisms such as Gram-negative Eubacteria including Alcaligenes faecalis (ATCC No. 8750), Pseudomonas aeruginosa (ATCC Nos. 10145 and 15442), Pseudomonas fluorescens (ATCC No. 13525), Enterobacter aerogenes (ATCC No. 13048), Escherichia coli (ATCC No. 11229), Proteus vulgaris (ATCC No. 8427), Oscillatoria sp. (ATCC No. 29135), and Calothrix sp.
  • Gram-negative Eubacteria including Alcaligenes faecalis (ATCC No. 8750), Pseudomonas aeruginosa (ATCC Nos. 10145 and 15442), Pseudomonas fluorescens (ATCC No. 13525), Enterobacter aerogenes (ATCC No. 13048), Escherich
  • Penicillium funiculosum ATCC No. 9644
  • Cladosporium cladosporoides ATCC No. 16022
  • Trichoderma viride ATCC No. 9645
  • Ulocladium atrum ATCC No. 52426
  • Alternaria alternate ATCC No. 52170
  • Stachybotrys chartarum ATCC No. 16026
  • yeast including Candida albicans (ATCC No. 11651)
  • Protista including Chlorella sp. (ATCC No. 7516), Chlorella vulgaris (ATCC No. 11468), Chlorella pyrenoidosa (UTEX No. 1230), Chlorococcum oleofaciens (UTEX No.
  • Immobilized enzymes in a latex are discussed in the April 2002 edition of "Emulsion Polymer Technologies," by the Paint Research Association website http://ww .pra.org.uk/publications/emulsion/emulsion highlights- 2002.htm.
  • Recombinant Escherichia coli cells have been cryoimmobilized in poly(vinyl)alcohol gel spheres (Rainina, E. I. et al., 1996).
  • Whole Flavobacterium sp. cells or cell membranes have been described as immobilized to glass membrane using poly(carbamoyl sulfonate) and poly(ethyleneimine) (Gaberlein, S. et al., 2000a).
  • Escherichia coli cells were fixed behind a polycarbonate membrane (Mulchandani, A. et al., 1998a; Mulchandani, A. et al., 1998b).
  • Recombinant Escherichia coli cells were admixed in low melting point agarose and applied to membrane that was affixed to a fiber optic sensor (Mulchandani, A. et al, 1998c).
  • Recombinant Moraxella sp. cells were admixed in 75% (w/w) graphite powder and 25% (w/w) mineral oil and placed into an electrode cavity (Mulchandani, P. et al., 2001b). Additional sensors using OPH have been described (Mulchandani, A.
  • a surprising and unexpected aspect ofthe present invention is the discovery of the suitability of a cell-based particulate material, particularly a microorganism-based particulate material, for use as a purposefully included surface treatment component.
  • This discovery is surprising due to the problem of damage by living cells, particularly those of microorganisms, to surface treatments (e.g., coatings, waxes, textile finishes, waxes, elastomers, adhesives, sealants) and/or a surface (e.g., wood, metal), as is known to those of skill in the art and described herein.
  • a cell- based particulate material ofthe present invention is sterile while used in a surface treatment.
  • cell-based particulate materials are contemplated for use as various coating and surface treatment components such as pigments, fillers, light stablizers, binders, rheology control agents, and other embodiments described herein.
  • this selection of cell-based particulate materials as a surface treatment component is counter to the core teachings ofthe art as related to surface treatments.
  • a "surface treatment” refers to compositions applied to a surface, and examples of such compositions specifically contemplated include a coating (e.g., a paint, a clear coat), a textile finish, a wax, elastomer, an adhesive, or a sealant.
  • Such surface treatments are known to one of ordinary skill in the respective arts of coatings, textile finishes, waxes, elastomers, adhesives, and/or sealants, and any technique or composition described herein or would be known to one of ordinary skill in these arts may be applied in the practice ofthe present invention in light ofthe disclosures herein ofthe utility of cell-based particulate material as a component of a surface treatment.
  • the present invention provides compositions and methods for use of a cell- based particulate material as a component of a surface treatment.
  • a cell-based particulate material refers to particulate material prepared from a cell or virus. More specifically, the present invention provides compositions and methods for incorporating preparations of cells or viruses, particularly microorganism derived cells, into surface treatments as a particulate material.
  • a preferred surface treatment is a coating.
  • a preferred cell-based particulate material comprises a sterilized and/or attenuated cell-based particulate material, wherein the majority or all ofthe cell-based particulate material has been killed and/or reduced in pathogenicity.
  • the invention provides a coating or other surface treatment comprising a cell- based particulate material.
  • a further disclosure ofthe present mvention is the preparation of a cell-based particulate material with a limited number of processing and/or purification steps from the organism from which it was produced.
  • the cell-based particulate material comprises a cell wall, a silica based shell/exoskeleton cell wall (e.g., a test, a frustule), a pellicle, a viral proteinaceous outer coat, or a combination thereof.
  • a cell-based particulate material of the present invention such as a whole cell particulate material or a cell-fragment particulate material will be of a greater molecular weight or mass per particle than other coating or surface treatment components. It is contemplated that the insolubility of a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention will be enhanced by a greater average molecular weight.
  • the cell wall component e.g., peptidoglycan
  • most coating or other surface treatment components are typically less than 1,000 kDa (1.66 xlO "18 g) in weight per individual molecule or particle.
  • the average weight per single particle ("primary particle") of a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may be measured in "wet weight,” which is the weight ofthe particle prior to a drying or an extraction step that would remove the liquid component of a cell (e.g., the aqueous component ofthe cell's cytoplasm).
  • the "wet weight" of a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may also be measured in “wet weight.”
  • the “dry weight” refers to the average per particle weight of a cell-based particulate material after the majority ofthe liquid component has been removed.
  • the term “majority” refers 50% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, with the greater values prefened (e.g., 85% to 100%).
  • the dry weight of a cell- based particulate material ofthe present invention will typically be 5% to 30% the wet weight, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, as it is usual for 70% to 95% of a cell to be water.
  • Any technique for measuring cell or particle size, volume, density, etc. used by those of ordinary skill in these arts for various insoluble particulate materials (e.g., pigments) used as coating, paint, or surface treatment components may be applied to a cell- based particulate material ofthe present invention to determine wet or dry weight values, particle size, particle density, etc.
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention including those prepared from a cell comprising a silica based shell/exoskeleton/cell wall (e.g., a test, a frustule), will comprise one or more biomolecules that contribute to average molecular weight ofthe particles of cell-based particulate material.
  • a "biomolecule” as used herein is any molecule comprising carbon synthesized by a living cell and comprised as part of a cell-based particulate material. In most embodiments, the biomolecule was part ofthe cell or virus from which the cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention is produced, and is retained as part ofthe cell- based particulate material.
  • a cell-based particulate material prepared from a cell comprising a silica-based shell/exoskeleton/cell wall or other non-biomolecule component will comprise a per particle average, by wet or dry weight, of 0.000001% to 100% of one or more biomolecules, including all inte nediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • all detectable amounts ofthe non-biomolecule component may be removed by one or more processing steps, producing a cell-based particulate material comprising, by wet or dry weight, 100% or one or more biomolecules.
  • Examples ofthe intermediate ranges and combinations for the minimum per particle average biomolecule wet or dry weight value for a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention includes 0.00001%, 0.0001%, 0.001%, 0.01%, 0.10%, 1.00%, 2.00%, 3.0%, 4.0%, 5.0%, 7.5%, 10.0%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 99.9%, 100%, etc.
  • the average wet or dry molecular weight of a single particle of a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may be 8.3 x 10 " g (50 Da) to 2.5 x 10 "7 g (1.5 x 10 14 kDa), including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • wet or dry weight intermediate ranges and combinations thereof minimum and/or maximum values include 8.3 x 10 "20 g (50 kDa), 1.0 x 10 "19 g (60 kDa), 1.2 x 10 "19 g (72 kDa), 1.4 x 10 "19 g (84 kDa), 1.6 x 10 "19 g (96 kDa), 1.8 x 10 "19 g (108 kDa), 2.0 x 10 "19 g (120 kDa), 2.25 x 10 '19 g (135 kDa), 2.5 x 10 "19 g (151 kDa), 2.75 x 10 -19 g (166 kDa), 3.0 x 10 '19 g (181 kDa), 3.5 x 10 "19 g (211 kDa), 4.0 x 10 '29 g (241 kDa), 5.0 x 10 "19 g (301 kDa), 6.0 x 10 "19 g (3
  • the average wet or dry molecular weight of a single particle of a whole cell- based particulate material ofthe present invention may be 1.0 x 10 " g (6,022 kDa) to 2.5 x 10 " g (1.5 x 10 kDa), including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a prokaryotic whole cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention will typically range in wet or dry weight from 1.0 x 10 "17 g (6,022 kDa) to 2.0 x 10 "10 g (1.2 x 10 11 kDa), and a eukaryotic whole cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention will typically range in wet or dry weight from 1.0 x 10 "17 g (6,022 kDa) to 2.5 x 10 "7 g (1.5 x 10 14 kDa), including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively.
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may comprise cellulose (e.g., an algae-based particulate material).
  • cellulose e.g., an algae-based particulate material
  • most previously described coating or surface treatment components, including those comprising cellulose are of lower average molecular weight than many embodiments ofthe cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention.
  • cellulose materials e.g., nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate
  • a chemical modification step such as nitration, esterification, hydrophobe modification, etc. usually made to enhance cellulose's solubility in a coating or surface treatment's liquid component.
  • a solubility enhancing chemical modification ofthe cellulose component ofthe cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention will be less prevalent or absent.
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention is prepared by as few steps as possible, in certain embodiments a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may be prepared from a cell that comprises cellulose without a chemical modification step.
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention comprising cellulose may undergo a chemical modification-processing step, hi some aspects, a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may be prepared from a cell that comprises cellulose with a chemical modification step that does not chemically modify the cellulose component ofthe cell-based particulate material.
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may be prepared from a cell that comprises cellulose with a chemical modification step other than esterification ofthe cellulose component ofthe cell-based particulate material, hi other embodiments, a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may be prepared from a cell that comprises cellulose with a chemical modification step to a chemical moiety of cellulose other than a cellulose's hydroxyl moiety. In further aspects, a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may be prepared from a cell that comprises cellulose in a form that differs from other types of cellulose materials used in coating or surface treatments.
  • the cell-based particulate material that comprises cellulose is prepared from cells that may not have been used in other types of cellulose materials, to produce a microorganism-based particulate material (e.g., an algae-based particulate material), a whole-cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular- based particulate material, or a combination thereof.
  • a cellulose material such as a nitrocellulose, cellulose ester, etc., is prepared as a purified cellulose material, wherein other cellular biomolecules are of low initial content and/or have been stringently removed by processing to insure batch to batch consistency in the chemical composition ofthe cellulose material.
  • the cell-based particulate material that comprises cellulose will comprise one or more additional biomolecules other than cellulose (e.g., proteinaceous materials, lipids, etc.) retained from the cell used to produce the cell-based particulate material.
  • additional biomolecules other than cellulose e.g., proteinaceous materials, lipids, etc.
  • Such a plurality of cellular biomolecules is contemplated as fewer processing steps are prefened in the preparation of a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention, h certain embodiments, it is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention comprising cellulose will comprise 0.000001% to 100% cellulose, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, wherein the cellulose is a chemically modified cellulose or cellulose that has not undergone a chemical modification step.
  • Specific examples of intermediate ranges and combinations thereof for cellulose content of a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention include 0.000001% to 90%, 0.000001% to 85%, 0.000001% to 80%, 0.000001% to 75%, 0.000001% to 70%, 0.000001% to 65%, 0.000001% to 60%, 0.000001% to 55%, 0.000001% to 50%, 0.000001% to 45%, 0.000001% to 40%, 0.000001% to 35%, 0.000001% to 30%, 0.000001% to 25%, 0.000001% to 20%, 0.000001% to 15%, 0.000001% to 10%, 0.000001% to 5%, 0.000001% to 1%, etc.
  • the organism from which the cell-based particulate material is processed is a unicellular or ohgocellular organism.
  • the cell-based particulate material comprises a microorganism-based particulate material.
  • the microorganism-based particulate material comprises an Archaea, a Eubacteria, a fungi, a Protista, a bacteriophage, or a combination thereof.
  • the microorganism-based particulate material comprises an
  • the Archaea comprises Acidianus, Acidilobus, Aeropyrum, Archaeoglobus, Caldivirga, Desulfurococcus, Ferroglobus, Ferroplasma, Haloarcula, Halobacterium, Halobaculum, Halococcus, Haloferax, Halogeometricum, Halomicrobium, Halorhabdus, Halorubrum, Haloterrigena, Hyperthermus, Ignicoccus, Metallosphaera, Methanobacterium, Methanobrevibacter, Methanocalculus, Methanocaldococcus, Methanococcoides, Methanococcus, Methanocorpusculum, Methanoculleus, Methanofollis, Methanogenium, Methanohalobium, Methanohalophilus, Methanolacinia, Methanolobus, Methanomicrobium, Methanomicrococcus, Methanoplanus, Methanopyrus, Methanos
  • the microorganism-based particulate material comprises a
  • the Eubacteria comprises Abiotrophia, Acetitomaculum, Acetohalobium, Acetonema, Achromobacter, Acidimicrobium, Acidithiobacillus, Acidobacterium, Acidocella, Acrocarpospora, Actinoalloteichus, Actinobacillus, Actinobaculum, Actinocorallia, Aequorivita, Afipia, Agreia, Agrococcus, Ahrensia, Albibacter, Albidovulum, Alcanivorax, Alley cliphilus, Alicyclobacillus, Alkalibacterium, Alkaliimnicola, Alkalispirillum, Alkanindiges, Aminobacterium, Aminomonas, Ammonifex, Ammoniphilus, Anaeroarcus, Anaerobacter, Anaerobaculum, Anaerobranca, Anaerococcus, Anaerofilum, Anaer
  • Turicella Turicibacter, Ureibacillus, Verrucosispora, Victivallis, Virgibacillus, Vogesella, Weissella, Williamsia, Xenophilus, Zavarzinia, Zooshikella, Zymobacter, or a combination thereof.
  • the Eubacteria comprises a Gram-positive Eubacteria.
  • a Gram-positive Eubacteria comprises Acetobacterium, Actinokineospora, Actinomadura, Actinomyces, Actinoplanes, Actinopolyspora, Actinosynnema, Aerococcus, Aeromicrobium, Agromyces, Amphibacillus, Amycolatopsis, Arcanobacterium, Arthrobacter, Aureobacterium, Bacillus, Bifidobacterium, Brachybacterium, Brevibacterium, Brochothrix, Carnobacterium, Caryophanon, Catellatospora, Cellulomonas, Clavibacter, Clostridium, Coprococcus, Coriobacterium, Corynebacterium, Curtobacterium, Dactylosporangium, Deinobacter, Deinococcus, Dermabacter, Dermatophilus, Desulfotomaculum, Enterococcus
  • the Gram-negative Eubacteria comprises Acetivibrio, Acetoanaerobium, Acetobacter, Acetomicrobium, Acidaminobacter, Acidaminococcus, Acidiphilium, Acidomonas, Acidovorax, Acinetobacter, Aeromonas, Agitococcus, Agrobacterium, Agromonas, Alcaligenes, Allochromatium, Alteromonas, Alysiella, Aminobacter, Anabaena, Anaerobiospirillum, Anaerorhabdus, Anaerovibrio, Ancalomicrobium, Ancylobacter, Angulomicrobium, Aquaspir ilium, Archangium, Arsenophonus, Arthrospira, Asticcacaulis, Azomonas, Azorhizobium, Azospirillum, Azotobacter, Bacteroides, Bdellovibrio, Beggiatoa, Beijerinck
  • the microorganism-based particulate material comprises a fungi.
  • the fungi comprises Aciculoconidium, Agaricostilbum, Ambrosiozyma, Arxiozyma, Arxula, Ascoidea, Babjevia, Bensingtonia, Blastobotrys, Botryozyma, Bullera, Bulleromyces, Candida, Cephaloascus, Chionosphaera, Citeromyces, Clavispora, Cryptococcus, Cystofilobasidium, Debaryomyces, Dekkera, Dipodascopsis, Dipodascus, Endomyces, Eremothecium, Erythrobasidium, Fellomyces, F ⁇ lobasidiella, Filobasidium, Galactomyces, Geotrichum, Hanseniaspora, Hyalodendron, Issatchenkia, Itersonilia, Kloeckera, Klu
  • the microorganism-based particulate material comprises a
  • the Protista comprises Acetabularia, Achnanthes, Amphidinium, Ankistrodesmus, Anophryoides, Aphanomyces, Astasia, Asterionella, Blepharisma, Botrydiopsis, Botrydium, Botryococcus, Bracteacoccus, Brevilegnia, Bulbochaete, Caenomorpha, Cephaleuros, Ceratium, Chaetoceros, Chaetophora, Characiosiphon, Chlamydomonas, Chlorella, Chloridella, Chlorobotrys, Chlorococcum, Chromulina, Chroodactylon, Chrysamoeba, Chrysocapsa, Cladophora, Closterium, Cocconeis, Coelastrum,
  • the microorganism-based particulate material comprises a virus
  • the virus is a bacteriophage.
  • the bacteriophage comprises Inoviridae genus Inovirus, Leviviridae, Microviridae, Myoviridae, Podoviridae, Siphoviridae, or a combination thereof.
  • the bacteriophage comprises 10/1, 149, 212/XV, 24/11, 249, 371/XX1X, 5, 8, A-1 (L), A19, A-4 (L), A-41, alpha 3, AN-10, AN- 15, AN-20, AN-22, AN-24, Bl, B40-8, B5, BK1, D20, El, F [HER 346], FI, fr, hp, I, Ifl, If2, II, III, IV, Jl, Mc-4, Minetti, MOR-1, MS2, Mu-1, N-l, Nl [N], N3 [Cay], N4 [X-5-A], N8 [Horse], Ox6, P/SWl/a [NCMB 384], PI, P22 [PLT-22(22)], PEal (h), PEa7, phi 92, phi R, phi V-1, phi X174, phi-Sl, ps 1, Q-beta, R 17, R-1, S13, S-
  • the bacteriophage comprises 10 [L286], 11, 11 [WI 386], 113, 118, 12 [WI 3106], 120, 13 [Jl 263], 138, 14 [J2106], 145, 163, 17, 17 [formerly 13], 18 [formerly 7], 184, 19 [formerly 5], 2, 2 [Jl 328], 20 [formerly 4], 205, 221, 22653 [Carvajal's strain 1], 23 [Olsen phage], 236, 239, 24B, 250, 256 (R), 282 (S), 36, 37, 4 [J2101], 42, 46, 49B, 4S, 50Br, 53 alpha, 547, 57, 60, 6A, 6B, 6C, 7 [L2 106], 73, 8 [L2 305], 9 [WI 3263], 92, A, Al, Ac 20, Ac 21, Ac 24, AN-11, AN-12, AN-13, AN-14, AN- 16, AN-17, AN-18, AN-19, AN
  • phage, w XI [MET 5013], X10 [MET 5057], X24 [MET 5056], X3 [MET 5015], X5 [MET 5017], XPl, XP2, XP3, XP4, XP8, ZJ/2, or a combination thereof.
  • the cell-based material comprises a multicellular-based particulate material.
  • the multicellular-based particulate material comprises a plant-based particulate material.
  • the plant-based particulate material comprises a corn-based particulate material.
  • cell-based particulate material comprises 0.000001% to 65% ofthe coating or surface treatment by weight or volume including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • Specific examples of such intermediate ranges and combinations thereof of the cell-based particulate material by weight or volume in a coating or other surface treatment include 1% to 65%, 2% to 65%, 3% to 65%, 4% to 65%, 5% to 65%, 6% to 65%, 7% to 65%, 8% to 65%, 9% to 65%, 10% to 65%, 11% to 65%, 12% to 65%, 13% to 65%, 14% to 65%,15% to 65%,16% to 65%,17% to 65%,18% to 65%,19% to 65%, 20% to 65%, etc.
  • a cell-based particulate material comprises 0.000001% to 65% ofthe coating or other surface treatment composition by weight or volume, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • the cell-based particulate material is a whole cell particulate material or a cell fragment particulate material, hi other embodiments, the cell-based particulate material comprises a microorganism-based particulate material.
  • the microorganism-based particulate material comprises a whole cell particulate material.
  • the cell-based particulate material comprises a cell fragment microorganism-based particulate material.
  • the coating or other surface treatment is 5 um to
  • 5000 um thick upon the surface including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • Specific examples of such intermediate ranges and combinations thereof a coating's, other surface treatment's, and/or individual layer thereof s thickness upon a surface include 6 um to 5000 um, 7 um to 5000 um, 8 um to 5000 um, 9 um to 5000 um, 10 um to 5000 um, 11 um to 5000 um, 12 um to 5000 um, 13 um to 5000 um, 14 um to 5000 um, 15 um to 5000 um, 16 um to 5000 um, 17 um to 5000 um, 18 um to 5000 um, 19 um to 5000 um, 20 um to 5000 um, 21 um to 5000 um, 22 um to 5000 um, 23 um to 5000 um, 24 um to 5000 um, 25 um to 5000 um, 5 um to 4500 um, 5 um to 4000 um, 5 um to 3500 um, 5 um to 3000 um, 5 um to 2500 um, 5 um to 2000 um, 5 um to 1750 um, 5 um to 1500 um, 5 um to 1250 um
  • the coating or other surface treatment comprises a multicoat system.
  • the multicoat system comprises 2 to 10 layers.
  • one layer ofthe multicoat system comprises the cell-based particulate material, hi a further aspect, a plurality of layers ofthe multicoat system comprises the cell-based particulate material.
  • each layer ofthe multicoat system is a coating or other surface treatment 5 um to 5000 um thick, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • the multicoat system comprises a sealer, a water repellent, a primer, an undercoat, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. In specific facets, the multicoat system comprises a topcoat.
  • the topcoat comprises the cell-based particulate material.
  • the cell-based particulate material comprised within a specific layer may be the same or different as the cell-based particulate material comprised within another layer.
  • the coating comprises a paint.
  • the coating comprises a clear coating.
  • the clear coating comprises a lacquer, a varnish, a shellac, a stain, a water repellent coating, or a combination thereof, hi general aspects, the coating or surface treatment comprises a binder, a liquid component, a colorant, an additive, or a combination thereof.
  • the coating or surface treatment comprises a buffer, hi particular aspects, the buffer comprises a bicarbonate.
  • the coating or other surface treatment is a coating or other surface treatment that is capable of film formation.
  • the film formation occurs by a thermoplastic physical change ofthe coating or surface treatment, a thennosetting chemical change ofthe coating or surface treatment, or a combination thereof.
  • film formation e.g., thermosetting film formation
  • film formation occurs by crosslinking of a binder.
  • film formation occurs by crosslinking of a plurality of binders.
  • film formation e.g., thermosetting film formation
  • inadiating the coating or surface treatment occurs at ambient conditions, baking conditions, or a combination thereof.
  • film formation occurs at baking conditions, hi other aspects, baking conditions is between 40°C and 110°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Examples of specific intermediate ranges for baking conditions include 40°C to 50°C, or 40°C to 65°C.
  • the cell-based particulate material will partly or fully retain a desired characteristic (e.g., a physical property, a biochemical property, color, etc.) during and/or after contact with the baking condition, an inadiation, a thennosetting chemical reaction, a thermoplastic physical change, or a combination thereof.
  • the coating or surface treatment produces a self-cleaning film upon film formation.
  • the coating or surface freahent comprises a volatile component and a non- volatile component, hi general facets, the coating or surface treatment undergoes film formation (e.g., thennoplastic film formation) by loss of part ofthe volatile component.
  • the volatile component comprises a volatile liquid component, hi particular facets, the volatile liquid component comprises a solvent, a thimier, a diluent, or a combination thereof.
  • the non- volatile component comprises a binder, a colorant, a plasticizer, a coating or surface treatment additive, a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention, or a combination thereof.
  • the coating or surface treatment is a non- film fonning coating or surface treatment.
  • the non-film forming coating or surface treatment comprises a non-film formatting binder
  • the non-film forming coating or surface treatment comprises a coating or surface treatment component in a concentration that is insufficient to produce a solid film.
  • the coating or surface treatment component that is insufficient to produce a solid film comprises a binder that contributes to thennoplastic film formation, thermosetting film formation, or a combination thereof, hi particular facets, the coating or surface treatment component that is insufficient to produce a solid film comprises a binder, catalyst, initiator, or combination thereof.
  • the concentration which is insufficient for a coating or surface treatment component to produce film formation in a coating or surface treatment may be empirically determined by an assay, such as those described herein for film formation, such an insufficient concentration may easily achieved by selection of a concentration of 0%, wherein the coating or surface treatment lacks the film-forming component.
  • the coating or surface treatment produces a temporary film.
  • the temporary film has a poor resistance to a coating or surface treatment remover, hi particular facets, the temporary film has a poor abrasion (e.g., scrub) resistance, a poor solvent resistance, a poor water resistance, a poor weathering property, a poor adhesion property, a poor microorganism/biological resistance property, or a combination thereof.
  • a poor resistance and/or poor quality property for a coating or surface treatment can be empirically determined by assays described herein or as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art in light ofthe present disclosure.
  • the coating comprises an architectural coating, an industrial coating, a specification coating, or a combination thereof.
  • the coating specifically comprises an architectural coating.
  • the architectural coating comprises a wood coating, a masonry coating, an artist's coating, or a combination thereof, hi some facets, the architectural coating has a pot life of at least 12 months at ambient conditions.
  • the architectural coating undergoes film formation at ambient conditions.
  • the coating comprises an industrial coating.
  • the industrial coating comprises an automotive coating, a can coating, a sealant coating, a marine coating, or a combination thereof.
  • the industrial coating undergoes film formation at baking conditions.
  • the coating comprises a specification coating.
  • the specification coating comprises a camouflage coating, a pipeline coating, traffic marker coating, aircraft coating, a nuclear power plant coating, or a combination thereof.
  • the specification coating comprises a camouflage coating.
  • the camouflage coating comprises a camouflage pigment.
  • the camouflage pigment is a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention.
  • the cell-based particulate material camouflage pigment absorbs infrared radiation.
  • a coating comprises a water-borne coating, a solvent borne coating, or a powder coating.
  • the coating comprises a water-borne coating, hi certain facets, the water-borne coating is a latex coating, hi additional facets, the water-borne coating has a density of 1.20 kg/L to 1.50 kg/L, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • the coating comprises a solvent-borne coating.
  • the solvent-borne coating has a density of 0.90 kg/L to 1.2 kg/L, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • the coating has a viscosity of 100 P to 1000 P, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, upon a surface immediately after application.
  • the viscosity ofthe coating varies during preparation ("mixing"), during storage (e.g., in a container), during application, and upon a surface.
  • the medium-shear viscosity (“coating consistency") refers to the viscosity of a coating during preparation, and in most embodiments will be between 60 Ku and 140 Ku, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Specific examples of medium-shear viscosity intermediate ranges and combinations thereof include 70 Ku to 110 Ku, 80 Ku to 100 Ku, 90 Ku to 95 Ku, 72 Ku to 95 Ku, etc.
  • a coating is typically subject to lower shear forces (e.g., gravity), and it is will be preferred that a coating possess a viscosity and other rheo logical properties (e.g., leveling, sag, syneresis, settling) to retain suitable dispersion of coating components during storage and form a uniform layer upon a surface.
  • the low-shear viscosity e.g., the viscosity prior to application, viscosity upon a surface immediately after application
  • the low-shear viscosity of a coating will be between 100 P to 3000 P, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • low-shear viscosity intermediate ranges and combinations thereof include 100 P to 2500 P, 100 P to 2000 P, 100 P to 1500 P, 100 P to 1000 P, 125 P to 3000 P, 150 P to 3000 P, 175 P to 3000 P, 200 P to 3000 P, 225 P to 3000 P, 250 P to 3000 P, 275 P to 3000 P, 300 P to 3000 P, 125 P to 2500 P, 150 P to 2000 P, 175 P to 1500 P, 200 P to 1000 P, 250 P to 1000 P, etc.
  • the high-shear viscosity (“application viscosity”) refers to the viscosity of a coating during application, and typically is less than the low-shear viscosity to allow ease of application.
  • the coating has a high-shear viscosity of 0.5 P to 2.5 P, including all intennediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • high-shear viscosity intermediate ranges and combinations thereof include 0.5 P to 2.0 P, 0.5 P to 1.5 P, 0.5 P to 1.0 P, 0.5 P to 0.75 P, 0.6 P to 2.5 P, 0.75 P to 2.5 P, 1.0 P to 2.5 P, 1.5 P to 2.5 P, 2.0 P to 2.5 P, 0.75 P to 2.0 P, 1.0 P to 2.0 P, etc.
  • the coating comprises a binder.
  • the binder comprises a thennoplastic binder, a thennosetting binder, or a combination thereof.
  • the coating comprises a thermoplastic binder, hi particular facets, such a coating produces a film by thermoplastic film formation.
  • the coating comprises a thermosetting binder.
  • such a coating produces a film by thermosetting film formation.
  • the binder comprises an oil-based binder.
  • the oil-based binder comprises an oil, an alkyd, an oleoresinous binder, a fatty acid epoxide ester, or a combination thereof, hi further facets, such an oil-based binder coating produces a layer 15 mn to 25 ⁇ m thick upon the vertical surface, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, or 15 um to 40 ⁇ m thick upon the horizontal surface, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • the binder comprises an oil.
  • the binder comprises an alkyd.
  • the binder comprises an oleoresinous binder
  • the binder comprises a fatty acid epoxide ester.
  • the binder comprises a polyester resin.
  • polyester resin comprises a hydroxy-terminated polyester.
  • the polyester resin comprises a carboxylic acid-terminated polyester, hi additional facets, the coating comprises a polyester resin and a urethane, an amino resin, or a combination thereof.
  • the binder comprises a modified cellulose.
  • the modified cellulose comprises a cellulose ester, a nitrocellulose or a combination thereof.
  • the modified cellulose comprises a cellulose ester, hi other facets, the modified cellulose comprises a nitrocellulose.
  • the coating comprises a modified cellulose and an amino binder, an acrylic binder, urethane binder, or a combination thereof.
  • the binder comprises a polyamide.
  • the coating comprises a polyamide and an epoxide.
  • the binder comprises an amino resin.
  • the coating comprises an amino resin and an acrylic binder, an alkyd resin, a polyester binder, or a combination thereof.
  • the binder comprises an methane binder.
  • the coating comprises an methane binder and a polyol, an amine, an epoxide, a silicone, a vinyl, a phenolic, a triacrylate, or a combination thereof.
  • the binder comprises a phenolic resin.
  • the coating comprises a phenolic resin and an alkyd resin, an amino resin, a blown oil, an epoxy resin, a polyamide, a polyvinyl resin, or a combination thereof.
  • the binder comprises an epoxy resin.
  • the coating comprises an epoxy resin and an amino resin, a phenolic resin, a polyamide, a ketimine, an aliphatic amine, or a combination thereof.
  • the epoxy resin comprises a cycloaliphatic epoxy binder, hi further facets, the coating comprises cycloaliphatic epoxy binder and a polyol.
  • the binder comprises a polyhydroxyether binder.
  • the coating comprises a polyhydroxyether binder and an epoxide, a polyurethane comprising an isocyanate moiety, an amino resin, or a combination thereof.
  • the binder comprises an acrylic resin.
  • the coating comprises an acrylic resin and an epoxide, a polyurethane comprising an isocyanate moiety, an amino resin, or a combination thereof.
  • the binder comprises a polyvinyl binder.
  • the coating comprises a polyvinyl binder and an alkyd, a urethane, an amino- resin, or a combination thereof.
  • the binder comprises a rubber resin.
  • the rubber resin comprises a chlorinated rubber resin, a synthetic rubber resin, or a combination thereof, hi additional facets, the coating comprises a rubber resin and an acrylic resin, an alkyd resin, a bituminous resin, or a combination thereof.
  • the binder comprises a bituminous binder
  • the coating comprises a bituminous binder and an epoxy resin.
  • the binder comprises a polysulfide binder.
  • the coating comprises a polysulfide binder and a peroxide, a binder comprising an isocyanate moiety, or a combination thereof.
  • the binder comprises a silicone binder.
  • the coating comprises a silicone binder and an organic binder.
  • the coating comprises a liquid component.
  • the liquid component comprises a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof, hi other aspects, the liquid component comprises a liquid organic compound, an inorganic compound, water, or a combination thereof.
  • the liquid component comprises a liquid organic compound.
  • the liquid organic compound comprises a hydrocarbon, an oxygenated compound, a chlorinated hydrocarbon, a nitrated hydrocarbon, a miscellaneous organic liquid component, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof.
  • the liquid organic compound comprises a hydrocarbon, hi certain aspects, the hydrocarbon comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon, a terpene, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or a combination thereof. In additional facets, the hydrocarbon comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon comprises a petroleum ether, pentane, hexane, heptane, isododecane, a kerosene, a mineral spirit, a VMP naphtha or a combination thereof.
  • the hydrocarbon comprises a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon.
  • the cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon comprises cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclohexane, tetrahydronaphthalene, decahydronaphthalene, or a combination thereof.
  • the hydrocarbon comprises a terpene.
  • the terpene comprises wood terpentine oil, pine oil, ⁇ -pinene, ⁇ -pinene, dipentene, D-limonene, or a combination thereof
  • the hydrocarbon comprises an aromatic hydrocarbon.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon comprises benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, cumene, a type I high flash aromatic naphtha, a type II high flash aromatic naphtha, mesitylene, pseudocumene, cymol, styrene, or a combination thereof.
  • the liquid organic compound comprises an oxygenated solvent.
  • the oxygenated solvent comprises an alcohol, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone, an ether, or a combination thereof, hi some aspects, the oxygenated solvent comprises an alcohol.
  • the alcohol comprises methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 1 -butanol, isobutanol, 2-butanol, tert-butanol, amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, hexanol, methylisobutylcarbinol, 2-ethylbutanol, isooctyl alcohol, 2-ethylhexanol, isodecanol, cylcohexanol, methylcyclohexanol, trimethylcyclohexanol, benzyl alcohol, methylbenzyl alcohol, furfuryl alcohol, tefrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, diacetone alcohol, trimethylcyclohexanol, or a combination thereof.
  • the oxygenated solvent comprises an ester.
  • the ester comprises methyl fonnate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, isobutyl formate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, .sec-butyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, hexyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, benzyl acetate, methyl glycol acetate, ethyl glycol acetate, butyl glycol acetate, ethyl diglycol acetate, butyl diglycol acetate, 1-methoxypropyl acetate, ethoxypropyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, isobutyl
  • the oxygenated solvent comprises a glycol ether.
  • the glycol ether comprises methyl glycol, ethyl glycol, propyl glycol, isopropyl glycol, butyl glycol, methyl diglycol, ethyl diglycol, butyl diglycol, ethyl triglycol, butyl triglycol, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, methoxypropanol, isobutoxypropanol, isobutyl glycol, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, l-isopropoxy-2- propanol, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, propylene glycol n-butyl ether, methyl dipropylene glycol, methoxybutanol, or a combination thereof.
  • the oxygenated solvent comprises a ketone.
  • the ketone comprises acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl propyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diethyl ketone, ethyl amyl ketone, dipropyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcylcohexanone, trimethylcyclohexanone, mesityl oxide, diisobutyl ketone, isophorone, or a combination thereof, hi particular aspects, the oxygenated solvent comprises an ether.
  • the ether comprises diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, dibutyl ether, di-sec-butyl ether, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, metadioxane, or a combination thereof.
  • the liquid organic compound comprises a chlorinated hydrocarbon
  • the chlorinated hydrocarbon comprises methylene chloride, trichloromethane, tetrachloromethane, ethyl chloride, isopropyl chloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, trichloroethylene, 1,1,2,2-tetrachlorethane, 1,2-dichloroethylene, perchloroethylene, 1,2-dichloropropane, chlorobenzene, or a combination thereof.
  • the liquid organic compound comprises a nitrated hydrocarbon.
  • the nitrated hydrocarbon comprises a nitroparaffm, N- methyl-2-pynolidone, or a combination thereof.
  • the liquid organic compound comprises a miscellaneous organic liquid
  • the miscellaneous organic liquid comprises carbon dioxide, acetic acid, methylal, dimethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N- dimethylacetamide, dimethylsulfoxide, tetramethylene suflone, carbon disulfide, 2- nitropropane, N-methylpyrrolidone, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, l,3-dimethyl-2- imidazolidinone, or a combination thereof.
  • the liquid organic compound comprises a plasticizer.
  • the plasticizer comprises an adipate, an azelate, a citrate, a chlorinated plasticizer, an epoxide, a phosphate, a sebacate, a phthalate, a polyester, a trimellitate, or a combination thereof.
  • the plasticizer comprises di(2-ethylhexyl) azelate; di(butyl) sebacate; di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate; di(isononyl) phthalate; dibutyl phthalate; butyl benzyl phthalate; di(isooctyl) phthalate; di(idodecyl) phthalate; tris(2-ethylhexyl) trimellitate; tris(isononyl) trimellitate; di(2-ethylhexyl) adipate; di(isononyl) adipate; acetyl tri-.z-butyl citrate; an epoxy modified soybean oil; 2-ethylhexyl epoxytallate; isodecyl diphenyl phosphate; tricresyl phosphate; isodecyl diphenyl phosphate; tri-2-ethylhexyl
  • the liquid component comprises an inorganic compound, hi specific aspects, the inorganic compound comprises ammonia, hydrogen cyanide, hydrogen fluoride, hydrogen cyanide, sulfur dioxide, or a combination thereof. [0063] In many embodiments, the liquid component comprises water.
  • the liquid component comprising water further comprises methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropyl alcohol, tert-butanol, ethylene glycol, methyl glycol, ethyl glycol, propyl glycol, butyl glycol, ethyl diglycol, methoxypropanol, methyldipropylene glycol, dioxane, tetrahydorfuran, acetone, diacetone alcohol, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethylbenzene, tetrachloro ethylene,/.
  • the coating comprises a colorant.
  • the colorant comprises a pigment, a dye, a pH indicator, or a combination thereof.
  • the colorant comprises a pigment.
  • the cell-based particulate material comprises 0.000001% to 100% ofthe pigment, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • the pigment volume concentration ("PVC") ofthe coating is 0.000001%) to 70%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • An example of a specific PVC intermediate range is 20 % to 70%.
  • the pigment comprises a conosion resistance pigment, a camouflage pigment, a color property pigment, an extender pigment, or a combination thereof.
  • the pigment comprises barium ferrite; borosilicate; burnt sienna; burnt umber; calcium ferrite; cerium; chrome orange; chrome yellow; chromium phosphate; cobalt-containing iron oxide; fast chrome green; gold bronze powder; luminescent; magnetic; molybdate orange; molybdate red; oxazine; oxysulfide; polycyclic; raw sienna; surface modified pigment; thiazine; thioindigo; transparent cobalt blue; transparent cobalt green; transparent iron blue; transparent zinc oxide; triarylcarbonium; zinc cyanamide; zinc ferrite, or a combination thereof.
  • the pigment comprises a corrosion resistance pigment, hi some facets, the conosion resistance pigment comprises aluminum flake, aluminum triphosphate, aluminum zinc phosphate, ammonium chromate, barium borosilicate, barium chromate, barium metaborate, basic calcium zinc molybdate, basic carbonate white lead, basic lead silicate, basic lead silicochromate, basic lead silicosulfate, basic zinc molybdate, basic zinc molybdate-phosphate, basic zinc molybdenum phosphate, basic zinc phosphate hydrate, bronze flake, calcium barium phosphosihcate, calcium borosilicate, calcium cliromate, calcium plumbate, calcium strontium phosphosihcate, calcium strontium zinc phosphosihcate, dibasic lead phosphite, lead chromo silicate, lead cyanamide, lead suboxide, lead sulfate, mica, micaceous iron oxide, red lead, steel flake, strontium boro
  • the pigment comprises a camouflage pigment.
  • the camouflage pigment comprises an anthraquinone black, a chromium oxide green, a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention, or a combination thereof.
  • the camouflage pigment reduces the ability ofthe coating to be detected by a devise that measures infrared radiation.
  • the pigment comprises a color property pigment.
  • the color property pigment comprises a black pigment, a brown pigment, a white pigment, a pearlescent pigment, a violet pigment, a blue pigment, a green pigment, a yellow pigment, an orange pigment, a red pigment, a metallic pigment, a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention, or a combination thereof, hi certain facets, a color property pigment is a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention, and various examples of colored cells capable of being used in a colored cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention are described herein, hi particular facets, the color property pigment comprises aniline black; anthraquinone black; carbon black; copper carbonate; graphite; iron oxide; micaceous iron oxide; manganese dioxide, azo condensation, metal complex brown; antimony oxide; basic lead carbonate; lithopone; titanium dioxide; white lead; zinc oxide; zinc sulphide; titanium dioxide and fenic oxide covered mica, bismuth
  • the pigment comprises an extender pigment.
  • the extender pigment is a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention.
  • the extender pigment comprises a barium sulphate, a calcium carbonate, a kaolin, a calcium sulphate, a silicate, a silica, an alumina trihydrate, a cell-based particulate material, or a combination thereof.
  • the coating comprises a pH indicator.
  • the pH indicator is a colorimetric or a fluorimetric indicator.
  • colorimetric include Alizarin, Alizarin S, Brilliant Yellow, Lacmoid, Neutral Red, Rosolic Red, a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention, or a combination thereof.
  • the colorimetric indicator is a pH indicator that undergoes a color change between pH 8 to pH 9.
  • fluorimetric indicators include SNARF-1, BCECF, HPTS, Fluroescein, a cell- based particulate material ofthe present invention, or a combination thereof.
  • the fluorescence indicator has reduced fluorescence at a lower pH.
  • the fluorimetric indicator is a pH indicator that undergoes a fluorescence change between pH 8 to pH 9. Additional pH indicators are described, for example, in "Using Acid- Base Indicators to Visually Estimate the Ph of Solutions” by Marcia L. Gillette, Chemical Education Resources, Incorporated, 1995.
  • the coating comprises an additive.
  • the additive comprises 0.000001% to 20.0% by weight, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ofthe coating.
  • the additive comprises an accelerator, an adhesion promoter, an antifoamer, anti-insect additive, an antioxidant, an antiskinning agent, a buffer, a catalyst, a coalescing agent, a conosion inhibitor, a defoamer, a dehydrator, a dispersant, a drier, electrical additive, an emulsifier, a filler, a flame/fire retardant, a flatting agent, a flow control agent, a gloss aid, a leveling agent, a marproofing agent, a preservative, a silicone additive, a slip agent, a surfactant, a light stabilizer, a rheological control agent, a wetting additive, a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof.
  • the additive comprises a preservative, hi specific aspects, the preservative comprises an in-can preservative, an in-film preservative, or a combination thereof.
  • the preservative comprises a biocide.
  • the biocide comprises a bactericide, a fungicide, an algaecide, or a combination thereof, h specific facets, the preservative comprises l-(3-chloroallyl)-3,5,7-triaza-l-azoniaadamantane chloride; l,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one; l,2-dibromo-2,4-dicyanobutane; 1,3- bis(hydroxymethyl)-5,5-dimethylhydantoin; l-methyl-3,5,7-triaza-l-azonia-adamantane chloride; 2-bromo-2-nitropropane-l,3-diol; 2-(4-thiazolyl)benzimidazo
  • the additive comprises a wetting additive, a dispersant, or a combination thereof.
  • the wetting additive and/or the dispersant comprises the additive comprises a combination of an unsaturated polyamine amide salt and a lower molecular weight acid; a polycarboxylic acid polymer alkylolammonium salt; a combination of a long chain polyamine amide salt and a polar acidic ester; a hydroxyfunctional carboxylic acid ester; a non-ionic wetting agent, or a combination thereof.
  • the wetting additive comprises an ethylene oxide molecule comprising a hydrophobic moiety; a surfactant; pine oil; a metal soap; calcium octoate; zinc octoate; aluminum stearate; zinc stearate; bis(2- ethylhexyl)sulfosuccinate; (octylphenoxy)polyethoxyethanol octylphenyl-polyethylene glycol; nonyl phenoxy poly (ethylene oxy) ethanol; ethylene glycol octyl phenyl ether, or a combination thereof,
  • the dispersant comprises tetra-potassium pyrophosphate, a phosphate ester surfactant; a particulate material, a calcium carbonate coated with fatty acid, a modified montmorillonite clay, a caster wax, or a combination thereof.
  • the additive comprises an anti-foamer, a defoamer, or a combination thereof.
  • the antifoamer and/or the defoamer comprises an oil; a mineral oil; a silicon oil; a fatty acid ester; dibutyl phosphate; a metallic soap; a siloxane; a wax; an alcohol comprising six to ten carbons; a pine oil, or a combination thereof, hi additional facets, the antifoamer and/or the defoamer further comprise an emulsifier, a hydrophobic silica, or a combination thereof.
  • the additive comprises a rheological control agent.
  • the rheological control agent comprises a thickener, a viscosifier, or a combination thereof.
  • the rheo logy control agent comprises a silicate; a montmorillonite silicate; aluminum silicate, a bentonite, magnesium silicate, a cellulose ether, a hydrogenated oil, a polyacrylate, a polyvinylpyrrolidone, a methane, a methyl cellulose, a hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydrogenated castor oil; a hydrophobically modified ethylene oxide methane; a titanium chelate, a zirconium chelate, a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention, or a combination thereof.
  • the additive comprises a corrosion inhibitor.
  • the conosion inhibitor comprises a chromate, a phosphate, a molybdate, a wollastonite, a calcium ion-exchanged silica gel, a zinc compound, a borosilicate, a phosphosihcate, a hydrotalcite, or a combination thereof.
  • the conosion inhibitor comprises an in- can corrosion inhibitor, a flash corrosion inhibitor, or a combination thereof
  • the in-can corrosion inhibitor and/or the flash conosion inhibitor comprises sodium nitrate, sodium benzoate, ammonium benzoate, 2-amino-2-methyl-pro ⁇ an-l-ol, or a combination thereof.
  • the additive comprises a light stabilizer.
  • the light stabilizer comprises a UV absorber, a radical scavenger, or a combination thereof.
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may comprise a biomolecule capable of absorbing UV light (e.g., carotenoid, a chlorophyll, a phycobilin, a biomolecule-silica particulate material, etc.), and thus function as a UV absorber.
  • the UV absorber comprises a hydroxybenzophenone, a hydroxyphenylbenzotriazole, a hydrozyphenyl-S-triazine, an oxalic anilide, yellow iron oxide, a cell-based particulate material ofthe present mvention, or a combination thereof.
  • a cell-based particulate material comprises a biomolecule capable of chemically reacting with a chemical radical or other chemically reactive species to inhibit ("scavenge,” “quench”) an undesirable chemical reaction promoted by the chemical radical or other chemical reactive species.
  • the radical scavenger comprises a sterically hindered amine; bis(l, 2,2,6,6,- pentamethyl-4-poperidinyl) ester, bis(2,2,6,6,-tetramethyl-l-isooctyloxy-4-piperidinyl) ester, a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention, or a combination thereof.
  • the additive comprises a buffer.
  • the buffer comprises a bicarbonate, a monobasic phosphate buffer, a dibasic phosphate buffer, Trizma base, a 5 zwitterionic buffer, triethanolamine, or a combination thereof
  • the bicarbonate comprises an ammonium bicarbonate.
  • the concentration ofthe buffer in the coating or other surface treatment is 0.000001 M to 2.0 M, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • the additive comprises a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof.
  • the cell-based particulate material comprises 0.000001% to 80%, by weight or volume, a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof.
  • the cryopreservative comprises glycerol, DMSO, a protein, a sugar of 4 to 10 carbons, or a combination thereof, hi other facets
  • the xeroprotectant comprises glycerol, a glycol, a mineral oil, a bicarbonate, DMSO, a sugar of 4 to 10 carbons, or a combination thereof.
  • the coating or surface treatment is a multi-pack coating or surface treatment, which is a composition wherein different components are stored in a plurality of containers (e.g., a kit), hi particular aspects, the multi-pack coating is stored in a two to five containers prior to application to a surface, hi specific aspects, 0.000001% to 100% ofthe cell-based particulate material, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, is stored in a container ofthe multi-pack coating, and at least one coating component is stored in another container ofthe multi-pack coating. In some aspects, the container that stores the cell-based particulate material further stores an additional coating component.
  • the additional coating component comprises a preservative, a wetting agent, a dispersing agent, a buffer, a liquid component, a rheological modifier, a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof.
  • the coating is a coating capable of being applied to a surface by a spray applicator.
  • the cell-based particulate material is microencapsulated.
  • the invention further provides a coating or a paint comprising, in various further aspects, a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10 14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
  • the invention specifically provides a coating or paint comprising 0.000001% to
  • a cell- based particulate material 65%o by weight or volume, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a cell- based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10 14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
  • the invention provides a coating or paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10 14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
  • the mvention provides a coating or paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of 0.000001% to 65% by weight or volume, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10 14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
  • the invention provides a multi-pack coating or paint, wherein a container comprises a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10 14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
  • the invention provides a multi-pack coating or paint, wherein a container comprises 0.000001% to 65%, by weight or volume ofthe coating or paint, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10 14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
  • the invention provides a multi-pack coating or paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of a container comprising, a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10 14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
  • the invention provides a multi-pack coating or paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of a container comprising 0.000001% to 65%, by weight or volume ofthe coating or paint, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10 14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof.
  • the invention also provides a non-film forming coating comprising a cell-based particulate material. [0091] The invention provides an elastomer comprising a cell-based particulate material.
  • the invention provided a filler comprising a cell-based particulate material.
  • the invention provides an adhesive comprising a cell-based particulate material.
  • the invention provides a sealant comprising a cell-based particulate material.
  • the invention provides a material applied to a textile, comprising a cell-based particulate material.
  • the invention provides a wax comprising a cell-based particulate material.
  • the invention provides a surface treatment comprising a cell-based particulate material, hi certain embodiments, the surface treatment is a coating, a paint, a non-film forming coating, an elastomer, an adhesive, an sealant, a material applied to a textile, or a wax.
  • the invention provides a surface treatment, comprising 0.000001%) to 65% by weight or volume, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10 14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
  • the invention provides a surface treatment, the improvement comprising inclusion of a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10 14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
  • the invention provides a surface treatment, the improvement comprising inclusion of 0.000001% to 65% by weight or volume, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10 14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of making a surface treatment, comprising the step of adding to and/or admixing a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10 14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof; with at least one additional surface treatment component.
  • the invention provides a method of making a surface treatment, a coating, a paint, a non-film forming coating, an elastomer, a filler, an adhesive, a sealant, a material applied to a textile, or a wax, comprising a cell-based particulate material, comprising the steps of: obtaining a cell or a virus; processing the cell or virus by sterilizing, attenuating, concentrating, drying, milling, extracting, resuspending, temperature maintaining, permeabilizmg, disrupting, chemically modifying, encapsulating, or a combination thereof, to produce a cell-based particulate material; and adding and/or admixing the cell-based particulate material with at least one additional surface treatment component, coating component, paint component, non-film forming coating component, elastomer component, filler component, adhesive component, material applied to a textile component, or wax component, wherein a surface treatment, a coating, a paint, a non-film forming coating,
  • the invention provides a surface treatment comprising a cell-based particulate material produced by the process which comprises obtaining a cell or a virus; processing the cell or virus by sterilizing, attenuating, concentrating, drying, milling, extracting, resuspending, temperature maintaining, permeabilizmg, disrupting, chemically modifying, encapsulating, or a combination thereof, to produce a cell-based particulate material; and adding and/or admixing the cell-based particulate material with at least one additional surface treatment component, wherein a surface treatment comprising the cell-based particulate material is produced.
  • the invention provides a multi-pack paint, wherein a container comprises 100 parts by volume paint, wherein a second container comprises three parts by volume of a whole cell particulate material composition, and wherein each part ofthe whole cell particulate material composition comprises 1 mg per milliliter of whole cell particulate material and 50% glycerol.
  • the invention provides a composition prepared by adding the cell- based particulate material to glycerol, admixing with glycerol and/or suspending in glycerol. hi other facets, the glycerol is at a concentration of about 50%.
  • the cell- based particulate material comprised in glycerol at a concentration of about 3 mg ofthe cell- based particulate material to 3 ml of 50% glycerol.
  • the composition is prepared by adding, suspending, and/or admixing the cell-based particulate material comprised in glycerol to the coating at a concentration of about 3 ml glycerol comprising cell-based particulate material to 100 ml of coating.
  • the cell-based particulate material may also be added to, suspended in, and/or admixed with a liquid component such as glycerol prior to adding to and/or admixing with the coating.
  • the numbers are exemplary only and do not limit the use ofthe invention.
  • the concentration was chosen merely to be compatible with the amount of cell-based particulate material that can be added to and/or admixed with one example of a coating (e.g., a paint) without affecting the integrity ofthe paint itself.
  • the invention provides, in certain preferred embodiments, a composition comprising a coating and a cell-based particulate material produced by the process which comprises the following steps: obtaining a culture of cells; concentrating the cells and removing the culture media; disrupting the cell structure; drying the cells; and adding and/or admixing the cell-based particulate material to the coating.
  • the composition is prepared by the additional step of suspending the disrupted cells in a solvent prior to adding the cells to the coating. Any compatible amount may be used within the scope ofthe present invention.
  • Chemical Abstracts Service provides a unique numeric designation, denoted herein as "CAS No.,” for specific chemicals and some chemical mixtures, which unambiguously identifies a chemical composition's molecular structure.
  • exemplary values are specified as a range.
  • ranges cited herein include, for example, a temperature for growth and/or preparation of a microorganism, a chemical moiety's content in a coating component, a coating component's content in a coating composition and/or film, a coating component's mass, a glass transition temperature ("T g "), a temperature for a chemical reaction (e.g., film formation, chemical modification of a coating component), the thickness of a coating and/or film upon a surface, etc.
  • T g glass transition temperature
  • a chemical reaction e.g., film formation, chemical modification of a coating component
  • citation of a range "0.03%o to 0.07%>, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof is specific values within the sited range, such as, for example, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%>, and 0.07%, as well as various combinations of such specific values, such as, for example, 0.03%>, 0.06% and 0.07%, 0.04% and 0.06%, or 0.05% and 0.07%, as well as sub-ranges such as 0.03% to 0.05%, 0.04% to 0.07%, or 0.04% to 0.06%, etc.
  • Example 6 provides additional descriptions of specific numeric values within a cited range.
  • the phrase "or a combination thereof refers to any combination (e.g., any sub-set) of a set of listed components.
  • a prefened cell use in a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention comprises a durable structure at the cell-external environment interface, such as, for example, a cell wall, a silica based shell ("test"), a silica based exoskeleton ("frustule"), a pellicle, proteinaceous outer coat, or a combination thereof,
  • a prefened cell is obtained from an organism is a unicellular and/or ohgocellular organism, as it is contemplated that particulate matter may be prepared from such an organism without a step to separate one or more cells from a multicellular tissue or organism (e.g., a plant) into a smaller average particle size suitable for preparation of a coating or other surface treatment.
  • unicellular refers to 1 cell that generally does not live in contact with a second cell.
  • ohgocellular refers to 2 to 100 cells, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, which generally live in contiguous contact with each other.
  • Common specific types of ohgocellular biological material includes 2 contacting cells ("dicellular”), three contacting cells (“tricellular”) and four contacting cells (“tetracellular”).
  • multicellular refers to 101 or more (e.g., hundreds, thousands, millions, billions, trillions), including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, which generally live in contiguous contact with each other.
  • the composition is known herein as a "unicellular-based particulate material.”
  • the composition is known herein as an "oligocellular-based particulate material,” as well as a "dicellular-based particulate material,” tricellular-based particulate material,” or "tetracellular-based particulate material,” as appropriate.
  • the composition is known herein as a "multicellular-based particulate material.”
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may be refened to herein based upon the type of biological material from which it was derived, including taxonomic/phylogenetic classification or biochemical composition, as well as one or more processing steps used in its preparation.
  • Examples of such lexography for a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention include a "eurkaryotic- based particulate material,” a “prokaryotic-based particulate material,” a “plant-based particulate material,” a “microorganism-based particulate material,” a “Eub ⁇ cteri ⁇ -based particulate material,” an "Arch ⁇ e ⁇ -based particulate material,” a “fungi-based particulate material,” a “yeast-based particulate material,” a “ rot ⁇ t ⁇ -based particulate material,” an "algae-based particulate material,” a “Chrysophyt ⁇ -based particulate material,” a “Meth ⁇ nol ⁇ cini ⁇ -based particulate material,” a “Microscill ⁇ ⁇ ggreg ⁇ ns-based particulate material,” a "bacteriophage HER-6 [44Lindberg]-based particulate material,” a "bacteria and algae-based particulate
  • the identification of a biological material, particularly microorganisms usually comprises characterization of suitable growth conditions for the cell, such as energy source (e.g., a digestible organic molecule), vitamin requirements, mineral requirements, pH conditions, light conditions, temperature, etc. [see, for example, “Bergey's Manual of Determinative Bacteriology Ninth Edition” (Hensyl, W. R., Ed.), 1994; "The Yeasts
  • CCAP Culture Collection of Algae and Protozoa
  • CIP Collection de l'lnstitut Pasteur
  • DSMZ Deutsche Sammlung von Mikroorganismen und Zellkulturen
  • Certain cells are capable of growth in environmental conditions hannful to many other types of cells, such as conditions of extreme temperature, salt or pH.
  • This durability in the biomolecule composition of such cells makes them prefened in certain embodiments wherein maximum durability of a cell-based particulate material, including the durability of a biomolecule ofthe cell-based particulate material that contributes to a property other than the particulate nature ofthe material (e.g., a biomolecule colorant, an enzyme, etc.) is desired in similar conditions in a coating or other surface treatment composition.
  • a hyperthennophile-based particulate material ofthe present invention will find particular usefulness in coatings where thermal extremes may be likely, including extremes of temperature that may occur during film formation.
  • a "hyperthermophile” typically grows in temperatures considered herein to be a baking temperature for a coating (e.g., > 40°C).
  • temperatures considered herein to be a baking temperature for a coating e.g., > 40°C.
  • the examples of hyperthermophiles given herein will focus on cells typically capable of growth at ranges that extend above 45°C.
  • an "extreme halophile” is capable of living in salt-water conditions of 1.5 M (8.77% w/v) sodium chloride to about 2.7 M (15.78% w/v) or more sodium chloride.
  • an extreme halophile's biomolecule components will be relatively resistant to ionic-salt components of a coating or other surface treatment.
  • an "extreme acidophile” is capable of growing in pH 1-6, while an “extreme alkaliphile” is capable of growing in pH 8-14.
  • a cell particularly a microorganism, as a colorant is counter to many core teachings in the art of coatings and surface treatments regarding microorganisms being undesirable due their ability to discolor a coatings and surface treatments.
  • a cell may instead be selected for preparation of a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention due to its ability to alter the optical properties (e.g., color, gloss, etc.) of a coating or other surface treatment, hi certain embodiments, a cell comprising a biomolecule colorant may be used as a colorant, such as a color property pigment or extender.
  • a biomolecule colorant may diffuse from the cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention in a surface treatment, or be added to the surface treatment as a dye.
  • organisms that produce a biomolecule that confers color include photosynthetic plant cells, cyanobacteria, anoxygenic photofrophic bacteria, eukaryotic algae, and certain types of Archaea, fungal cells, and bacterial cells described herein or as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art. These cells produce a biomolecule that typically absorb light in the visible spectrum, which ranges from 400 mn to 720 mn wavelengths.
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention that is not particularly colored may be selected as an extender pigments or fillers in a surface treatment.
  • a colored cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention typically will comprise one or more biomolecule colorants such as a an anthocyanin, chlorophyll (e.g., chlorophyll a, chlorophyll b), a phycobilin, a bacteriochlorophyll (e.g., bacteriochlorophyll a, bacteriochlorophyll b, bacteriochlorophyll c, bacteriochlorophyll d, bacteriochlorophyll e, bacteriochlorophyll g), a carotenoid, or a combination thereof.
  • biomolecule colorants such as a an anthocyanin, chlorophyll (e.g., chlorophyll a, chlorophyll b), a phycobilin, a bacteriochlorophyll (e.g., bacteriochlorophyll a, bacteriochlorophyll b, bacteriochl
  • a biomolecule colorant In the arts of biology and microbiology, such a biomolecule colorant is referred to as a "pigment.”
  • the word “pigment” refers to insoluble particulate material in the art of coatings, paints, and other surface treatments.
  • a biologically produced colored molecule or fluor including a biomolecule that may not possess a strong visible color but absorbs and/or fluoresces in the UV or infrared regions ofthe spectrum, are refened to herein as a “biomolecule colorant.”
  • the word “pigment” remains as is understood in the arts of coatings, paints, and other surface treatments, with the disclosure herein that a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention, particularly one comprising a biomolecule colorant, can be used as a pigment.
  • anthocyanin e.g., anthophy
  • a chlorophyll or bacteriochlorophyll typically produces a green color
  • phycobilin typically produces a bluish or red color
  • a carotenoid often produces a yellow or orange color.
  • examples of a phycobilin include phycoerythrin (red), phycocyanin (blue), and allophycocyanin (blue-green). The colors of cells are often dominated by a carotenoid.
  • carotenoids and associated colors that have been observed in vivo, include: ⁇ - carotene (yellow), ⁇ -carotene (yellow), chlorobactene (green), isorenieratene (brown), lycopenal (violet), lycopene (red), lycopenol (violet), fucoxanthin (yellow-brown), saproxanthin (orange), flexixanthin (red), okenone (violet-red, pink-rose), rhodopin (violet, green), rhodopinal (violet), spheroidenone (red), spirilloxanthin (pink-red, violet-red, brown- red, red), tetrahydrospirilloxanthin (yellow-orange-brown), an anthophylls (yellow-green or brown), zeaxanthin (yellow), or a combination thereof.
  • a prefened organism for use in a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention comprises a microorganism, as such an organism is typically unicellular and/or ohgocellular in structure, often comprises a durable structure at the cell- external environment interface, or a combination thereof.
  • Prokaryotic organisms [0119] Prokaryotic organisms are generally classified in the Kingdom Monera as
  • Prokaryotic organisms are generally of small cellular size, which allows a greater flexibility in use in different surface treatment embodiments.
  • Common cell shapes for the Kingdom Monera include bacilli, which is rod- shaped, cocci, which is spherical, and spirochete, which is helical. These characteristic shapes are often associated with whether the cell is typically unicellular in life, such as in the case of bacilli and spirochetes, or whether the cell is ohgocellular clusters or chains in life, such as is in the case of cocci.
  • prokaryotic microorganisms lack a durable cell wall, and though they may be used as a coating or other surface treatment component, they are less prefened for use a cell-based particulate material in the present invention.
  • examples of such prokaryotes that lack a cell wall include the mycoplasmas ofthe genera Anaeroplasma, Asteroleplasma, Mycoplasma, Spiroplasma, and Ureaplasma; the Archaea genera Thermoplasma.
  • Chlamydiae e.g., Chlamydia, Clhamydophila, Parachlamydia, Simkania, Waddlia
  • Chlamydiae e.g., Chlamydia, Clhamydophila, Parachlamydia, Simkania, Waddlia
  • Examples of preferred prokaryotic microorganisms for use as a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention are described below.
  • Archaea The domain Archaea is noted for comprising many organisms capable of living in environmental conditions that most other cells cannot endure.
  • the cell wall of Archaea typically comprises pseudopeptidoglycan, a macromolecular polymer comprising polysaccharide and peptide or polypeptide components, as well as glycoprotein, protein, polysacharride, or a combination thereof. Examples of Archaea size and shapes are shown at Table 1 below.
  • Archaea are often purple, red, pink, orange-brown, yellow, green, gray or white.
  • Specific examples of colored Archaea genera, with exemplary colors, include: Haloarcula (pink to red), Halobacterium (pink to red), Halococcus (pink to red), Haloferax (pinlc to red), Natronobacterium (pink to red), Natronococcus (pink to red), and Archaeoglobus (green- black, and fluorescent at 420 nm).
  • Examples of Archaea hyperthermophile genera with exemplary temperature growth ranges include Acidianus (45°C-96°C), Archaeoglobus (65°C-95°C), Desulfurococcus (70°C-95°C), Hyperthermus (95°C-107°C), Metallosphaera (50°C-80°C), Methanobacterium (37°C-68°C), Methanococcus (35°C-91°C), Methanohalobium (50°C-55°C), Methanosarcina (30°C-55°C), Methanothermus (83°C-88°C), Methanothrix (35°C-65°C), Pyrobaculum (74°C- 103°C), Pyrococcus (70°C-103°C), Pyrodictium (80°C-110°C), Staphylothermus (65°C-98°C), Sulfolobus (55°C-87°C), Thermococcus (45°C
  • Examples of Archaea extreme halophile genera with exemplary NaCI growth ranges include Haloarcula (1.5-4.0 M), Halobacterium (1.5-4.0 M), Halococcus (1.5-4.0 M), Haloferax (1.5-4.0 M), Methanohalobium (0.01 2.0 M), Methanohalophilus (0.5- 2.0 M), Natronobacterium (1.5-4.0 M), Natronococcus (1.5-4.0 M), and Pyrodictium (0.02- 2.05 M).
  • Examples of Archaea extreme alkaliphile and/or extreme acidophile genera with exemplary pH growth ranges include Acidianus (pH 1.0-6.0), Archaeoglobus (pH 4.5-7.5), Desulfurococcus (pH 4.5-7.0), Haloarcula (pH 5.0-8.0), Halobacterium (pH 5.0-8.0), Halococcus (pH 5.0-8.0), Haloferax (pH 5.0-8.0), Metallosphaera (pH 1.0-4.5), Methanococcus (pH 5.0-9.0), Methanohalophilus (pH 7.5-9.5), Natronobacterium (pH 8.5- 11.0), Natronococcus (pH 8.5-11.0), Pyrobaculum (pH 5.0-7.0), Pyrococcus (pH 5.0-7.0), Pyrodictium (pH 5.0-7.0), Sulfolobus (pH 1.0-6.0), Thermococcus (pH 4.0-8.0), Therm
  • Eubacteria cell walls typically comprise peptidoglycan, a macromolecular polymer comprising polysaccharide and peptide or polypeptide components, as well as glycoprotein, protein, polysacharride, lipid, or a combination thereof.
  • the members of the Eubacteria phyla are divided into Gram-positive Eubacteria and Gram-negative Eubacteria (e.g., Cyanobacteria, Proteobacteria, Spirochetes) based on biochemical and structural differences between the cell wall and/or associated cell membrane ofthe organisms.
  • Gram-positive Eubacteria refers to Eubacteria comprising a cell wall that typically stains positive with Gram stain reaction (Schener, R., 1984) and/or generally is not surromided by a phosphohpid bilayer ("outer cell membrane"). Examples of Gram-positive Eubacteria size and shapes are shown at Table 3 below.
  • the filamentous cellular material may be readily broken up into particulate material (e.g., rod or coccoid cells or cellular material) by physical force. It is contemplated that a processing of these genera, and other filamentous genera of cells, may include a step of application of physical force (e.g., shearing, sonication, etc.) and/or contact with chemicals to convert the filamentous cellular material into a prefened cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention that is more conveniently dispersed in a coating or other surface treatment.
  • the size ranges for the diameter ofthe filamentous cellular structures and particulate material is generally within the ranges described for the other Gram-positive cells in Table 3.
  • Nocardia grows as a filamentous material whose diameter is shown at Table 3, but easily fragments spontaneously or with mechanical force into rods or coccoid cellular material. It is contemplated that in embodiments wherein cells grow both as filamentous cellular material and particulate cellular material, the particulate cellular material may be readily obtained by steps such settling ofthe larger filamentous material in a liquid culture while the particulate material remains suspended (e.g., centrifugation), filtration, etc., as well as processing step that converts the filamentous material into particulate material. [0129] Specific examples of colored Gram-positive Eubacteria species, with exemplary colors, include: Micrococcus luteus (yellow; ATCC Nos.
  • Propionibacterium thoenii red-brown to orange; DSMZ Nos. 20276 and 20275
  • Propionibacterium acidipropionici white; DSMZ Nos. 4900 and 20272
  • Propionibacterium lymphophilum white; DSMZ No. 4903
  • Micrococcus lylae cream-white; ATCC Nos. 27566 and 27569, DSMZ Nos. 20315 and 20318
  • Propionibacterium avidum white to cream; DSMZ No. 4901
  • Propionibacterium acnes white to gray; DSMZ Nos. 1897 and 20458
  • Propionibacterium granulosum gray to white; DSMZ No.
  • Propionibacterium j ens enii pink to white; DSMZ Nos. 20535 and 20274
  • Propionibacterium freudenreichii pink or tan; DSMZ Nos. 20271 and 4902.
  • Additional examples of colored Gram-positive Eubacteria genera include: Brachybacterium (white to pale yellow), Brev ⁇ bacterium (yellow-orange or purple- gray), Aureobacterium (yellow), Cellulomonas (yellow), Clavibacter (yellow or blue-gray), Curtobacterium (yellow or orange), Planococcus (yellow-orange), Exiguobacterium (pale orange), Mycobacterium (pink, orange, or yellow), Nocardia (white, tan, brown, red, pink, orange, purple, or gray), Rubrobacter (reddish-pink), Salinicoccus (pink or red), Salinicoccus (pink or red), Deinobacter (pink or red), Dermabacter (cream-white), Sporosarcina (cream to orange), Staphylococcus (white, cream, yellow, or orange), Thermoanaerobacter (white), and Tsukamurella (white to orange).
  • Gram-positive Eubacteria typically grow in extreme environmental conditions.
  • Examples of Gram-positive hyperthermophile genera with exemplary temperature growth ranges include Clostridium (10°C-65°C), Desulfotomaculum (20°C-70°C), Rubrobacter (46°C-48°C), Saccharococcus (68°C-78°C), Sphaerobacter (55°C), Thermacetogenium (55°C-58°C), Thermoanaerobacter (35°C-78°C), and Thermoanaerobium (45°C-75°C).
  • Gram-positive extreme halophile genera with exemplary NaCI growth ranges include Aerococcus (1.71 M), Marinococcus (0.09-3.42 M), Planococcus (0.17- 2.57 M), Sporohalobacter (0.5-2.0 M), and Staphylococcus (1.71 M).
  • Gram- positive extreme alkaliphile genera with exemplary pH growth ranges include Aerococcus (pH 9.6), Amphibacillus (pH 10), Enterococcus (pH 9.6), and Exiguobacterium (pH 6.5-11.5).
  • Gram-negative Eubacteria refers to Eubacteria comprising a cell wall that typically stains negative with Gram stain reaction (see, for example, Schener, R., 1984) and/or generally is surrounded by an outer cell membrane. As would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art, a few types of "Gram-negative Eubacteria” do not stain well using a standard Gram stain procedure, however, these bacteria can be classified as a Gram-negative Eubacteria by the presence of an outer cell membrane, a morphological feature typically not present in a Gram-positive Eubacteria. [0132] Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria size and shapes are shown at Table 5 below.
  • certain cells such as, for example, those ofthe genera Ancalomicrobium, Asticcacaulis, Caulobacter, Dichotomicrobium, Filomicrobium, Hirschia, Hyphomicrobium, Hyphomonas, Labrys, Pedomicrobium and Prosthecobacter, generally have one or more prosthecae (e.g., 1-10) extending from the main cell body.
  • a prosthecae is a spike-like extension ofthe cell, and generally comprises the cell wall and/or cell membrane.
  • a prosthecae ranges in size from 0.1-0.7 ⁇ m X 0.1-40.0 ⁇ m.
  • such cells may produce a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention of 0.1-0.7 ⁇ m diameter for use in a surface treatment by application of a processing step such as physical force (e.g., shearing, sonication) to fragment a prosthecae from the main cell body.
  • a processing step such as physical force (e.g., shearing, sonication) to fragment a prosthecae from the main cell body.
  • colored Gram-negative Eubacteria species include: Xenorhabdus beddingii (blue; ATCC No. 49110; DSMZ No. 4764), Xenorhabdus poinarii (blue; ATCC No. 35272; DSMZ No. 4768), Vibrio nigripulchritudo (blue; ATCC Nos. 27043 and 33901), Pseudomonas viridiflava (blue-green; ATCC No. 13222; DSMZ No. 11124), Cytophaga marinoflava (yellow, ATCC No. 19326; DSMZ No. 3653), Cytophaga fermentans (yellow; ATCC No.
  • Acidiphilium cryptum Pink or white; DSMZ Nos. 2389, 2390, 2613 and 9467
  • Acidiphilium organovorum white; ATCC No. 43141
  • Acidiphilium lipoferum pink; ATCC No. 29707; DSMZ No. 1691
  • Flexibacter canadensis white; ATCC No. 29591; DSMZ No. 3403
  • Pedobacter heparinus yellow-gray; ATCC No. 13125, DSMZ No. 2366
  • Lysobacter gummosus yellow-gray; ATCC No. 29489; DSMZ No. 6980.
  • Additional examples of colored Gram-negative Eubacteria genera include: Archangium, Chondromyces, Cystobacter, Melittangium, Myxococcus, Nannocystis, Polyangium, and Stigmatella, which may be yellow, orange, or red); as well as Chromobacterium (violet); Janthinobacterium (violet); Chromohalobacter (violet- blue to brown); Osc ⁇ llatoria (blue-green, red, blackish); Pseudanabaena (blue-green, red); Spirulina (blue-green, red); Spirosoma (pale yellow); Chitinophaga (yellow); Pantoea (yellow); Variovorax (yellow); Xanthobacter (yellow); Xanthomonas (yellow); Cytophaga (yellow, orange, or red), Herpetosiphon (red, orange, or yellow); Thermus
  • cell-based particulate material and extracted colorants from such material may be used as a fluorescent colorant.
  • the genera Phenylobacterium can produce a greenish fluorescent colorant.
  • cell-based particulate material and extracted colorants from such material may be used as a pH indicator colorant.
  • a pH indicator colorant may be useful in monitoring a variety of metabolic, enzymatic, or chemical reactions that generate hydronium or hydroxy species.
  • the carotenoid flexirubin changes color from yellow in acid to neutral conditions to purple, red or red-brown in alkali conditions, and visa versa.
  • flexirubin, and cell-based particulate material that comprises flexirubin may be used as pH indicator colorant.
  • examples of cells that normally comprise flexirubin, and exemplary non-alkali colors include: Flexibacter filiformis (golden yellow; ATCC No. 29495, DSMZ No. 527), Cytophaga allerginae (yellow; ATCC No. 35408), Cytophaga arvensicola (yellow-orange; ATCC No. 51264, DSMZ No. 3695), Cytophaga hutchinsonii (yellow; ATCC No. 33406, DSMZ No.1761), Flavobacterium hydatis (yellow; ATCC No.
  • Flavobacterium johnsoniae (yellow; ATCC Nos. 17061 and 29585, DSMZ Nos.2064 and 425), Flavobacterium columnare (golden- yellow; ATCC No. 23463), Zobellia uliginosa (golden-yellow; ATCC No. 14397, DSMZ No. 2061), Flavobacterium pectinovorum (yellow; ATCC No. 19366, DSMZ No. 6368), Flavobacterium psychrophilum (yellow; ATCC Nos. 49418 and 49511, DSMZ No. 3660), and Flavobacterium saccharophilum (yellow; ATCC No.
  • a cell may be endogenously coated with a metallic compound.
  • Such cells are contemplated for use in the present invention as a metallic pigment and/or anti-corrosion pigment.
  • Examples of such cells include those ofthe genera Pedomicrobium, Planctomyces and Metallogenium, which are often coated with a manganese oxide, an iron oxide, or a combination thereof.
  • Pedomicrobium americanum ATCC No. 43615
  • Pedomicrobium ferrugineum ATCC No. 33116 and 33119
  • Pedomicrobium manganicum ATCC No.
  • cell ofthe genera Metallogenium are typically coated with a manganese oxide.
  • Such iron oxide and/or manganese oxide materials may confer a yellow to brown color to the cell, though cells comprising iron oxide materials are often red-brown, and cells comprising manganese oxide are often green (e.g., olive).
  • various cells may internalize metals (e.g., gold, silver, selenium, etc.), and may possess magnetic properties (e.g., alignment in a magnetic field), as is common in magnetotactic bacteria.
  • An example of such an additional metal comprising cell include the magnetotactic genera Magnetospirillum.
  • Gram-negative Eubacteria typically grow in extreme enviromnental conditions.
  • Examples of Gram-negative hyperthermophiles with exemplary temperature growth ranges include Acetomicrobium (58-73°C), Chlorobium tepidum (55 °C to 56°C), Chloroflexus aurantiacus (20-66°C; ATCC Nos. 29365 and 29366; DSMZ Nos.
  • Gram-negative extreme halophiles with exemplary NaCI growth ranges include Halobacteroides (1.44-2.4 M), Halomonas (0.09-3.42 M) and Marinobacter (0.08-3.5 M).
  • Gram-negative extreme alkahphile and/or extreme acidophile genera with exemplary pH growth ranges include Acetobacter (pH 5.4-6.3), Acidomonas (pH 2.0-5.5), Acidiphilium (pH 2.5-5.9), Arthrospira (pH 11.0), Beijerinckia (pH 3.0-10.0), Chitinophaga (pH 4.0-10.0), Derxia (pH 5.5-9.0), Ectothiorhodospira (pH 7.6-9.5), Frateuria (pH 3.6), Gluconobacter (pH 5.5-6.0), Herbaspirillum (pH 5.3-8.0), Leptospirillum (pH 1.5-4.0), Morococcus (pH 5.5-9.0), Rhodopila (
  • Eukaryotic organisms [0141] Eukaryotic organisms are generally classified in the Kingdom Animalia
  • Eukaryotic cells are generally of larger cellular size than prokaryotes, with numerous examples of cells and cell sizes described herein. In the practice ofthe present invention, unicellular and ohgocellular eukaryotic organisms are preferred, as it is contemplated that the number of processing steps, and hence cost, will be less. Such eukaryotic cells and organisms are often classified in the Kingdom Protista, though certain fungi are also unicellular and ohgocellular fungi are contemplated, and are described herein.
  • Eukaryotic cells and organisms that possess a cell wall or other durable biomolecule material are contemplated, and such cells are usually classified in the Kingdom Protista, the Kingdom Plantae, and the Kingdom Fungi.
  • Eukaryotic cells and organisms that lack a durable cell wall may be used as a coating or other surface treatment component, but are less prefened for use a cell-based particulate material in the present invention. Examples of prefened eukaryotic cells and organisms for use as a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention are described below.
  • Organisms ofthe eukaryotic Fungi Kingdom include organisms commonly refened to as molds, morels, mushrooms, puffballs, rusts, smuts, truffles, and yeasts.
  • a fungal organism typically comprises multicellular filaments that grow into a food supply (e.g., carbon based polymers), but may become unicellular spores in nutrient poor conditions.
  • fungi microorganisms e.g., filamentous fungi, yeasts
  • fungi microorganisms that are unicellular or ohgocellular, including those that are unicellular or ohgocellular during a stage in the lifecycle (e.g., spores), are prefened.
  • Yeasts are a prefened type of fungi, as they generally live or have a stage of life that is typically unicellular in nature. It is contemplated that culturing such unicellular or ohgocellular fungi, and/or producing the cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention from such fungi, will entail less steps, be more amenable to large scale production, be more economical, or a combination thereof, relative to culturing and processing cell-based particulate material from a multicellular fungi.
  • Fungi cell wall components typically include beta- 1 ,4-linked homopolymers of
  • N-acetylglucosamine (“chitin”) and a glucan.
  • the glucan is usually an alpha-glucan, such as a polymer comprising an alpha- 1,3- and alpha- 1,6- linkage (Griffin, 1994).
  • alpha-glucan such as a polymer comprising an alpha- 1,3- and alpha- 1,6- linkage (Griffin, 1994).
  • Some Ascomycota species (Ophiostomataceae) comprise cell walls made of cellulose.
  • Certain species of Chytridiomycota e.g., Coelomomycetales
  • Yeasts are often white or near white, light colored or neutral colored (e.g., white, light yellow, pink, gray, brown, tan, etc.).
  • colored yeast species include: Pichia alni (cream white; ATCC Nos. 36594 and 36596), Pichia ciferii (white; DSMZ No. 70780), Pichia fluxuum (yellowish-white; ATCC Nos. 24239 and 60370), Protomyces gravidus (pink; ATCC No. 64066), Protomyces inouyei (tannish-orange; ATCC No.
  • Issatchenkia scutulata (tannish-white; ATCC Nos. 24186 and 58067), Issatchenkia terricola (tannish- cream; ATCC Nos. 22306 and 58069), Kluyveromyces aestuarii (white to ochre; ATCC No. 18862), Kluyveromyces africanus (white to cream; ATCC No. 22294, DSMZ No. 70290), Kluyveromyces bacillisporus (white; ATCC Nos. 200960 and 90019), Kluyveromyces blattae (cream to white; ATCC No.
  • Kluyveromyces delphensis cream; ATCC No. 24205
  • Kluyveromyces dobzhanskii cream to pink; ATCC No. 24175
  • Kluyveromyces lactis cream to pink; ATCC Nos. 12425 and 200795
  • Kluyveromyces lodderae cream; ATCC Nos. 200793 and 24206
  • Kluyveromyces marxianus cream to brown; ATCC Nos. 10606 and 16045
  • Kluyveromyces polysporus cream to brown; ATCC No. 22028, DSMZ No. 70294
  • Kluyveromyces thermotolerans cream; ATCC Nos.
  • Kluyveromyces waltii cream; ATCC No. 56500
  • Kluyveromyces wickerhamii cream, pink, brown; ATCC Nos. 200968 and 24178
  • Kluyveromyces yarrowii cream; ATCC Nos. 200791 and 36591
  • Lodderomyces elongisporus tannish-white; ATCC Nos. 11503 and 22688
  • Pachysolen tannophilus (tannish-white; ATCC Nos. 32691 and 60396)
  • W ⁇ lliopsis California gray white; DSMZ Nos. 3455 and 70267)
  • Williopsis mucosa (tannish-white; ATCC No.
  • yeast genera include: Saccaromycopsis (tannish white), Saturnispora (tannish white), Sporopachydermia (white to cream), Torulaspora (tannish white), Wickerhamiella (tannish-white), Yarrowia (tannish-white), Zygosaccharomyces (tannish-white), Myxozyma (tannish-white), Agaricostilbum (yellowish cream), Bulleromyces (brownish-cream), Chionosphaera (cream), Filobasidium (gray-white or cream), Bensingtonia (grayish cream), Malassezia (cream to yellowish), Cephaloascus (cream-white), Citeromyces (white), and
  • Organisms of the Kingdom Protista are a heterogenous set of eukaryotic unicellular, ohgocellular and/or multicellular organisms that have not been classified as belonging to the other eukaryotic Kingdoms, though they typically may have features related to the Plant Kingdom (e.g., algae, which are photosynthetic), the Fungi Kingdom (e.g., Oomycota) and/or the Animal Kingdom (e.g., protozoa).
  • Plant Kingdom e.g., algae, which are photosynthetic
  • the Fungi Kingdom e.g., Oomycota
  • Animal Kingdom e.g., protozoa
  • Organisms of certain Phyla comprise a cell wall, silica based shell or exoskeleton (e.g., a test, a frustule), or other durable material at the cell-external environment interface, and are prefened for use in preparing a cell-based particulate material of the present invention. It is contemplated that most protists cell sizes (e.g., 1.5 ⁇ m x 10.0 ⁇ m) and shapes will be similar to those described for other eukarotic cells described herein (e.g., fungi).
  • Diatoms are unicellular algae that possess a cell wall comprising silicon.
  • Fossilized diatoms are a major component of diatomaceous earth, which is often used as an extender.
  • the present invention relates to living or recently living cells (e.g., alive within the past 20 years), as opposed to mineralized fossils.
  • Such fossils typically comprise little or no biomolecules from the organism, as processes such as biodegradation, oxidation with the earth's atmosphere, etc., have long since destroyed such molecules.
  • a diatom's frustule is an exoskeleton comprising organic material and silica, and the organic material of such frustule will be removed by time and fossilization.
  • diatoms include organisms ofthe phyla Chrysophyta and Bacillariphyta.
  • Chrysophyta (“golden algae,” “golden-brown algae”) are freshwater diatoms. Chrysophyta generally comprise chlorophyll a and chlorophyll c, as well as a carotenoid and/or a xanthophyll, and are often yellow-brown in color.
  • Chrysophyta include Chlorobotrys, Chromulina, Chrysamoeba, Chrysocapsa, Dinobryon, Eustigmatos, Heterosigma, Mallomonas, Monodopsis, Nannochloropsis, Ochromonas, Paraphysomonas, Pleurochloris, Polyedriella, Pseudocharaciopsis, Rhizochromulina, Synura, Thaumatomastix, and Vischeria.
  • Bacillariphyta are marine diatoms, and these cells typically comprise chlorophyll a and chlorophyll c and fucoxanthin.
  • Genera of Bacillariphyta include Achnanthes, Asterionella, Chaetoceros, Cocconeis, Cyclotella, Fragilaria, Melosira, Navicula, Nitzschia, Skeletonema, Stauroneis, Stephanodiscus, Synedra and Thalassiosira.
  • Xanthophyta (“yellow-green algae”) typically comprise chlorophyll c.
  • Xanthophyta are typically yellowish-green in color.
  • Examples of Xanthophyta genera include Botrydiopsis, Botrydium, Botryococcus, Chloridella, Mischococcus, Ophiocytium, Tribonema and Vaucheria.
  • Euglenophyta (“euglenoids”) generally are unicellular and comprise a pellicle, which is an outer membrane reinforced by proteins, rather than a cell wall.
  • the Euglenophyta typically comprise chlorophyll a and chlorophyll b and a carotene.
  • Genera oi Euglenophyta include Astasia, Colacium, Cryptoglena, Distigma, Entosiphon, Euglena, Gyropaigne, Khawkinea, Menoidium, Purdium, Peranema, Petalomonas, Phacus, Ploeotia, Rhabdomonas, Rhynchopus, Scytomonas and Trachelomonas.
  • Chlorophyta (“green algae”) typically are unicellular to ohgocellular clusters, and comprise a cell wall that comprises cellulose.
  • the Chlorophyta typically comprise chlorophyll a and chlorophyll b and a carotene or a xanthrophill, and are often green in color.
  • Chlorophyta include Volvox, Chlorella, Pleurococcus, Spirogyra, Chlamydomonas, Gonium, Mantoniella, Nephroselmis, Pyramimonas, Tetraselmis, Ulothrix, Enteromorpha, Cephaleuros, Cladophora, Pithophora, Rhizoclonium, Derbesia, Acetabularia, Chlorella, Microthamnion, Prototheca, Stichococcus, Trebouxia, Ankistrodesmus, Bracteacoccus, Bulbochaete, Chaetophora, Characiosiphon, Chlamydomonas, Chlorococcum, Coelastrum, Dictyosphaerium, Draparnaldia, Dunaliella, Dysmorphococcus, Eudorina, Fritschiella, Gonium, Haematococcus, Hydrodictyon, Oedogonium,
  • Rhodophyta (“red algae”) are generally multicellular and comprise a cell wall comprising a sulfated polysaccharide, such as, for example, agar, carrageenan, cellulose, or a combination thereof. Rhodophyta generally comprise chlorophyll a and are typically red due to the presence ofthe phycobilin phycoerythrin, though others may be blue-green. Examples of Rhodophyta genera that are unicellular include Chroodactylon, Flintiella, Porphyridium, Rhodella and Rhodosorus. [0153] Pyrrophyta (“fire algae,” “dinoflagellate”) are unicellular marine organisms that possess a cell wall comprising cellulose.
  • Pyrrophyta typically comprise chlorophyll a and chlorophyll c and fucoxanthin. Pyrrophyta axe typically red, and comprise dinoflagellate genera such as Amphidinium, Cer tium, Gonyaulax, Gymnodinium, Oxyrrhis, Peridinium, and Prorocentrum. [0154] Ciliophora ("ciliates") are generally unicellular and comprise a pellicle. Cilophora are not photosynthetic, and thus not particularly colored (e.g., translucent to whitish).
  • Ciliophora genera include Anophryoides, Blepharisma, Caenomorpha, Cohnilembus, Coleps, Colpidium, Colpoda, Cyclidium, Dexiostoma, Didinium, Euplotes, Glaucoma, Mesanophrys, Metopus, Opisthonecta, Paramecium, Paranophrys, Plagiopyla, Platyophrya, Pseudocohnilembus, Spathidium, Spirostomum, Stentor, Tetrahymena, Trimyema, Uronema and Vorticella.
  • Oomycota (“oomycetes,” “water molds”) are fungi-like organisms, and are often listed in the fungal sections of biological culture collections. Oomycota are typically unicellular but differ from fungi by possessing a cell wall that comprises cellulose and/or glycan. Oomycota are not photosynthetic, and thus typically not particularly colored (e.g., whitish).
  • Oomycota genera include Aphanomyces, Brevilegnia, Dictyuchus, Halophytophthora, Lagenidium, Leptolegnia, Peronophythora, Plasmopara, Plectospira, Pythiopsis, Pythium, Saprolegnia and Thraustotheca. [0156] Examples of biological culture collection sources for Protista are shown at Table 9 below.
  • a cell-based particulate material of the present invention is prepared from a virus.
  • a virus is not a cell, a virus may be used to as a particulate material in a coating or other surface treatment, and due to the biomolecule structure of a virus, the definition of "a cell-based particulate material" used herein includes a virus.
  • a vims does not have a cell wall, but has a proteinaceous outer coat that is sometimes sunounded by a phosphohpid membrane ("envelope"). It is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention prepared from a virus will typically be of a smaller particle size than that prepared from a cell.
  • vims that is pathogenic to and/or able to infect one or more desirable organisms.
  • it is prefened to use an attenuated vims and/or an inactivated vims. Additionally, it is contemplated that production of genera that infect host cells of desirable organisms will generally be more expensive to produce per vims particle than a vims that infects a microorganism.
  • a vims that infects a microorganism e.g., an Archaea, a bacterium, certain types of fungi, a Protista
  • a microorganism typically is not a desirable organism, and it is contemplated that the production and processing of such a vims will be relatively inexpensive compared to a vims that is produced in cells of a desirable organism.
  • a vims that is capable of reproduction in an Archaea and/ 'or Eubacteria cell is known herein as a "bacteriophage," and is typically a proteinaceous particulate material without a phosphohpid membrane.
  • Examples of bacteriophages' size and shape are described at Table 10.
  • a cell or vims is pathogenic (e.g., pathogenic to a desirable organism) may be produced in the practice ofthe present invention
  • techniques are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art for handling pathogens, including identification of a pathogen, production of a pathogen, sterilizing a pathogen, attenuating a pathogen, as well as conducting cell preparation to reduce the quantity of a pathogen in non-pathogenic material [see, for example, In “Manual of Commercial Methods in Clinical Microbiology” (Truant, A. L., Ed.), 2002; “Manual of Clinical Microbiology 8 th Edition Volume 1" (Murray P. R, Baron, E. J., Jorgensen, J. H., Pfaller, M.
  • the cell may be made to undergo one or more processing steps to prepare a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention.
  • a prefened embodiment ofthe cell-based particulate material is a material in the form of a "whole cell material” or “whole cell particulate material,” which refers to particulate material resembling an intact living cell upon microscopic examination, in contrast to cell fragments of varying shape and size. Examples of a whole cell particulate material include a living cell, a sterilized cell, an attenuated cell, a permeabilized cell, etc.
  • a composition ofthe present invention comprising a whole cell particulate material will provide protection from diffusion of compounds that may damage a desired biomolecule (e.g., a colorant, an enzyme, an antibody, a receptor, a transport protein, stmctural protein, an ligand, etc.) comprised as part ofthe whole cell particulate material.
  • a desired biomolecule e.g., a colorant, an enzyme, an antibody, a receptor, a transport protein, stmctural protein, an ligand, etc.
  • any preparation of a cell will comprise a certain percentage of cell fragments, which comprise pieces of a cell wall or other durable cell material, pieces of cell membrane, and other cell components.
  • the whole cell particulate material composition ofthe present invention will comprise 50% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof of whole cell particulate material.
  • the percentage of whole cell particulate material and cell fragments may be determined by any applicable technique known to one of ordinary skill in the art such as microscopic examination, centrifugation, chromatography, etc., as well as any technique described herein for determining the properties of a pigment, extender, or other particulate material either alone or comprised in a coating or other surface treatment. It is contemplated that in some aspects, cell fragments may be used as cell-based particulate material.
  • the cell fragment particulate material ofthe present invention will comprise 50% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof of cell fragment material. Such cell fragment particulate material may be prepared to reduce the size and/or alter the shape ofthe cell-based particulate material to better suit a specific coating or other surface treatment composition.
  • a multicellular organism may undergo a processing step wherein one or more cells are physically, chemically, and/or enzymatically separated to produce a material with desired particulate properties for a coating or other surface treatment formulation.
  • cells and/or cell components may be separated using a dismpting step, described herein.
  • microorganisms are generally unicellular or ohgocellular in nature, they are prefened in many embodiments, as it is contemplated that the number of processing steps used to prepare a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention from such an organism will be fewer than for a cell from a multicellular organism.
  • a particulate material for a coating or other surface treatment may be selected for properties such as ease of dispersal, particle size, particle shape, etc. It is contemplated that a microorganism maybe selected for cell shape, cell size, ease of dispersal, due to poor affinity for other cells relative to a cell embedded in a multicellular organism, or a combination thereof, to produce a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention with desired particulate material properties using fewer processing steps and/or with greater ease than a multicellular organism. 1.
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may comprise various cellular components (e.g., cell wall material, cell membrane material, nucleic acids, sugars, polysacharrides, peptides, polypeptides, proteins, lipids, etc.).
  • cellular components e.g., cell wall material, cell membrane material, nucleic acids, sugars, polysacharrides, peptides, polypeptides, proteins, lipids, etc.
  • Such cell or vims biomolecule components are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, CRC Handbook of Microbiology.
  • the cell-based particulate material comprise a cell wall and/or cell membrane material, to enhance the particulate nature ofthe cell-based particulate material.
  • the cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention comprises cell wall material, as it is contemplated that the cell wall is the dominant cellular component for conferring particulate material properties such as shape, size, and insolubility.
  • various cell components may be partly or fully removed from the organism to produce a cell-based particulate material.
  • a processing step wherein a cell is contacted with a liquid (e.g., an organic liquid) is contemplated to dissolve many cell components. Removal ofthe solvent would thereby remove (“extract”) the dissolved cell components from the particulate matter.
  • a liquid e.g., an organic liquid
  • a large biomolecule particularly a polymer that comprises a cell wall, such as peptidoglycan, teichoic acid, lipopolysacharide or a combination thereof, will be resistant to extraction with a non-aqueous or aqueous solvent, and thus be retained as a component ofthe particulate matter.
  • a biomolecule of extremely large size such as greater than 1,000 kDa molecular mass, will be retained in the particulate matter.
  • greater than 50% ofthe dry weight of such particulate matter will comprise a biomolecule of extremely large size and/or cell wall polymers after processing.
  • a large biomolecule particularly cell wall polymer
  • a biomolecule will be at or near the interface ofthe particulate matter and the external environment.
  • a biomolecule will contribute the most to the properties ofthe particulate matter produced from a cell used in a coating or other surface treatment. Examples of such properties include the size range of particulate matter, the shape ofthe particulate matter, the solubility ofthe particulate matter, the permeability and/or impermeability ofthe particulate matter to a chemical, the chemical reactivity ofthe particulate matter, or a combination thereof.
  • a chemical moiety ofthe biomolecule at the interface ofthe particulate matter and the external environment may chemically react with a second coating or other surface treatment component.
  • such reactions may be desirable, such as, for example, the chemical crosslinking of a cell-based particulate material to a binder in a thermosetting coating or surface treatment.
  • a cell-based particulate material may be selected for use as a binder in a coating or surface treatment.
  • Peptidoglycan (“mucopeptide,” “murein”) is a polymer common to Eubacteria cell walls that is contemplated as being an important biomolecule for conferring particulate nature and durability to various cell-based particulate materials ofthe present invention.
  • Peptidoglycan generally comprises alternating monomers ofthe amino-sugars N- acetylglucosamine and N-acetylmuramic acid.
  • the N-acetylmuramic acid monomers often further comprise a tetra-peptide ofthe sequence L-alanine-D-glutamic acid-L-diamino acid-D- alanine covalently bonded to the muramic acid.
  • the attached tetrapeptides of peptidoglycan participate in cross-linking a plurality of polymers to contribute to the cell wall stracture.
  • the tetrapeptides may form the cross-linkages by direct covalent bonds, or one or more amino acids may form the cross-linking bonds between the tetrapeptides.
  • Archaea do not possess peptidoglycan, but many Archaea may contain pseudopeptidoglycan, which comprises ⁇ -acetyltalosaminuronic acid, instead of ⁇ - acetylmuramic in peptidoglycan.
  • pseudopeptidoglycan which comprises ⁇ -acetyltalosaminuronic acid, instead of ⁇ - acetylmuramic in peptidoglycan.
  • a cell wall particularly of Gram-positive Eubacteria, may comprise up to 50% teichoic acid.
  • Teichoic acid is an acidic polymer comprising monomers of a phosphate and glycerol; phosphate and ribitol; or N-acetylglucosamine and glycerol.
  • a sugar e.g., glucose
  • an amino acid e.g., D-alanine
  • a teichoic acid may be associated with a phosphohpid bilayer adjacent to a cell wall.
  • a teichoic acid is covalently bonded to a glycolipid of a cell membrane, and is known as a "lipoteichoic acid.”
  • Teichic acids are common in the genera Staphylococcus, Micrococcus, Bacillus, and Lactobacillus.
  • a cell wall of certain species of Gram-positive Eubacteria may comprise teichuronic acid.
  • Teichuronic acid is a polymer comprising N-acetylglucosamine and glucuronic acid or glucose and amino-mannuronic acid.
  • acidic conditions damages this cell wall component, as uronic acids such as glucuronic acid, and particularly amino- mannuronic acid, are hydrolyzed in acid. It is contemplated that exposure to acid during processing or in a surface treatment may reduce this component from the particulate matter.
  • a cell wall of organisms primarily ofthe Kingdom Planta, comprises cellulose.
  • Cellulose is a polysaccharide polymer of glucose monomers. Chemically modified forms of cellulose (e.g., a cellulose ester, a nitrocellulose) have been used as binders in coatings and other surface treatments. However, in the practice ofthe present invention, it is contemplated that cellulose will be used in particulate material, preferably not chemically modified as a cellulose ester and/or a nitrocellulose, or a combination thereof. d. Neutral Polysaccharides
  • a cell wall may comprise a neutral polysaccharide, other than those described for a peptidoglycan, teichoic acid, cellulose, or lipopolysacharide.
  • a neutral polysaccharide is a polymer comprising a majority of neutral sugars, wherein the neutral sugar is typically a hexose or a pentose, and/or an aminosugar thereof.
  • neutral sugars found in neutral polysaccharides include arabinose, galactose, 3-O-methyl-D-galactose, mannose, xylose, rhamnose, glucose, fructose, or a combination thereof.
  • amino sugars found in neutral polysaccharides include glucosamine, galactosamine, or a combination thereof.
  • a cell wall may comprise a proteinaceous molecule, such as, for example, a polypeptide, a peptide, a protein, other than those described for a peptidoglycan, teichoic acid, or lipopolysacharide.
  • a "peptide” comprises 3 to 100 amino acids as monomers, while a “polypeptide” is a polymer comprising 101 amino acids or more as monomers.
  • a "protein” is a proteinaceous molecule comprising a contiguous molecular sequence three amino acids or greater in length, matching the length of a biologically produced proteinaceous molecule encoded by the genome of an organism.
  • Such proteinaceous materials may dominate the structural integrity that confers particulate material durability to a vims or a cell comprising a pellicle. Additionally, peptide linkages are common throughout peptidoglycan and pseudopeptidoglycan. However, it is contemplated that in most embodiments, a peptide or polypeptide is not the biomolecule component that dominates the overall structural integrity and/or composition of most cell walls. f. Lipids
  • a cell wall may comprise a lipid, other than those described for a peptidoglycan, teichoic acid, or lipopolysacharide.
  • a lipid refers to any hydrophobic or amphipathic organic compound exfractable with a non-aqueous solvent.
  • a cell comprises various lipid biomolecules, which generally comprise fatty acids. It is contemplated that in embodiments wherein a processing step comprises contacting the cell with a non-aqueous solvent, most lipids will be removed from the cell and/or or cell wall.
  • the lipid components of a cell and/or cell wall remaining in the particulate matter may affect coating or other surface treatment reactions wherein lipid (e.g., fatty acid double bond) cross-linking activity contributes to film- formation.
  • lipid e.g., fatty acid double bond
  • Lipids of particular relevance for such potential cross-linking reactions include those ofthe outer membrane, which comprise fatty acids, the cell wall, or a combination thereof.
  • Gram-negative cells comprise a phosphohpid bilayer known as the "outer cell membrane” that sunounds the cell wall.
  • a "phosphohpid bilayer” comprises two layers of phosphohpid molecules, wherein the fatty acids components of each layer's phospholipids contact each other, thereby creating a hydrophobic inner region, and the head groups of each layer's phospholipids, which are generally hydrophilic, contact the external environment.
  • Examples of a phosphohpid include a glycerophospho lipid, which comprises two fatty acids and one hydrophilic moiety called a "head group" covalently connected to a trihydroxyl alcohol glycerol.
  • Non-limiting examples of a head group include choline, ethanolamine, serine, inositol, an additional glycerol or a combination thereof.
  • a phosphohpid bilayer generally comprises a plurality of peptides and polypeptides with hydrophobic regions that are retained in the phosphohpid bilayer' s hydrophobic inner region.
  • Gram-positive Eubacteria cell walls generally 0% to 2% lipid. However, certain categories of Gram-positive Eubacteria can comprise up to 50% or more lipid content as part ofthe cell wall. Such Eubacteria include different species of Gordonia, Mycobacterium, Nocardia, and Rhodococcus.
  • the lipids of such Eubacteria generally comprise a branched chain fatty acid, particularly mycolic acids (Bany, C. E. et al., Prog Lipid Res 37: 143, 1998). It is though that mycolic acids are covalently bound or loosely associated with cell wall sugars.
  • the type of Eubacteria is sometimes used to identify the carbon-backbone length ofthe mycolic acids.
  • an eumycolic acid is isolated from a Mycobacterium, and generally comprises 60 to 90 carbon atoms.
  • a corynomycolic acid is isolated from a Corynobacterium, and generally comprises 22 to 36 carbons.
  • a nocardomycoic acid is isolated from a Nocardia, and generally comprises 44 to 60 carbons.
  • a mycolic acid generally comprises a fatty acid branch ("alpha branch") and an aldehyde ("meromycolate branch”).
  • a mycolic acid may further comprise a carbon double bond, an epoxy ester moiety, a cyclopropane ring moiety, a keto moiety, a methoxy moiety or a combination thereof, generally located on meromycolate branch.
  • a mycolic acid may comprise a ⁇ -mycolic acid, a methoxymycolic acid, a ketomycolic acid, an epoxymycolic acid, a wax ester or a combination thereof.
  • a ⁇ -mycolic acid comprises a cis or trans carbon double bond and/or a cyclopropane, and may further comprise a methyl branch adjacent to such a moiety.
  • a methoxymycolic acid comprises a methoxy moiety and a double bond or a cyclopropane.
  • a ketomycolic acid comprises an a-methyl-branched ketone.
  • An epoxymycolic acid comprises an ⁇ -methyl-branch epoxide.
  • a wax ester comprises an internal ester group and a carbon double bond or a cyclopropane ring.
  • a cell lipid may comprise a glycolipid, which refers to a glycan covalently attached to a lipid.
  • Non-limiting examples of a glycolipid include a dolichyl phosphoryl glycan, a pyrophosphoryl glycan, an undecaprenyl phosphoryl glycan, a pryophosphoryl glycan, a retinyl phosphoryl glycan, a glycosphingolipid (e.g., a ceramide, a galactosphingolipid, a glucosphingolipid including a ganlioside), a glycoglycerolipid (e.g., a monogalactosyldiacylglycerol), a steroidal glycoside (e.g., ouabain, digoxin, digitonin), a glycosylated phosphoinositide (e.g., a GPI anchor, a lipophosphoglycan, a lipopeptidophosphoglycan, a glycoinositol phosphohpid), or a combination thereof.
  • the phosphohpid bilayers of Arch ⁇ e ⁇ are biochemically distinct from the lipids described above, as they comprise branched hydrocarbon chains attached to glycerol by ether linkages instead of fatty acids attached to glycerol by ester linkages.
  • Additional Biomolecule Components [0179]
  • such a composition may comprise other desirable biomolecules (e.g., a colorant, an enzyme, an antibody, a receptor, a transport protein, structural protein, an ligand, a prion) that may confer desirable properties to a surface treatment.
  • biomolecules may be an endogenously produced cell component, or a product of expression of a recombinant nucleic acid in the virus or cell [see, for example, co-pending U.S. Patent Application 10/655,345 "Biological Active Coating Components, Coatings, and Coated surfaces, filed Sept 4, 2003; in “Molecular Cloning," 2001; and “Cunent Protocols in Molecular Biology,” 2002].
  • biomolecules of cells typically used as liquid component of a coating or other surface treatment.
  • Most ofthe color producing and/or light absorbing biomolecules of cells described herein are extractable with solvents of lipids.
  • solvents of lipids such as acetone, ethanol or ether.
  • some cells produce biomolecule colorants that are water-soluble, hi particular, the colors of some cells from multicellular plants (e.g., fruit cells, flower cells), and some algae, are often dominated or influenced by one or more anthocyanins, which are water soluble colored biomolecules.
  • water-soluble biomolecule colorants are found in various cells of bacteria or fungi.
  • colored cells comprising a water-soluble colorant include Azotobacter armeniacus (brown-black and red- violet; DSMZ Nos. 2284), Azotobacter vinelandii (yellow-green fluorescent; ATCC Nos. 12518, 13705 and 53800), Azorhizophilus paspali (yellow-green fluorescent; DSMZ Nos. 2283, 88, 376, 388, 391 and 400), Beijerinckia derxii (green fluorescent; DSMZ Nos.
  • Actinoplanes italicus red; ATCC No. 27366), Actinoplanes ferrugineus (brown; ATCC No. 29868), Actinoplanes auranticolor (yellow; ATCC No. 15330), Actinoplanes liguriae (brown; ATCC No. 31048), Couchioplanes caeruleus (yellow-brown; ATCC No. 33937), Kitasatospora griseola (pink; DSMZ No. 43859), Kitasatospora mediocidica (yellow-brown; DSMZ No. 43929), Kitasatospora phosalacinea (yellow-brown; DSMZ No. 43860), and Kitasatospora setae (yellow-brown; DSMZ No. 43861).
  • biomolecule colorants may be used as a dye in a coating or other surface treatment upon extraction from a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention.
  • the biomolecule dye may be produced by extraction within the coating or other surface treatment by contact with a liquid component that acts as a solvent for the biomolecule colorant.
  • the biomolecule dye may be extracted by a solvent from the cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention in a processing step ofthe cell-based particulate material.
  • Extraction of such colored biomolecules in a separate processing step may be done to alter the color ofthe cell-based particulate material prior to incorporation in a coating or other surface treatment, separate the biomolecule dye for subsequent use as a coating or other surface treatment component (e.g., a dye), or a combination thereof.
  • a coating or other surface treatment component e.g., a dye
  • selection of processing steps and/or a liquid component of a coating or other surface treatment that does not extract a colored biomolecule may be used to maintain the colored biomolecule within a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention, such particulate material is part of or separate from a surface treatment.
  • Examples of cell processing steps include permeabilizmg, extracting, disrupting, sterilizing, attenuating, concentrating, drying, resuspending, encapsulation, or a combination thereof.
  • Various embodiments of a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention are contemplated after one or more such processing steps. However, it is further contemplated that each processing step will increase economic costs and/or reduce total cell- based particulate material yield, so that embodiments comprising fewer steps are prefened.
  • the cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention in addition to its usefulness as a particulate material component (e.g., a colorant, an additive) of a coating or surface treatment, may confer a desirable additional characteristic (e.g., enzymatic activity) typically not associated with a particulate material of a coating or surface treatment [see, for example, co- pending U.S. Patent Application 10/655,345 "Biological Active Coating Components, Coatings, and Coated surfaces, filed Sept 4, 2003].
  • a desirable additional characteristic e.g., enzymatic activity
  • a processing step e.g., attenuation, sterilization, chemical modification, etc.
  • a processing step may reduce or eliminate the desirable property (e.g., reduce biomolecule yield, reduce biomolecule activity, etc.), and thus fewer processing steps are prefened in most such embodiments.
  • the order of steps may be varied and still produce a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention.
  • a processing step may comprise sterilizing or attenuating a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention.
  • Sterilizing kills living matter (e.g., a cell, a vims), while attenuation reduces the virulence of living matter.
  • a sterilizing and/or attenuating step may be desirable as continued post expression growth of a cell-based particulate material and/or a contaminating organism may detrimentally affect the composition. For example, one or more properties of a coating or other surface treatment may be undesirably altered by the presence of a living organism. Additionally, a cell or vims may be able to infect, and even be pathogenic to a desirable organism. Examples of desirable organisms include humans, mammals, marsupials, birds, fish, amphibians, crustaceans, reptiles, plants or a combination thereof.
  • the pathogenicity of a cell or vims may be reduced or eliminated through genetic alteration (e.g., an attenuated vims with reduced pathogenicity, infectivity, etc.), processing techniques such as partial or complete sterilization and/or attenuation using techniques known to those of ordinary skill in the art (e.g., heat treatment, inadiation, contact with chemicals), passage of a vims through cell not typically a host cell for the vims, or a combination thereof, and such a cell or vims is preferred.
  • genetic alteration e.g., an attenuated vims with reduced pathogenicity, infectivity, etc.
  • processing techniques such as partial or complete sterilization and/or attenuation using techniques known to those of ordinary skill in the art (e.g., heat treatment, inadiation, contact with chemicals), passage of a vims through cell not typically a host cell for the vims, or a combination thereof, and such a cell or vims is preferred.
  • the majority e.g., 50% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof
  • a cell-based particulate material wherein the majority of material by dry or wet weight or volume has been sterilized or attenuated is known herein as a "sterilized cell-based particulate material" or "attenuated cell- based particulate material,” respectively.
  • sterilization or attenuation may be accomplished in a surface freatment (e.g., a coating) by contact with biologically detrimental surface treatment components such as solvents or chemically reactive surface treatment components (e.g., a binder), ha firrther embodiments, sterilizing or attenuation of a cell-based particulate material or a surface treatment comprising such a material may be accomplished by any method known in the art, and are commonly applied in the food, medical, and pharmaceutical arts to sterilize or attenuate pathogenic microorganisms [see, for example, “Food Irradiation: Principles and Applications", 2001; “Manual of Commercial Methods in Clinical Microbiology” (Truant, A.
  • sterilizing or attenuating may include contacting the living matter with a toxin, inadiating the living matter, heating the living matter above a temperature suitable for life (e.g., 100°C in most cases), or a combination thereof. It is preferred that sterilizing or attenuating comprises inadiating the living matter, as radiation generally does not leave a toxic residue, and is not contemplated to detrimentally affect the stability of a desired biomolecule (e.g., a colorant, an enzyme) that might be present in the cell-based particulate material, to the same degree as other sterilizing or attenuating techniques (e.g., heating).
  • a desired biomolecule e.g., a colorant, an enzyme
  • Examples of radiation include infrared (“IR”) radiation, ionizing radiation, microwave radiation, ultra-violet (“UV”) radiation, particle radiation, or a combination thereof.
  • IR infrared
  • UV ultra-violet
  • particle radiation examples include alpha radiation, electron beam/beta radiation, neutron radiation, proton radiation, or a combination thereof.
  • cell-based particulate material will be suitable for a temporary coating (e.g., a non-film forming coating) or other temporary surface treatment
  • a temporary coating e.g., a non-film forming coating
  • the damage produced by living cells or vimses in a coating, film or other surface treatment ill may make the composition more suitable for use as a temporary coating or other surface treatment.
  • the cell-based particulate material may reduce the durability ofthe coating, film or other surface treatment over time (e.g., degrade a binder molecule), enhance ease of removal ofthe coating, film or other surface freatment (e.g., reduce resistance to a solvent), etc. 2.
  • a processing step may comprise concentrating a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention.
  • concentrating refers to any process wherein the volume of a composition is reduced. Often, undesired components that comprise the excess volume are removed, the desired composition is localized to a reduced volume, or a combination thereof.
  • a concentrating step may be used to reduce the amount of a growth and/or expression medium component from a composition ofthe present invention. It is contemplated that nutrients, salts and other chemicals that comprise a biological growth and/or expression medium may be unnecessary and/or unsuitable in a composition ofthe present invention, and reducing the amount of such compounds is prefened.
  • a growth medium may promote undesirable microorganism growth in a composition ofthe present invention, while salts or other chemicals may undesirably alter the formulation of a coating or other surface treatment.
  • Concentrating a cell-based particulate material may be by any method known in the art, including, for example, washing, filfrating, a gravitational force, a gravimetric force, or a combination thereof.
  • An example of a gravitational force is normal gravity.
  • An example of a gravimetric force is the force exerted during centrifugation.
  • a gravitational or gravimetric force is used to concentrate a cell-based particulate material from undesired components that are retained in the volume of a liquid medium. After cells are localized to the bottom of a centrifugation devise, the media may be removed via such techniques as decanting, aspiration, etc. 3. Drying
  • the cell-based particulate material is dried. Such a drying step may remove undesired liquids from the cell-based particulate material. Examples of drying include freeze-drying, lyophilizing, or a combination thereof, hi some aspects, a cryoprotectant may be added to the cell-based particulate material during a drying step (e.g., lyophilizing). In certain embodiments, it is contemplated that a drying step may enhance the particulate nature ofthe material. For example, reduction of a liquid in the cell-based particulate material may reduce the tendency of particles ofthe material to adhere to each other (e.g., agglomerate, aggregate), or a combination thereof. It is also contemplated that in some aspects, the particulate material may be in a form (e.g., a powder) sufficiently liquid free (“dry”) that it is suitable for convenient storage at ambient conditions without need for desiccation. 4. Physical Force/Milling
  • an application of physical force may enhance the particulate nature ofthe material by converting multicellular material (e.g., a plant) into ohgocellular and/or unicellular material, or convert ohgocellular material into unicellular material.
  • multicellular material e.g., a plant
  • convert ohgocellular material into unicellular material Such an application of physical force generally will be referred to as "milling” herein, particularly the claims.
  • the average particle size may be reduced to a desired range, including the conversion of cells into disrupted cells and/or cell debris. It is also contemplated that such physical force may produce a powder form ofthe cell- based particulate material. 5.
  • a biomolecule may be removed by extraction of a cell- based particulate material.
  • a lipid and/or an aqueous component of a cell-based particulate material may be partly or fully removed by extraction with appropriate solvents.
  • Such extraction may be desirable to dry the cell-based particulate material by removal of liquid (e.g., water, lipids), remove of abiotoxin, sterilize/attenuate living material in the composition, disrupt and/or permeablize a cell, alter the physical and/or chemical characteristics ofthe cell- external environment interface, or a combination thereof.
  • lipids such as phospholipids are often present at or within a cell wall and/or membrane, and an extraction step may partly or fully remove those lipids most likely to chemically react with other surface treatment components. Additionally, such an extraction of surface lipids may alter (e.g., increase or decrease) the hydrophobicity or hydrophilicity of a cell-based particulate material to enhance its suitability (e.g., disperability) for a specific coating or other surface treatment. 6. Resuspension
  • a processing step may comprise resuspending the composition comprising a cell-based particulate material. It is contemplated that the material to be resuspended will have undergone a prior processing step, such as concentration (e.g., precipitation), drying, extraction, etc., and is resuspended into a form suitable for storage, further processing, and/or addition to a coating or other surface treatment.
  • the resuspension medium is a liquid component of a coating or other surface treatment described herein, a cryopreservative ("cryoprotector"), a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof.
  • a cryopreservative is a substance, typically a liquid, that reduces the ability of a cell wall or cell membrane to rupture, particularly during a freezing and thawing process
  • a xeroprotectant is a substance, typically a liquid, that reduces damage to a composition (e.g., a desirable biomolecule composition), during a drying process (e.g., a drying processing step, physical film formation),
  • a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof may be used as an additive to a coating or other surface treatment in the practice ofthe present invention.
  • cryopreservative examples include glycerol, dimethyl sulfoxide ("DMSO"), a protein (e.g., an animal serum albumin), a sugar of 4 to 10 carbons (e.g., sucrose), or a combination thereof.
  • a xeroprotectant examples include glycerol, a glycol such as a polyethylene glycol (e.g., PEGsooo), a mineral oil, a bicarbonate (e.g., ammonium bicarbonate), DMSO, a sugar of 4 to 10 carbons (e.g., frehalose), or a combination thereof.
  • a cryopreservative and/or a xeroprotectant is in an aqueous liquid, and may comprise a pH buffer (e.g., a phosphate buffer).
  • a cell-based particulate material, a cryopreservative and/or a xeroprotectant may comprise 0.000001% to 10% DMSO, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, hi further embodiments, a cell-based particulate material, a surface treatment, a cryopreservative and/or a xeroprotectant may comprise 0.000001 M to 1.5 M bicarbonate, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. 7. Temperatures
  • processing of a cell-based particulate material composition may be conducted at 4°C to 50°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a processing step may comprise maintaining a cell-based particulate material at a temperature less than the optimum temperature for the activity of a living organism and/or enzyme that may detrimentally affect a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention. Temperatures less than 37°C are prefened, temperatures less than 30°C are more prefened, temperatures less than 20°C even more prefened, temperatures less than 10°C are particularly prefened, and temperatures of 4°C more prefened. 8. Permeabilization/Disruption
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention comprises a cell preparation wherein the cell membrane and/or cell wall has been altered through a permeabilizmg process, a dismption process, or a combination thereof.
  • An example of such an altered cell preparation includes dismpted cells, permeabilized cells, or a combination thereof.
  • a "dismpted cell” is a cell preparation wherein the cell membrane and/or cell wall has been altered tlirough a dismption process.
  • a "permeabilized cell” is a cell preparation wherein the cell membrane and/or cell wall has been altered through a permeabilizmg process.
  • a processing step may comprise a permeabilizmg step, wherein a cell is contacted with a permeabilizmg agent such as DMSO, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid ("EDTA”), tributyl phosphate, or a combination thereof.
  • a permeabilizmg step may increase the mass transport of a substance (e.g., a substrate) into the interior of a cell, where an enzyme localized inside the cell can catalyze a chemical reaction with the substrate.
  • a processing step comprises disrupting a cell.
  • a cell may be dismpted by any method known in the art, including, for example, a chemical method, a mechanical method, a biological method, or a combination thereof. Examples of a chemical cell dismption method include suspension in a solvent for certain cellular components.
  • such a solvent may comprise an organic solvent (e.g., acetone), a volatile solvent, or a combination thereof, hi a particular facet, a cell be dismpted by acetone (Wild, J. R. et al., 1986; Albizo, J. M. and White, W. E., 1986).
  • the cells are dismpted in a volatile solvent for ease in evaporation.
  • Examples of a mechanical cell dismption method include pressure (e.g., processing through a French press), sonication, mechanical shearing, or a combination thereof.
  • An example of a pressure cell dismption method includes processing through a French press.
  • Examples of a biological cell dismption method include contacting the cell with one or more proteins/polypeptides that are known to possess such disrupting activity including porins and enzymes such as a lysozyme, as well as contact/cell infection with a vims that weakens, damages, and/or permeabilizes a cell membrane, cell wall or combination thereof.
  • Cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention comprising cells and/or cellular components a may be homogenized, sheared, undergo one or more freeze thaw cycles, be subjected to enzymatic and/chemical digestion of cellular materials (e.g., cell walls, sugars, etc.), undergo extraction with organic or aqueous solvents, etc., to weaken interactions between the cellular materials.
  • a processing step may comprise sonicating a composition. Other dismpting and drying will be done by freeze-drying with a reduced or absent cryoprotector. 9.
  • a cell-based particulate material may be chemically modified for a specific physical (e.g., hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, dispersal of particulate material, etc.) or chemical properties (e.g., reactivity with a surface treatment component) to enhance suitability in a coating or other surface treatment.
  • chemical e.g., organic chemistry
  • Such modifications are known to those of ordinary skill in the art [see, Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M. "Productive Groups in Organic Synthesis," Second Edition, pp.
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may be encapsulated using a microencapsulation technique as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art. Such encapsulation may enhance or confer the particulate nature ofthe cell-based particulate material, provide protection to the cell-based particulate material, increase the average particle size to a desired range, allow release of a cellular component (e.g., a biomolecule) from the encapsulating material, alter surface charge, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, solubility and/or disperability ofthe particulate material, or a combination thereof.
  • a cellular component e.g., a biomolecule
  • a composition ofthe present invention may comprise one or more selected cell-based particulate materials. It is contemplated that a combination of cell-based particulate materials may be selected for inclusion in the composition, coating and or paint, to optimize one or more properties of such a composition ofthe present invention. Thus, a composition ofthe present invention may comprise 1 to 100 or more different selected cell-based particulate materials of interest, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a coating may comprise a plurality of cell-based particulate materials.
  • one or more layers of a multicoat system may comprises one or more different cell-based particulate materials to confer differing properties between one layer and at least a second layer ofthe multicoat system.
  • a coating may comprise insoluble particulate material.
  • Particulate material may comprise a primary particle, an agglomerate, an aggregate, or a combination thereof.
  • a primary particle is a single particle not in contact with a second particle.
  • An agglomerate is two or more particles in contact with each other, and generally can be separated by a dispersion technique, a wetting agent, a dispersant, or a combination thereof.
  • An aggregate is two or more particles in contact with each other, which are generally difficult to separate by a dispersion technique, a wetting agent, a dispersant, or a combination thereof.
  • a pigment, an extender, certain types of rheology modifiers, certain types of dispersants, or a combination thereof are the major sources of particulate material in a coating, ha the present invention, cell-based particulate material will also be a source of particulate material in a coating.
  • a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be used in combination with and/or as a substitute for a pigment, an extender, a rheology modifier, a dispersant, or a combination thereof.
  • a cell- based particulate material ofthe present invention may substitute for 0.000001% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a pigment, an extender, a rheology modifier, a dispersant, or a combination thereof.
  • a coating or other surface freatment wherein the cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention tends to be at or near the coating/surface treatment-external environment interface. Preparation of such a coating or surface treatment wherein a particulate material is at or near the coating/surface treatment-external environment interface may be accomplished by formulation to enhance the ballooning, blooming, floating, flooding, etc. of the particulate material.
  • any technique used in the preparation of a coating that comprises a pigment, extender or any other form of particulate material described herein or would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art may be applied in the preparation of a coating comprising the cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention.
  • particulate materials e.g., pigments
  • assays for determining a rheological property and/or a related property e.g., viscosity, flow, molecular weight, component concentration, particle size, particle shape, particle surface area, particle spread, dispersion, flocculation, solubility, oil absorption values, CPVC, hiding power, conosion resistance, wet abrasion resistance, stain resistance, optical properties, porosity, surface tension, volatility, settling, leveling, sagging, slumping, draining, floating, flooding, cratering, foaming, splattering, ) of a coating component and/or a coating (e.g., pigment, binder, vehicle, surfactant, dispersant, paint) and procedures for determining such properties, as well as procedures for large scale (e.g., industrial) coating preparation (e.g., wetting, pigment dispersion into a vehicle, milling, letdown) are described in, for example, in Patton
  • dispersion ofthe particulate material is promoted by application of physical force (e.g., impact, shear) to the composition.
  • physical force e.g., impact, shear
  • Techniques such as grinding and/or milling are typically used to apply physical force for dispersion of particulate matter.
  • such application of physical force may be used in the dispersal ofthe cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention, such force may damage the structural integrity ofthe cell wall and/or cell membrane that confers size and shape to the material.
  • the average particle size and shape will be altered by the degree of damage to the cell wall and/or cell membrane, which may alter a physical property, a chemical property, an optical property, or a combination thereof, of a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention.
  • Examples of a physical property that may be altered by cell fragmentation include a rheological property, such as the contribution to viscosity, flow, etc., the tendency to form a primary particle, an agglomerate, an aggregate, etc.
  • An example of a chemical property that may be altered includes allowing greater contact between amine and hydroxyl moieties of internally located biomolecules (e.g., a proteinaceous molecule) with a coating component, which may undergo a chemical reaction (e.g., crosslinking) with a binder.
  • An example of an optical property that may be altered includes an alteration in the gloss characteristic of a coating and/or film by a reduction in particle size due to cell fragmentation.
  • the particulate material is dispersed into a paste known as a "grind” or "millbase.”
  • a combination of a binder and a liquid component know as a "vehicle” is used to disperse the particulate material into the grind.
  • a wetting additive is included to promoted dispersion ofthe particulate material.
  • Additional vehicle and/or additives are admixed with the grind in a stage refened to as the "letdown" to produce a coating of a desired composition and/or properties.
  • the effectiveness ofthe conversion of agglomerates and/or an aggregates into primary particles in the grind are typically measured to insure quality, using techniques such as, for example, those described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D1210-96, 2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D2338-02, D1316-93 and D2067-97, 2002; and in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D 185-84, 2002. It is specifically contemplated that these techniques for the preparation of coatings comprising a pigment, extender
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may be adapted for use in standard coating formulation techniques to optimize a coating composition for desired properties.
  • the pigment volume concentration is the volume of pigment in the total volume solids of a dry film.
  • the volume solids is the fractional volume of binder and pigment in the total volume of a coating. It is contemplated that in calculating the PVC, the content of a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention would be included in this or related calculations as a pigment or extender.
  • CPVC critical pigment volume concentration
  • coating may be formulated above the CPVC and still produce a film suitable for given use upon a surface.
  • Standard procedures for determining CPVC are known to those of ordinary skill in the art [see, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint ⁇ Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D1483-95, D281-95 and D6336-98, 2002; and in “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition ofthe Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 252-258, 1995].
  • the physical and/or optical properties of a coating are affected by the size of particulate material comprised within the coating. For example, inclusion of a physically hard particulate material, such as a silica extender, may increase the abrasion resistance of a film. In another example, gloss is reduced when particulate material of a larger average particle size increases the roughness ofthe surface of a coating and/or film.
  • Standard procedures for determining particle properties are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint — Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D1366-86 and D3360- 96, 2002; and in “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition ofthe Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 305-332, 1995).
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present mvention may be incorporated into a powder coating.
  • properties e.g., particle size, surface coverage, optical properties
  • Specific procedures for determining the properties (e.g., particle size, surface coverage, optical properties) of a powder coating and/or film have been described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D3451-01, D2967-02a, D4242-02, D5382-02 and D5861-95, 2002.
  • the dispersion of particulate material ("fineness of grind”) in a coating is, in Hegman units ("Hu"), 0.0 Hu to 8.0 Hu, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • the dispersion of particulate material content of a coating can be empirically determined, for example, as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D1210-96, 2002.
  • the size of particulate matter in a coating can affect gloss, with smaller particle size generally more conducive for a higher gloss property of a coating and/or film.
  • E. coli is about 2 ⁇ m in length and 0.8 ⁇ m in diameter
  • maize cells vary more in size, but a size of about 65 ⁇ m in diameter may be found in some cell types, and Saccaromyces cerivsia is about 10 ⁇ m in diameter.
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may be prepared to an average particle size for a specific purpose (e.g., gloss), hi certain facets, a visibly coarse and/or low gloss coating (e.g., a low gloss finish, a flat latex paint) has a dispersion of particulate material of 2.0 Hu to 4.0 Hu.
  • a particle size of 100 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m is associated with a dispersion of 0.0 Hu to 4.0 Hu.
  • a semi-gloss or gloss coating has a dispersion of particulate material of 5.0 Hu to 7.5 Hu.
  • a particle size of 50 ⁇ m to 40 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m to 26 ⁇ m, 26 ⁇ m to 13 ⁇ m, and 13 ⁇ m to 6 ⁇ m is associated with a dispersion of 4.0 Hu to 5.0 Hu, 5.0 Hu to 6.0 Hu, 6.0 Hu to 7.0 Hu, and 7.0 Hu to 7.5 Hu, respectively.
  • a high gloss coating has a dispersion of particulate material of 7.5 Hu to 8.0 Hu.
  • a particle size of 6 ⁇ m to 3 ⁇ m and 3 ⁇ m to 0.1 ⁇ m is associated with a dispersion of 7.5 Hu to 7.75 Hu and 7.75 Hu to 8.0 Hu, respectively.
  • a coating comprises a combination of particulate materials, wherein the different particulate materials such as a combination of a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention and one or more of different pigments, with each type of particulate material possessing a different average particle size
  • the gloss will be affected most by the particle size ofthe largest type of particulate material added.
  • gloss can also be empirically determined for a coating and/or film, as described herein or as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art in light ofthe present disclosures.
  • a coating (“coat,” “surface coat,” “surface coating”) is “a liquid, liquefiable or mastic composition that is converted to a solid protective, decorative, or functional adherent film after application as a thin layer” ("Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition ofthe Gardner-Sward Handbook” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), p. 696, 1995; and in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D 16-00, 2002). Additionally, a thin layer is 5 um to 5000 um thick, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. However, in most embodiments, it is contemplated that a coating will form a thin layer 15 um to 150 um thick, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Examples of a coating ofthe present invention include a clear coating or a paint.
  • a surface is the outer layer of any solid object.
  • substrate in the context of a coating, is synonymous with the term “surface.”
  • surface will be preferentially used herein for clarity.
  • a coating generally comprises one or more materials that contribute to the properties ofthe coating, the ability of a coating to be applied to a surface, the ability ofthe coating to undergo film formation, and/or the properties ofthe produced film.
  • coating components include a binder, a liquid component, a colorizing agent, an additive, or a combination thereof, and such materials are contemplated for used in a coating ofthe present invention.
  • a coating typically comprises a material often refened to as a "binder," which is the primary material in a coating capable of film formation. Often the binder is the coating component that dominates conferring a physical and/or chemical property to a coating and/or film.
  • a binder typically affects include chemical reactivity, minimum film formation temperature, minimum T g , volume fraction solids, a rheological property (e.g., viscosity), film moisture resistance, film UV resistance, film heat resistance, film weathering resistance, adherence, film hardness, film flexibility, or a combination thereof. Consequently, different categories of coatings may be identified herein by the binder used in the coating.
  • a binder may be an oil, a chlorinated mbber, or an acrylic
  • examples of a coating comprising such binders include an oil coating, a chlorinated rubber-topcoat, an acrylic-lacquer, etc.
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may function as a binder, particularly in aspects wherein the coating comprises another thermosetting binder that may crosslink to the chemical moieties (e.g., hydroxyl moieties, amine moieties, polyols, carboxyl moieties, fatty acids, double bonds, etc.) typically found in cells.
  • the chemical moieties e.g., hydroxyl moieties, amine moieties, polyols, carboxyl moieties, fatty acids, double bonds, etc.
  • a coating will comprise a liquid component (e.g., a solvent, a diluent, a thinner), which often confers and/or alters the coating's rheological properties (e.g., viscosity) to ease the application ofthe coating to a surface.
  • a coating will comprise a colorizing agent (e.g., a pigment), which usually functions to alter an optical property of a coating and/or film.
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention is a colorizing agent.
  • a colorizing agent comprising a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention is an extender, a pigment, or a combination thereof.
  • a coating comprises a colorizing agent that comprises a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention.
  • a coating will often comprise an additive which is a composition incorporated into a coating to reduce and/or prevent the development of a physical, chemical, and/or aesthetic defect in the coating and/or film; confer some addition desired property to a coating and/or film; or a combination thereof.
  • an additive examples include an accelerator, an adhesion promoter, an antioxidant, an antiskinning agent, a coalescing agent, a defoamer, a dispersant, a drier, an emulsifier, a fire retardant, a flow control agent, a gloss aid, a leveling agent, a marproofing agent, a slip agent, a thickener, a UV stabilizer, a viscosity control agent, a wetting agent, or a combination thereof.
  • an accelerator an adhesion promoter, an antioxidant, an antiskinning agent, a coalescing agent, a defoamer, a dispersant, a drier, an emulsifier, a fire retardant, a flow control agent, a gloss aid, a leveling agent, a marproofing agent, a slip agent, a thickener, a UV stabilizer, a viscosity control agent, a wetting agent, or a combination thereof.
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention is an additive, hi particularly prefened embodiments, an additive comprising a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention comprises a viscosity control agent, a dispersant, or a combination thereof.
  • a coating comprises an additive that comprises a cell- based particulate material ofthe present invention.
  • a contaminant is a material that is unintentionally added to a coating, and may be volatile and/or non- volatile component of a coating and/or film.
  • a coating component may be categorized as possessing more than one defining characteristic, and thereby simultaneously functioning in a coating composition as a combination of a binder, a liquid component, a colorizing agent, and/or additive.
  • Different coating compositions are described herein as examples of coatings with varying sets of properties.
  • a coating may be stored in a container ("pot") prior to application, hi certain aspects, the coating is a multi-pack coating, which is a coating wherein different components are stored in a plurality of containers. Typically, this is done to reduce film formation during storage for certain types of coatings. The components are admixed prior to and/or during application.
  • a coating comprising a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention is a multi- pack coating.
  • the coating is a two-pack coating, three-pack coating, four- pack coating, five-pack coating, or more wherein the coating components are stored in separate containers.
  • 0.000001% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ofthe cell-based particulate material is stored in a separate container from a coating component.
  • separate storage may reduce undesirable microorganism growth in the coating and/or coating component, damage to the cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention by the coating component, increase the storage life ("pot life") of a coating, reduce the amount of a preservative in a coating, or a combination thereof.
  • the coating components of a container holding the cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may further include a coating component such as a preservative, a wetting agent, a dispersing agent, a liquid component, a rheological modifier, or a combination thereof.
  • a preservative may reduce undesirable growth of a microorganism, whether the microorganism is derived from a microorganism-based particulate material ofthe present invention or a contaminating microorganism. It is contemplated that a wetting agent, a dispersing agent, a liquid component, a rheological modifier, or a combination thereof, may promote ease of admixing of coating components in a multi-pack coating. In certain aspects, a three-pack coating or four- pack coating may be used, wherein the first container and the second container contain coating components separated to reduced film formation during storage, and a third container comprises 0.000001% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of the cell-based particulate material.
  • a multi-pack coating may be used to separate two or more preparations ofthe cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention such as, for example, to reduce damage by microorganisms used in the preparation of a cell- based particulate material to a second preparation of cell-based particulate material during storage.
  • a coating may be applied to a surface using any technique known in the art.
  • “application,” “apply,” or “applying” is the process of transferring of a coating to a surface to produce a layer of coating upon the surface.
  • an “applicator” is a devise that is used to apply the coating to a surface. Examples of an applicator include a bmsh, a roller, a pad, a rag, a spray applicator, etc.
  • Application techniques that are contemplated as suitable for a user ofthe present invention of little or no particular skill include, for example, dipping, pouring, siphoning, bmshing, rolling, padding, ragging, spraying, etc.
  • Certain types of coatings may be applied using techniques contemplated as more suitable for a skilled artisan such as anodizing, electroplating, and/or laminating of a polymer film onto a surface.
  • the layer of coating undergoes film formation
  • a coating which is the physical and/or chemical change of a coating to a solid that is a prefened solid when in the form of a layer upon the surface.
  • a coating may be prepared, applied and cured at an ambient condition, a baking condition, or a combination thereof.
  • An ambient condition is a temperature range between -10°C to 40°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a "baking condition” or “baking” is contacting a coating with a temperature above 40°C and/or raising the temperature of a coating above 40°C, typically to promote film formation.
  • baking the coating examples include contacting a coating and/or raising the temperature of coating to 40°C to 300°C, or more, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • Various coatings described herein or as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art may be applied and/or cured at ambient conditions, baking conditions, or a combination thereof.
  • a coating comprising a cell- based particulate material ofthe present invention may be prepared, applied and cured at any temperature range described herein or would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art in light ofthe present disclosures.
  • An example of such a temperature range is -100°C to 300°C, or more, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a cell-based particulate material may further comprise a desired biomolecule (e.g., a colorant, an enzyme), whether endogenously or recombinantly produced, that may have a reduced tolerance to temperature.
  • the prefened temperature that can be tolerated by a biomolecule will vary depending on the specific biomolecule used in a coating, and will generally be within the range of temperatures tolerated by the living organism from which the biomolecule was derived.
  • a temperature of-100°C to 40°C including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof will be suitable for many biomolecules derived from an eukaryote, while temperatures up to, for example -100°C to 50°C including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, may be tolerated by biomolecules derived from many prokaryotes.
  • the type of film fonnation that a coating may undergo depends upon the coating components.
  • a coating may comprise, for example, volatile coating components, nonvolatile coating components, or a combination thereof.
  • the physical process of film formation comprises loss of 1% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a volatile coating component.
  • a volatile component is lost by evaporation.
  • loss of a volatile coating component during film formation reaction is promoted by baking the coating.
  • volatile coating components include a coalescing agent, a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, or a combination thereof.
  • a non- volatile component ofthe coating remains upon the surface.
  • the non- volatile component forms a film.
  • non- volatile coating components include a binder, a colorizing agent, a plasticizer, a coating additive, or a combination thereof. It is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention will be a non- volatile coating component, hi specific aspects, a coating component may undergo a chemical change to form a film.
  • a binder undergoes a cross-linking (e.g., polymerization) reaction to produce a film
  • a chemical film formation reaction occurs spontaneously under ambient conditions.
  • a chemical film formation reaction is promoted by irradiating the coating, heating the coat, or a combination thereof
  • inadiating the coating comprises exposing the coating to electromagnetic radiation, particle radiation, or a combination thereof.
  • electromagnetic radiation used to inadiate a coating include UV radiation, infrared radiation, or a combination thereof.
  • particle radiation used to irradiate a coating include electron-beam radiation.
  • a coating undergoes a reduced amount of film formation than such a solid film is not produced, or does not undergo film formation to a measurable extent during the period of time it is used on a surface.
  • Such a coating is refened to herein as a "non-film forming coating.”
  • a non-film forming coating may be prepared, for example, by increasing the non- volatile component in a thermoplastic coating (e.g., increasing plasticizer content in a liquid component), reducing the amount of a coating component that contributes to the film fonnation chemical reaction (e.g., a binder, a catalyst), increasing the concentration of a component that inhibits film formation (e.g., an antioxidant/radical scavenger in an oxidation/radical cured thermosetting coating), reducing the contact with an external a curing agent (e.g., radiation, baking), selection of a non-film formation binder produced from components that lack crosslinking moieties, selection of a non-film fonnation binder that lack sufficient size to undergo thermoplastic film formation, or a combination thereof.
  • a thermoplastic coating e.g., increasing plasticizer content in a liquid component
  • a non-film formation binder refers to a molecule that is chemically similar to a binder, but lacks sufficient size and/or crosslinking moiety to undergo film formation.
  • a coating may be prepared by selection of an oil-based binder that lacks sufficient double bonds to undergo sufficient crosslinking reactions to produce a film.
  • a non-film formation binder may be selected that lacks sufficient crosslinking moieties such as an epoxide, an isocyanate, a hydroxyl, a carboxyl, an amine, an amide, a silicon moiety, etc., to produce a film by thermosetting.
  • Such a non-film fonnation binder may be prepared by chemical modification of a binder, such as, for example, a crosslinking reaction with a small molecule (e.g., less than 1 kDa) that comprises a moiety capable of reaction with a binder's crosslinking moiety, to produce a chemically blocked binder moiety that is inert to a further crosslinking reaction, hi another example, a thermoplastic binder typically comprises a molecule 29 kDa to 1000 kDa or more in size, though more specific, prefened ranges for different binders (e.g., acrylics, polyvinyls, etc.) are described herein.
  • binders e.g., acrylics, polyvinyls, etc.
  • Film formation may be reduced or prevented by selection of a like molecule that is too small to effectively undergo thermoplastic film formation.
  • An example would be selection of a non-film formation binder molecule between 1 kDa to 29 kDa in molecular weight, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a coating may undergo film formation, but produce a film whose properties makes it more suited for a temporary use.
  • a temporary film will generally possess a poor and/or low rating for a property that would confer longevity in use.
  • a film with a poor abrasion (e.g., scrub) resistance, a poor solvent resistance, a poor water resistance, a poor weathering property (e.g., UV resistance), a poor adhesion property, a poor microorganism/biological resistance, or a combination thereof may be selected as a temporary film.
  • a “poor” or “low” property would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, and often the detection ofthe coating property (e.g., a change in the coating's color, gloss, loss of coating material) and/or is a rating in the half of a standard test rating scale and/or a detectable that is associated with a reduced longevity of use.
  • a film may have poor adhesion for a surface, allowing ease of removal by stripping and/or peeling.
  • a poor or low adhesion rating on a scale of 0 (lowest adhesion) to 5 is denoted 2 A, 1 A, 0A, 2B, IB, 0B, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint ⁇ Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D3359-97, 2002.
  • Standard adhesion assays that may be used to determine a poor or low adhesion property rating include "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint ⁇ Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D5179-98 and D2197-98, 2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint ⁇ Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4541-02, D3730-98, D4145-83, D4146-96, and D6677-01, 2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D5064-01, 2002.
  • a poor or low abrasion rating for a coating is denoted as a detectable gloss, color and/or material erosion, such as an increase (“I”), large increase (“LI”), decrease (“D”), or large decrease (“LD”) gloss change, a slightly darker (“SD”), considerably darker (“CD”), slightly lighter (“SL”) or considerably lighter (“CL”) color change, a slight (“S”) or moderate (“M”) erosion change, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof for gloss, color and/or erosion, as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, and Volume 06.02, Paint ⁇ Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4828-94, 2002.
  • Standard abrasion tests that may be used to determine a poor or low abrasion resistance property rating include those described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D968-93 and D4060-01, 2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, and Volume 06.02, Paint ⁇ Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D3170-01, D4213-96, D2486-00, D3450-00, D6736-01, and D6279-99el, 2002.
  • Examples of poor weathering resistance includes a blistering rating of dense ("D"), medium dense (“MD”), medium (“M”) blistering, a failure at scribe, which is a measure of corrosion and paint loss at the site of contact with a tool known as a scribe, in the range of 0 to 5, a rating ofthe unscribed areas of 0 to 5, a mst grade rating of a coated steel surface of 0 to 5, a general appearance rating of 0 to 5, a cracking rating of 0 to 5, a checking rating of 0 to 5, a dulling rating of 0 to 5, and/or a discoloration rating of 0 to 5, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively, as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D714-02 and D 1654-92, 2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint ⁇ Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D610-01 and D 16
  • a poor or low solvent resistance rating for a coating is denoted as a solvent resistance rating of 0 to 2, a coating removal efficiency rating of 3 to 5, an effect of coating removal on the condition ofthe surface of 0 to 2, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively, as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint ⁇ Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4752-98, 2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D6189-97, 2002.
  • a poor or low water resistance rating for a coating is denoted as a discernable change in a coating's color, blistering, adhesion, softening, and/or embrittlement upon conducting an assay as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D2247-02 and D4585-99, 2002.
  • Such a non- film formatting film and/or temporary film may be prepared by the inclusion ofthe cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention, particularly in embodiments wherein the cell- based particulate material is not a sterilized cell-based particulate material, the coating has a reduced concenfration of biocide (e.g., 0% to 99.9999%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a typically used concentration for a coating comprising the cell-based particulate material), the coating comprises a nutrient (e.g., a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, other digestible material, vitamins, trace minerals, etc) as a coating component (e.g., an additive) that promotes cell growth, or a combination thereof.
  • a nutrient e.g., a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, other digestible material, vitamins, trace minerals, etc
  • a coating component e.g., an additive
  • a poor or low microorganism/biological resistance rating for a coating is denoted as a colony recovery/growth rating of 2 to 4, a discoloration/disfigurement rating of 0 to 5, a fouling resistance ("F.R.”) or antifouling film (“A.F”) rating of 0 to 70, and observed growth (e.g., fungal growth) on specimens of 2 to 4, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively, as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint ⁇ Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D3274-95, D2574-00, D3273-00, D5589-97 and D5590-00, 2002; and in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint ⁇ Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D3623-78a, 2002.
  • a film may have a poor resistance to an environmental factor, and subsequently fail (e.g., crack, peel, chalk, etc.) to remain a viable film upon the surface.
  • a film that undergoes chalking is specifically contemplated. Chalking is the erosion a coating, typically by degradation ofthe binder due to various environmental forces (e.g., UV inadiation). It is contemplated that in some embodiments, chalking may be desirable, to expose remove a contaminant from the surface of a film and/or expose a component ofthe film (e.g., a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention) to the surface ofthe coating.
  • a chalking coating has a chalking rating on a "Wet Finger Method” of visible or severe and/or a chalk reflectance rating of 0 to 5, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint ⁇ Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D4214-98, 2002.
  • a self-cleaning coating is a film with a desirable high chalking property.
  • the layer of non-film forming coating, a temporary film and/or a self-cleaning film may be removed from a surface with ease, hi such embodiments, a non-film forming coating, a temporary film, a self-cleaning film, or a combination thereof would be more suitable for a temporary use upon a surface, due to the ability to be applied as a layer and easily removed when its presence is no longer desired.
  • the non-film forming coating, the temporary film, the self-cleaning film, or a combination thereof is desired for a use upon a surface that lasts a temporary period of time, such as, for example, 1 to 60 seconds, 1 to 24 hours, 1 to 7 days, 1 to 10 weeks, 1 to 6 months, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively.
  • a plurality of coating layers known herein as a
  • multicoat system (“multicoating system”), may be applied upon a surface.
  • the coating selected for use in a specific layer may differ from an additional layer ofthe multicoat system.
  • This selection of coatings with differing components and/or properties is typically done to sequentially confer, in a desired pattern, the properties of differing coatings to a coated surface and/or multicoat system.
  • Examples of a coating that may be selected for use, either alone or in a multicoat system includes a sealer, a water repellent, a primer, an undercoat, a topcoat, or a combination thereof.
  • a sealer is coating applied to a surface to reduce or prevent absorption by the surface of a subsequent coating layer and/or a coating component thereof, and/or to prevent damage to the subsequent coating layer by the surface.
  • a water repellant is a coating applied to a surface to repel water.
  • a primer is a coating that is applied to increase adhesion between the surface and a subsequent layer.
  • a primer-coating, a sealer- coating, a water repellent-coating, or a combination thereof is applied to porous surface.
  • porous surface examples include drywall, wood, plaster, masonry, damaged and/or degraded film, conoded metal, or a combination thereof, hi certain aspects, the porous surface is not coated or lacks a film prior to application of a primer, a sealer, a water repellent, or combination thereof.
  • An undercoat is a coating applied to surface to provide a smooth surface for a subsequent coat.
  • a topcoat is a coating applied to a surface for a protective and/or decorative purpose.
  • a sealer, water repellent, primer, undercoat, and/or topcoat may possess additional protective, decorative, and/or functional properties.
  • the surface a sealer, water repellent, primer, undercoat, and/or topcoat are applied to may be a coated surface such as a coating and/or film of a layer ofthe a multicoat system.
  • a multicoat system may comprise any combination of a sealer, water repellent, primer, undercoat, and/or topcoat.
  • a multicoat system may comprise any ofthe following combinations: a sealer, a primer and a topcoat; a primer and topcoat; a water repellent, a primer, undercoat, and topcoat; an undercoat and topcoat; a sealer, an undercoat, and a topcoat; a sealer and topcoat; a water repellent and topcoat, etc.
  • a coating layer may comprise properties that would be a combination of those associated with different coating types such as a sealer, water repellent, primer, undercoat, and/or topcoat.
  • a combination coating and/or film is designated by a backslash "/" separating the individual coating designations encompassed by the layer.
  • Examples of such a coating layer comprising a plurality of functions include a sealer/primer coating, a sealer/primer/undercoat coating, a sealer/undercoat coating, a primer/undercoat coating, a water repellant/primer coating, an undercoat/topcoat coating, a primer/topcoat coating, a primer/undercoat/topcoat coating, etc.
  • the coated surface may be known herein by the type of coating such as a "painted surface,” a "clear coated surface,” a "lacquered surface,” a “varnished surface,” a "water repellant/primered surface,” an "primer/undercoat-topcoated surface,” etc.
  • a multicoat system may comprise a plurality of layers of the same type, such as, for example, 1 to 10 layers, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a sealer, water repellent, primer, undercoat, topcoat, or any combination thereof.
  • a multicoat system comprises a plurality of layers of the same coating type, such as, for example, 1 to 10 layers, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a sealer, water repellent, primer, undercoat, or topcoat.
  • a coating does not comprise a multicoat system, but a single layer of coating applied to a surface, such a layer, regardless of typical function in a multicoat system, is regarded herein as a topcoat. 1. Paints
  • a paint is a "pigmented liquid, liquefiable or mastic composition designed for application to a substrate in a thin layer which is converted to an opaque solid film after application. Used for protection, decoration or identification, or to serve some functional purpose such as the filling or concealing of surface inegularities, the modification of light and heat radiation characteristics, etc.” ["Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), p. 696, 1995]. However, as certain coatings disclosed herein are non-film fonning coatings, this definition is modified herein to encompass a coating with the same properties of a film fonning paint, with the exception that it does not produce a solid film.
  • a non-film forming paint possesses a hiding power sufficient to concealing surface feature comparable to an opaque film.
  • Hiding power is the ability of a coating and/or film to prevent light from being reflected from a surface, particularly to convey the surface's visual pattern.
  • Opacity is the hiding power of a film.
  • An example of hiding power would be the ability of a paint-coating to visually block the appearance of grain and color of a wooden surface, as opposed to a clear varnish-coating allowing the relatively unobstructed appearance of wood to pass through the coating.
  • Standard techniques for determining the hiding power of a coating and/or film are described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint ⁇ Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," E284-02b, D344-97, D2805-96a, D2745-00 and D6762-02a 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D5007-99, D5150-92 and D6441-99, 2002; and “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition ofthe Gardner-Sward Handbook” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 481-506, 1995. 2. Clear-coatings
  • a clear-coating is a coating that is not opaque and/or does not produce an opaque solid film after application.
  • a clear-coating and/or film may be transparent or semi- transparent (e.g., translucent).
  • a clear-coating may be colored or non-colored, hi certain embodiments, reducing the content of a pigment in a paint composition may produce a clear- coating.
  • a clear-coating may comprise a lacquer, a varnish, a shellac, a stain, a water repellent coating, or a combination thereof.
  • opaque coatings are refened to in the art as a lacquer, a varnish, a shellac, or a water repellent coating
  • all such opaque coatings are considered as paints herein (e.g., a lacquer-paint, a varnish-paint, a shellac-paint, a water repellent paint).
  • paints e.g., a lacquer-paint, a varnish-paint, a shellac-paint, a water repellent paint.
  • a varnish is a thermosetting coatmg that converts to a transparent or translucent solid film after application, hi general embodiments, a varnish is a wood-coating.
  • a varnish comprises an oil and a dissolved binder, hi general embodiments, the oil comprises a drying oil, wherein the drying oil functions as an additional binder.
  • the binder is solid at ambient conditions prior to dissolving into the oil and/or an additional liquid component ofthe varnish.
  • a dissolvable binder include resins obtained from a natural source (e.g., a Congo resin, a copal resin, a damar resin, a kauri resin), a synthetic resin, or a combination thereof.
  • the additional liquid component comprises a solvent such as a hydrocarbon solvent.
  • the solvent is added to reduce viscosity ofthe varnish.
  • a varnish may further comprise a coloring agent, including a pigment, for such purposes as conferring or altering a color, gloss, sheen, or a combination thereof.
  • a varnish undergoes thermosetting film formation by oxidative cross-linking.
  • a varnish may additionally undergo film-formation by evaporation of a volatile component.
  • the dissolved binder generally functions to shorten the time to film-formation relative to certain measures (e.g., dryness, hardness), though the final cross-linking reaction time may not be significantly or measurably shortened.
  • a lacquer is a thermoplastic, solvent-bome coating that converts to a transparent or translucent solid film after application, hi general embodiments, a lacquer is a wood- coating.
  • a lacquer-coating comprises a thermoplastic binder dissolved in a liquid component comprising an active solvent.
  • a thermoplastic binder include a cellulosic binder (e.g., nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate), a synthetic resin (e.g., an acrylic), or a combination thereof.
  • a liquid component comprises an active solvent, a latent solvent, diluent, a thinner, or a combination thereof.
  • a lacquer is nonaqueous dispersion ("NAD") lacquer, wherein the content of solvent is not sufficient to fully dissolve the thermoplastic binder, hi certain aspects, a lacquer may comprise an additional binder (e.g., an alkyd), a colorant, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof. Film formation of a lacquer occurs by loss ofthe volatile components, typically through evaporation.
  • NAD nonaqueous dispersion
  • a lacquer-coating and/or film's composition e.g., a lacquer, a pigmented-lacquer, a nitrocellulose lacquer, a nitrocellulose-alkyd lacquer
  • physical and/or chemical properties e.g., heat and cold resistance, hardness, film-formation time, stain resistance, particulate material dispersion
  • procedures for testing a lacquer's composition/properties are described in, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint ⁇ Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D333-01, D2337-01, D3133-01, D365-01, D2091-96, D2198-02, D2199-82, D2571-95 and D2338-02, 2002.
  • Shellacs e.g., Shellacs
  • a shellac is similar to a lacquer, but the binder does not comprise a nitrocellulose binder, and the binder is soluble in alcohol, and the binder is obtained from a natural source.
  • a prefened binder comprises Laciffer lacca beetle secretion, ha general embodiments, a shellac comprises a liquid component (e.g., alcohol).
  • the additional liquid component comprises a solvent.
  • the liquid component is added to reduce viscosity ofthe varnish.
  • a shellac undergoes rapid film fonnation.
  • a stain a clear or semitransparent coating formulated to change the color of surface.
  • a stain is a wood-coating designed to color or protect a wood surface but not conceal the grain pattern or texture.
  • a stain comprises a binder such as an oil, an alkyd, or a combination thereof.
  • a stain comprises a low solid content.
  • a low solids content for a wood stain is less than 20% volume of solids. The low solid content of a stain promotes the ability ofthe coating to penetrate the material ofthe wooden surface. This property is often used to, for example, to promote the incorporation of a fungicide that may be comprised within the stain into the wood.
  • a stain comprises a high solids content stain, wherein the solid content is 20% or greater, may be used on a surface to produce a film possessing the property of little or no flaking.
  • a water-borne stain may be used such as a stain comprising a water-borne alkyd.
  • a stain typically further comprises a liquid component (e.g., a solvent), a fungicide, a pigment, or a combination thereof, hi other aspects, a stain comprises a water repellent hydrophobic compound so it functions as a water repellent-coating ("stain/water repellent-coating").
  • Examples of a water repellent hydrophobic compound a stain may comprise include a silicone oil, a wax, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of a fungicide include a copper soap, a zinc soap, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of a pigment include a pigment that is similar in color to wood. Examples of such pigments include a red pigment (e.g., a red iron oxide) a yellow pigment (e.g., a yellow iron oxide), or a combination thereof.
  • Standards procedures for testing a stain's (e.g., an exterior stain) properties are described in, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D6763-02, 2002. e.
  • a water repellent-coating is a coating that comprises hydrophobic compounds that repel water.
  • a water repellent-coating is typically applied to a surface susceptible to water damage, such as metal, masonry, wood, or a combination thereof.
  • a water repellent-coating typically comprises a hydrophobic compound and a liquid component.
  • a water repellent-coating comprises 1% to 65% hydrophobic compound, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • Examples of a hydrophobic compound that may be selected include an acrylic, a siliconate, a metal-searate, a silane, a siloxane, a parafmnic wax, or a combination thereof.
  • a water repellent may be a water-borne coating, or a solvent-bome coating.
  • a solvent-bome water repellent-coating typically comprises a solvent that dissolves the hydrophobic compound. Examples of solvents include an aliphatic, an aromatic, a chlorinated solvent, or a combination thereof.
  • a water repellent-coating undergoes film formation, penetrates pores, or a combination thereof, hi certain aspects, an acrylic-coating, a silicone- coating, or a combination thereof, undergoes film formation.
  • a metal-searate, a silane, a siloxane, a parafmnic wax, or a combination thereof penetrates pores in a surface.
  • a water repellent-coating e.g., a silane, a siloxane
  • a surface and/or pore e.g., masonry
  • a coating used in an external environment would preferably comprise a coating component of superior UV resistance than a coating used in interior environment.
  • a film used upon a surface of a washing machine would preferably comprise a component that confers superior moisture resistance than a component of a film for use upon a ceiling surface,
  • a coating applied to the surface of an assembly line manufactured product would preferably comprise components suitable for application by a spray applicator.
  • Various properties of coating components are described herein to provide guidance to the selection of specific coating compositions with a suitable set of properties for a particular use.
  • a coating ofthe present invention may be classified by its preferced end use, including, for example, as an architectural coating, an industrial coating, a specification coating, or a combination thereof.
  • An architectural coating is "an organic coating intended for on-site application to interior or exterior surfaces of residential, commercial, institutional, or industrial buildings, in contrast to industrial coatings. They are protective and decorative finishes applied at ambient conditions" ['Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition ofthe Gardner-Sward Handbook” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), p. 686, 1995)].
  • An industrial coating is a coating applied in a factory setting, typically for a protective and/or aesthetic purpose.
  • a specification coating (“specification finish coating”) is a coating formulated to a "precise statement of a set of requirements to be satisfied by a material, produce, system, or service that indicates the procedures for detennining whether each ofthe requirements are satisfied” ["Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition ofthe Gardner-Sward Handbook” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), p. 891, 1995]. Often, a coating may be categorized as a combination of an architectural coating, an industrial coating, and/or a specification coating.
  • a coating for the metal surfaces of ships may be classified as specification coating, as specific criteria of water resistance and conosion resistance are required in the film, but typically such a coating can be classified as an industrial coating, since it would typically be applied in a factory.
  • Various examples of an architectural coating, an industrial coating and/or a specification coating and coating components are described herein. Additionally, architectural coatings, industrial coatings, specification coatings are known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are described, for example, in “Paint and Surface Coatings: Theory and Practice” 2 nd Edition, pp. 190-192, 1999; in “Paints, Coatings and Solvents” 2 nd Edition, pp. 330-410, 1998; in “Organic Coatings: Science and Technology, Volume 1: Film Formation, Components, and Appearance” 2 nd Edition, pp. 138 and 317-318.
  • An architectural coating (“trade sale coating,” “building coating,” “decorative coating,” “house coating”) is a coating suitable to coat surface materials commonly found as part of buildings and or associated objects (e.g., furniture). Examples of a surface an architectural coating is typically applied to include, a plaster surface, a wood surface, a metal surface, a composite particle board surface, a plastic surface, a coated surface (e.g., a painted surface), a masonry surface, a floor, a wall, a ceiling, a roof, or a combination thereof. Additionally, an architectural coating may be applied to an interior surface, an exterior surface, or a combination thereof.
  • An interior coating generally possesses properties such as minimal odor (e.g., no odor, very low VOC), good blocking resistance, print resistance, good washability (e.g., wet abrasion resistance), or a combination thereof.
  • An exterior coating typically is selected to possess good weathering properties. Examples of coating type commonly used as an architectural coating include an acrylic-coating, an alkyd-coating, a vinyl-coating, a urethane-coating, or a combination thereof, hi certain aspects, a urethane- coating is applied to a piece of furniture. In other facets, an epoxy-coating, a urethane-coating, or a combination thereof, is applied to a floor. In some embodiments, an architectural coating is a multicoat system.
  • an architectural coating is a high performance architectural coating ("HIP AC").
  • a HIP AC is architectural coatings that produce a film with a combination of good abrasion resistance, staining resistance, chemical resistance, detergent resistance, and mildew resistance.
  • binders suitable for producing a HIP AC include a two-pack epoxide or urethane, or a moisture cured urethane.
  • an architectural coating comprises a liquid component, an additive, or a combination thereof.
  • an architectural coating is a water-bome coating or a solvent-bome coating.
  • an architectural coating comprises a pigment.
  • such an architectural coating is formulated to comprise a reduced amount or lack a toxic coating component. Examples of a toxic coating component include a heavy metal (e.g., lead), formaldehyde, a nonyl phenol ethoxylate surfactant, a crystalline silicate, or a combination thereof.
  • a water-bome coating has a density of 1.20 kg/L to
  • a solvent-bome coating has a density of 0.90 kg/L to 1.2 kg/L, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • the density of a coating can be empirically detennined, for example, as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint ⁇ Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D 1475-98, 2002.
  • the course particle content of an architectural coating, by weight is 0.5% or less.
  • the coarse particle (e.g., coarse contaminants, pigment agglomerates) content of a coating can be empirically determined, for example, as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint ⁇ Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," DI 85-84, 2002.
  • the viscosity for an architectural coating at relatively low shear rates used during typical application, in Krebs Units ("Ku”) is 72 Ku to 95 Ku, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • an architectural coating is often stored in a container for months or even years prior to first use, and/or between different uses.
  • a building coating will retain a desirable set properties of a coating, film formation, film, or a combination thereof, for a period of 12 months or greater in a container at ambient conditions.
  • Properties that are prefened for storage include settling resistance, skinning resistance, coagulation resistance, viscosity alteration resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • Storage properties can be empirically determined for a coating (e.g., an architectural coating) as described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D869-85 and D1849-95, 2002.
  • an architectural coating occurs at ambient conditions to provide ease of use to a casual user ofthe coating, as well as reduce potential damage to the target surface and the sunounding environment (e.g., unprotected people and objects), hi general embodiments, it is prefened that an architectural coating does not undergo film formation by a temperature greater than 40°C to reduce possible heat and fire damage. In other embodiments, it is prefened that an architectural coating is suitable to be applied by using hand-held applicator. Hand-held applicators are generally can be used without difficulty by most users of a coating, and examples include a bmsh, a roller, a sprayer (e.g., a spray can), or a combination thereof.
  • Wood Coatings As is well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, a wood coating is often selected to protect the wood from damage, as well as aesthetic purposes. For example, wood is susceptible to damage from bacteria and fungi. Examples of fungi that damage wood include Aureobasidium pullulans, and Ascomycotina, Deutermycotina, Basidiomycetes, Coniophora souna, Serpula lacr ⁇ mans, and Dacrymyces stillatus. It is prefened that a wooden surface is impregnated with a preservative such as a fungicide, prior to application of a coating ofthe present invention.
  • a preservative such as a fungicide
  • wood surfaces are coated with a paint, a varnish, a stain, or a combination thereof.
  • the choice of coating is based on the ability of a coating to protect the wood from damage by moisture.
  • a paint, a vamish, and a stain generally have progressively greater permeability to moisture, and moisture penetration of a wooden surface can which can lead to undesirable alterations in wood stracture (e.g., splitting); undesirable alteration in piece of wood's dimension ("dimensional movement”) such as shrinking, swelling, and/or warping; promote the growth of a microorganism such as fungi (e.g., wet rot, dry rot); or a combination thereof.
  • UV light irradiation damages a wood surface by depolymerizing lignin comprised in the wood. It is prefened that in embodiments wherein a wood surface is inadiated by UV light (e.g., sunlight), the wood coating comprises a UV protective agent such as a pigment that absorbs UV light.
  • a UV absorbing pigment includes a transparent iron oxide.
  • a preferred paint for use on a wood surface comprises an oil-paint, an allcyd- paint, or a combination thereof.
  • a prefened alkyd-paint for use on a wood surface comprises a solvent-bome paint.
  • a prefened paint system comprises a combination of a primer, an undercoat, and a topcoat.
  • a film produced by a paint is often moisture impermeable.
  • a film produced by paint upon a wooden surface may crack, flake, frap moisture that can encourage wood decay, be expensive to repair, or a combination thereof.
  • Masonry coatings refer to coatings used on a masonry surface, such as, for example, stone, brick, tile, cement-based materials (e.g., concrete, mortar), or a combination thereof.
  • a masonry coatmg is selected to confer resistance to water (e.g., salt water), resistance to acid conditions, alteration of appearance (e.g., color, brightness), or a combination thereof.
  • a masonry coating comprises a multicoat system, hi specific embodiments, a masonry multicoat system comprises a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof.
  • a topcoat comprises a water-bome coating or a solvent bome coating.
  • a water-bome coating that may be selected for a masonry topcoat include a latex coating, a water reducible polyvinyl acetate-coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a solvent-bome topcoat comprises a thermoplastic coating, a thennosetting coating, or a combination thereof.
  • thermosetting coating include an oil, an alkyd, a urethane, an epoxy, or a combination thereof.
  • a thermosetting coating is a multi-pack coating, such as, for example, an epoxy, a urethane, or a combination thereof.
  • a thennosetting coating undergoes film fonnation at ambient conditions
  • a thermosetting coating undergoes film formation at film formation at an elevated temperature such as a baking alkyd, a baking acrylic, a baking urethane, or a combination thereof.
  • a thermoplastic coating include an acrylic, cellulosic, a mbber-derivative, a vinyl, or a combination thereof.
  • a thermoplastic coating is a lacquer.
  • a masonry surface that is basic in pH such as, for example, cement-based material and/or a calcareous stone (e.g., marble, limestone) may be damaging to certain coatings.
  • a calcareous stone e.g., marble, limestone
  • Specific procedures for determining the pH of a masonry surface have been described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint ⁇ Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4262, 2002. Due to porosity and/or contact with an external environment, a masonry surface often accumulates dirt and other loose surface contaminants, which are preferably removed prior to application of a coating.
  • a masonry surface e.g., sandstone, clay brick, concrete
  • preparative cleaning e.g., abrading, acid etching
  • a masonry surface e.g., sandstone, clay brick, concrete
  • ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings D4259-88, D4260-88D, 5107-90, D5703-95, D4261-83 and D4258-83, 2002.
  • moisture at or near a masonry surface may be undesirable during application of a coating (e.g., a solvent-bome coating).
  • Artist coatings refer to a coating used by artists for a decorative purpose. Often, an artist's coating (e.g., paint) is selected for durability for decades or centuries at ambient conditions, usually indoors.
  • Coatings such as an alkyd coating, an oil coating, an oleoresinous coating, an emulsion (e.g., acrylic emulsion) coating, or a combination thereof, are typically selected for use as an artist's coating.
  • Specific standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for determining the suitability (e.g., lightfastness) of a coating and/or film for use as an artist's coating have been described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint ⁇ Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4236-94, D5724-99, D4302-99, D4303-99, D4941-89, D5067-99, D5098-99, D5383-02, D5398-97, D5517-00 and D6801-02a, 2002; and in “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition ofthe Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J.
  • An industrial coating is a coating applied to a surface of a manufactured product in a factory setting.
  • An industrial coating typically undergoes film formation to produce a film with a protective and/or aesthetic purpose.
  • Industrial coatings share some similarities to an architectural coating, such as comprising similar coating components, being applied to the same material types of surfaces, being applied to an interior surface, being applied to an exterior surface, or a combination thereof. Examples of coating types that are commonly used for an industrial coating include an epoxy-coating, a urethane-coating, alkyd-coating, a vinyl- coating, chlorinated mbber-coating, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of a surface commonly coated by an industrial coating include metal (e.g., aluminum, zinc, copper, an alloy, etc.); glass; plastic; cement; wood; paper; or a combination thereof.
  • An industrial coating maybe storage stable for 12 months or more, applied at ambient conditions, applied using a hand-held applicator, undergo film formation at ambient conditions, or a combination thereof.
  • an industrial coating often does not meet one or more of these characteristics previously described as prefened for an architectural coating.
  • an industrial coating may have a storage stability of only days, weeks, or months, as due to a more rapid use rate in coating factory prepared items.
  • An industrial coating may be applied and/or undergo film formation at baking conditions.
  • An industrial coating may be applied using techniques such as, for example, spraying by a robot, anodizing, electroplating, and/or laminating of a coating and/or film onto a surface.
  • an industrial coating undergoes film formation by irradiating the coating with non-visible light electromagnetic radiation and/or particle radiation such as UV radiation, infrared radiation, electron-beam radiation, or a combination thereof.
  • an industrial coating comprises an industrial maintenance coating, which is a coating that produces a protective film with excellent heat resistance (e.g., 121°C or greater), solvent resistance (e.g., an industrial solvent, an industrial cleanser), water resistance (e.g., salt water, acidic water, alkali water), corrosion resistance, abrasion resistance (e.g., mechanical produced wear), or a combination thereof.
  • An example of an industrial maintenance coating includes a high-temperature industrial maintenance coating, which is applied to a surface intermittently or continuously contacted with a temperature of 204°C or greater.
  • An additional example of an industrial maintenance coating is an industrial maintenance anti-graffiti coating, which is a two-pack clear coating applied to an exterior surface that is intermittently contacted with a solvent and abrasion.
  • coating types that are commonly used for an industrial maintenance coating include an epoxy-coating, a urethane-coating, alkyd-coating, a vinyl-coating, chlorinated mbber-coating, or a combination thereof.
  • Industrial coatings e.g., coil coatings
  • their use are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, in “Paint and surface coatings: Theory and Practice,” 2 nd Edition, pp. 502-528, 1999; in “Paints, Coatings and Solvents,” 2 nd Edition, pp. 330-410, 1998; in “Organic Coatings: Science and Technology, Volume 1: Film Formation, Components, and Appearance,” 2 nd Edition, pp. 138, 317-318).
  • Automotive Coatings refer to coatings used on automotive vehicles, particularly those for civilian use. The manufacturers of a vehicle typically require that a coating conform to specific properties of weatherability (e.g., UV resistance) and/or appearance.
  • an automotive coating comprises a multicoat system
  • an automotive multcoat system comprises a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof.
  • an automotive primer include a nonweatherable primer, which lack sufficient UV resistance for single layer use, or a weatherable primer, which possesses sufficient UV resistance to be used without an additional layer.
  • a topcoat include an interior topcoat, an exterior topcoat, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of a nonweatherable automotive primer include a primer applied by elecfrodeposition, a conductive ("electrostatic") primer, or a nonconductive primer, hi certain embodiments, a primer is applied by elecfrodeposition, wherein a metal surface is immersed in a primer, and electrical cunent promotes application of a primer component (e.g., a binder) to the surface.
  • a primer component e.g., a binder
  • An example of a metal primer suitable for elecfrodeposition application includes a primer comprising an epoxy binder comprising an amino moiety, a blocked isocyanate urethane binder, and a 75% to 95% aqueous liquid component.
  • a primer is a conductive primer, which allows additional coating layers to be applied using electrostatic techniques.
  • a conductive primer typically is applied to a plastic surface, including a flexible plastic surface or a nonflexible plastic surface. Such primers vary in their respective flexibility property to better suit use upon the surface.
  • An example of a flexible plastic conductive primer includes a primer comprising polyester binder, a melamine binder and a conductive carbon black pigment.
  • Nonflexible plastic primer includes a primer that comprises an epoxy ester binder and/or an alkyd binder, a melamine binder and conductive carbon black pigment, hi certain embodiments, a melamine binder may be partly or fully replaced with an aromatic isocyanate urethane binder, wherein the coatmg is a two- pack coating.
  • a nonconductive primer is similar to a conductive primer, except the carbon- black pigment is absent or reduced in content.
  • a nonconductive primer is a metal primer, a plastic primer, or a combination thereof.
  • the nonconductive primer comprises a pigment for colorizing purposes.
  • Examples of a weatherable automotive primer include a primer/topcoat or a conductive primer.
  • An example of a primer/topcoat includes a flexible plastic primer, with suitable weathering properties (e.g., UV resistance) to function as a single layer topcoat.
  • suitable weathering properties e.g., UV resistance
  • a flexible plastic primer include a primer comprising an acrylic and/or polyester binder and a melamine binder.
  • a melamine binder may be partly or fully replaced with an aliphatic isocyanate urethane binder, wherein the coating is a two-pack coating.
  • a weatherable conductive primer typically is similar to a weatherable primer/topcoat, including a conductive pigment, hi specific aspects, a weatherable automotive primer comprises a pigment for colorizing purposes.
  • An interior automotive topcoat typically is applied to a metal surface, a plastic surface, a wood surface, or a combination thereof.
  • an interior automotive topcoat is part of a multicoat system further comprising a primer.
  • Examples of an interior automotive topcoat include a coating comprising a urethane binder, an acrylic binder, or a combination thereof.
  • an exterior automotive topcoat is typically is applied to a metal surface, a plastic surface, or a combination thereof, hi certain aspects, an exterior automotive topcoat is part of a multicoat system further comprising a primer, a sealer, an undercoat, or a combination thereof.
  • an exterior automotive topcoat comprises a binder capable of thermosetting in combination with a melamine binder. Examples of such a thermosetting binder include an acrylic binder, an alkyd binder, a urethane binder, polyester binder, or a combination thereof.
  • a melamine binder may be partly or fully replaced with an urethane binder, wherein the coating is a two-pack coating.
  • an exterior automotive topcoat further comprises a light stabilizer, a UV absorber, or a combination thereof.
  • an exterior automotive topcoat further comprises a pigment.
  • Can coatings refer to coatings used on a container (e.g., an aluminum container, a steel container), for food, chemicals, or a combination thereof.
  • the manufacturers of a can typically require that a coating conform to specific properties of conOsion resistance, inertness (e.g., to prevent flavor alterations in food, a chemical reaction with a container's contents, etc.), appearance, durability, or a combination thereof.
  • a can coating comprises an acrylic-coating, an alkyd-coating, an epoxy-coating, a phenolic-coating, a polyester-coating, a poly(vinyl chloride)-coating, or combination thereof.
  • a can may be made ofthe same or similar material, different surfaces of a can may require coatings of differing properties of inertness, durability and/or appearance.
  • a coating for a surface ofthe interior of a can that contacts the container's contents may be selected for a chemical inertness property
  • a coating for a surface at the end of a can may be selected for a physical durability property
  • a coating for a surface on the exterior of a can may be selected for an aesthetic property.
  • a can coating may comprise a multicoat system.
  • a can multicoat system comprises a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof.
  • an epoxy-coating, a poly( vinyl chloride-coating), or a combination thereof is selected as a primer for a surface at the end of a can.
  • an oleoresinous-coating, a phenolic-coating, or a combination thereof is selected as a primer for a surface in the interior of a can.
  • a water-bome epoxy and acrylic-coating is selected as a topcoat for a surface of an interior of a can.
  • an acrylic-coating, an alkyd-coating, a polyester-coating, or a combination thereof is selected as an exterior coating.
  • a can coating (e.g., a primer, a topcoat) will further comprise an amino resin, a phenolic resin, or a combination thereof for cross-linking in a thermosetting fihn formation reaction, i certain embodiments, a can coating is applied to a surface by spray application, hi other embodiments, a can coating undergoes film fonnation by UV inadiation.
  • a can coating undergoes film fonnation by UV inadiation.
  • Sealant coatings refer to coatings used to fill a joint to reduce or prevent passage of a gas (e.g., air), water, a small material (e.g., dust), a temperature change, or a combination thereof.
  • a sealant coating (“sealant”) may be thought of as a coatmg that bridges by contact two or more surfaces.
  • a joint is a gap or opening between two or more surfaces, which may or may not be ofthe same material type (e.g., metal, wood, glass, masonry, plastic, etc.).
  • a joint has a width, depth, breadth, or a combination thereof, of 0.64 mm to 5.10 mm, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a sealant coating comprises an oil, a butyl, an acrylic, a blocked styrene, a polysulfide, a urethane, a silicone, or a combination thereof.
  • a sealant may be a solvent-bome coating or a water-bome coating (e.g., a latex).
  • a sealant comprises a latex (e.g., an acrylic latex).
  • a sealant is selected for flexibility, as one or more ofthe joint surfaces may move during normal use. Examples of a flexible sealant include a silicone, a butyl, an acrylic, a blocked styrene, an acrylic latex, or a combination thereof.
  • An oil sealent typically comprises a drying oil, an extender pigment, a thixotrope, and a drier.
  • a solvent-bome butyl sealent typically comprises a polyisobytylene and/or a polybutene, an extender pigment (e.g., talc, calcium carbonate), a liquid component, and an additive (e.g., an adhesion promoter, an antioxidant, a thixotrope).
  • a solvent-bome acrylic sealent typically comprises a polymethylacrylate (e.g., polyethyl, polybutyl), a colorant, a thixotrope, an additive, and a liquid component.
  • a solvent-bome blocked styrene sealant typically comprises styrene, styrene-butadiene, isoprene, or a combination thereof, and a liquid component.
  • a solvent-bome acrylic sealant, blocked styrene sealant, or a combination thereof typically is selected for aspects wherein UV resistance is desired.
  • a urethane sealant may be a one-pack or two-pack coating.
  • a solvent-bome one-pack urethane sealant typically comprises an urethane that comprises a hydroxyl moiety, a filler, a thixotrope, an additive, an adhesion promoter, and a liquid component.
  • a solvent-bome two-pack urethane sealent typically comprises a polyether that comprises an isocyanate moiety in one-pack and a binder comprising a hydroxyl moiety in a second pack.
  • a solvent-bome two-pack urethane sealent typically also comprises a filler, an adliesion promoter, an additive (e.g., a light stabilizer), or a combination thereof.
  • a solvent-bome urethane sealent is selected for a sealent with a good abrasion resistance.
  • a polysulfide sealant may be a one-pack or two-pack coating.
  • a solvent-bome one-pack polysulfide sealant typically comprises an urethane that comprises a hydroxyl moiety, a filler, a thixotrope, an additive, an adhesion promoter, and a liquid component.
  • a solvent-borne two-pack polysulfide sealent typically comprises a first pack, which typically comprises a polysulfide, an opacifmg pigment, a colorizer (e.g., a pigment), clay, a thixotrope (e.g., a mineral), and a liquid component; and a second pack, which typically comprises a curing agent (e.g., lead peroxide), an adhesion promoter, an extender pigment, and a light stabilizer.
  • a curing agent e.g., lead peroxide
  • a silicone sealant typically comprises a polydimethyllsiloxane and a methyltriacetoxy silane, a methyltrimethoxysilane, a methyltricyclorhexylaminosilane, or a combination thereof.
  • a water-borne acrylic latex sealant typically comprises a thermoplastic acrylic, a filler, a surfactant, a thixotrope, an additive, and a liquid component. Procedures for determining the suitability of a coating and/or film for use as an sealant coating have been described, for example, in "Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition ofthe Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 735-740, 1995.
  • a marine coating is a coating used on a surface that contacts water, or a surface that is part of a structure continually near water (e.g., a ship, a dock, an drilling platfomi for fossil fuels, etc.).
  • a surface typically, such surfaces comprise metal, such as aluminum, high tensile steel, mild steel, or a combination thereof.
  • the type of marine coating is selected to resist fouling, conosion, or a combination thereof.
  • Fouling is an accumulation of aquatic organisms, including microorganisms, upon a marine surface.
  • Fouling can damage a film, and as many marine coatings are formulated with a preservative, an anti-conosion property (e.g., an anticonosion pigment), or a combination thereof, as such damage often leads to conosion of metal surfaces.
  • a marine coating may be selected to resist fire, such as a coating applied to a surface of a ship. Further properties that are often desirable for a marine coating include chemical resistance, impact resistance, abrasion resistance, friction resistance, acoustic camouflage, electromagnetic camouflage, or a combination thereof.
  • a primer known as a blast primer is typically applied to the surface within seconds of blast cleaning.
  • a blast primer include a polyvinyl butyral ("PVB") and phenolic resin coating, a two-pack epoxy coating, or a two-pack zinc and ethyl silicate coating.
  • a marine metal surface undercoat or topcoat typically comprises an alkyd coating, a bitumen coating, a polyvinyl coating, or a combination thereof. Marine coatings and their use are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, in "Paint and Surface Coatings: Theory and Practice," 2 nd Edition, pp.
  • a specification coatmg may be formulated by selection of coating components one of ordinary skill in the art to fulfill a set of requirements prescribed by a consumer.
  • a specification finish coating include a military specified coating, a Federal agency specified coating (e.g., Department of Transportation), a state specified coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a specification coating such as a CARC, a camouflage coating, or a combination thereof would be prefened in certain embodiments for incorporation of a microorganism-based particulate material ofthe present invention.
  • a camouflage coating is a coating that is formulated with materials (e.g., pigments) that reduce the visible differences between the appearances of a coated surface from the sunounding environment.
  • materials e.g., pigments
  • a camouflage coating is formulated to reduce the detection of a coated surface by devise that measures nonvisible light (e.g., infrared radiation).
  • nonvisible light e.g., infrared radiation
  • An example of a specification coating is a pipeline (e.g., a metal pipeline) coating used to convey a fossil fuel.
  • a pipeline coating must possess conosion resistance, and an example of a pipeline coating includes a coal tar-coating, a polyethylene-coating, an epoxy powder-coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a coal tar-coating may comprise, for example, a coal tar mastic-coating, a coal tar epoxide-coating, a coal tar urethane-coating, a coal tar enamel-coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a coal tar mastic-coating typically comprises an extender, a vicosifier, or a combination thereof.
  • a coal tar mastic-coating layer is 127 mm to 160 mm thick, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, hi embodiments wherein superior water resistance is desired, a coal tar epoxide-coating may be selected. In embodiments wherein rapid film formation is desired (e.g., pipeline repair), a coal tar urethane-coating may be selected. In embodiments wherein good water resistance, heat resistance up to 82°C, bacterial resistance, poor UV resistance, or a combination thereof, is suitable, a coal tar enamel may be selected. In embodiments wherein cathodic protection, physical durability, or a combination thereof is desired, an epoxide powder-coating may be selected.
  • a pipeline coating comprises a multicoat system.
  • a pipeline multicoat system comprises an epoxy powder primer, a two-pack epoxy primer, a chlorinated mbber primer, or a combination thereof and a polyethylene topcoat.
  • a traffic marker coating is a coating (e.g., a paint) used to very visibly convey information on a surface usually subjected to weathering and abrasion (e.g., a pavement).
  • a traffic marker coating may be a solvent-bome coating or a water-borne coating.
  • a solvent-bome fraffic marker coating include an alkyd, a chlorinated mbber, or a combination thereof, hi certain aspects, a solvent-bome coating is applied by spray application, hi some embodiments, a fraffic marker coating is a two-pack coating, such as, for example, an epoxy- coating, a polyester-coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a traffic marker coating comprises a thermoplastic coating, a thennosetting coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a combination thermoplastic/thermosetting coating include a solvent-bome alkyd and or solvent-bome chlorinated mbber-coating.
  • a thermoplastic coating include a maleic-modified glycerol ester-coating, a hydrocarbon-coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a thermoplastic coating comprises a liquid component, wherein the liquid component comprises a plasticizer, a pigment, and an additive (e.g., a glass bead).
  • An aircraft coating protects and/or decorates a surface (e.g., metal, plastic) of an aircraft.
  • an aircraft coating is selected for excellent weathering properties, excellent heat and cold resistance (e.g., -54°C to 177°C), or a combination thereof.
  • Specific procedures for determining the suitability of a coating and/or film for use as aircraft coating are described in, for example, in "Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition ofthe Gardner- Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 683-695, 1995. (4) Nuclear Power Plant Coatings
  • An additional example of a specification coating is a coating for a nuclear power plant, which generally must possess particular properties (e.g., gamma radiation resistance, chemical resistance), as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D5962-96, D5163-91, D5139-90, D5144-00, D4286-90, D3843-00, D3911-95, D3912-95, D4082-02, D4537-91, D5498-01 and D4538-95, 2002.
  • properties e.g., gamma radiation resistance, chemical resistance
  • coating components are typically obtained from commercial vendors, which is a prefened method of obtaining a coating component due to ease and reduced cost.
  • texts as, for example, Flick, E. W.
  • coating components e.g., an antifoamer, an antiskinning agent, a bactericide, a binder, a defoamer, a dispersant, a drier, an extender, a filler, a flame/fire retardant, a flatting agent, a fungicide
  • a binder (“polymer,” “resin,” “film former”) is a molecule capable of film formation. Film fonnation is a physical and/or chemical change of a binder in a coating, wherein the change converts the coating into a film.
  • a binder converts into a film through a polymerization reaction, wherein a first binder molecule covalently bonds with at least a second binder molecule to fonn a larger molecule, known as a "polymer.” As this process is repeated a plurality of times, the composition converts from a coating comprising a binder into a film comprising a polymer.
  • a binder may comprise a monomer, an oligomer, a polymer, or a combination thereof.
  • a monomer is a single unit of a chemical species that can undergo a polymerization reaction.
  • a binder itself is often a polymer, as such larger binder molecules are more suitable for formulation into a coating capable of both being easily applied to a surface and undergoing an additional polymerization reaction to produce a film.
  • An oligomer comprises 2 to 25 polymerized monomers, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a homopolymer is a polymer that comprises monomers ofthe same chemical species.
  • a copolymer is a polymer that comprises monomers of at least two different chemical species.
  • a linear polymer is an unbranched chain of monomers.
  • a branched polymer is a branched (“forked") chain of monomers.
  • a network (“cross-linked”) polymer is a branched polymer wherein at least one branch forms an interconnecting covalent bond with at least one additional polymer molecule.
  • thermoplastic binder and/or coating reversibly softens and/or liquefies when heated.
  • Film formation for a thermoplastic coating generally comprises a physical process, typically the loss ofthe volatile (e.g., liquid) component from a coating. As a volatile component is removed, a solid film maybe produced through entanglement ofthe binder molecules.
  • a thermoplastic binder is generally a higher molecular mass than a comparable thermosetting binder.
  • a thermoplastic film is often susceptible to damage by a volatile component that can be absorbed by the film, which can soften and/or physically expand the film, hi certain facets, a thermoplastic film may be removed from a surface by use of a volatile component.
  • damage to a thermoplastic film may be repaired by application of a thermoplastic coating into the damaged areas and subsequent film formation.
  • thermosetting binder undergoes film formation by a chemical process, typically the cross-linking of a binder into a network polymer.
  • a thermosetting binder does not possess significant thermoplastic properties.
  • the glass transition temperature is the temperature wherein the rate of increase ofthe volume of a binder or a film changes. Binders and films often do not convert from solid to liquid (“melt") at a specific temperature (“T m "), but rather possess a specific glass transition temperature wherein there is an increase in the rate of volume expansion with increasing temperature.
  • a binder or film becomes increasingly rubbery in texture until it becomes a viscous liquid
  • a binder particularly a thermoplastic binder
  • a binder may be selected by its glass transition temperature, which provides guidance to the temperature range of film formation, as well as thermal and/or heat resistance of a film.
  • the lower the T g the "softer" the resin, and generally, the film produced from such a resin.
  • a softer film typically possesses greater flexibility (e.g., crack resistance) and/or poorer resistance to dirt accumulation than a harder film.
  • a coating comprises a low molecular weight polymer, a high molecular weight polymer, or a combination thereof.
  • a low molecular weight polymer include an alkyd, an amino resin, a chlorinated rubber, an epoxide resin, an oleoresinous binder, a phenolic resin, a urethane, a polyester, an urethane oil, or a combination thereof.
  • a high molecular weight polymer include a latex, a nitrocellulose, a non- aqueous dispersion polymer ("NAS”), a solution acrylic, a solution vinyl, or a combination thereof.
  • NAS non- aqueous dispersion polymer
  • a latex include an acrylic, a polyvinyl acetate (“PVA”), a styrene/butadiene, or a combination thereof.
  • a binder In addition to the disclosures herein, a binder, methods of binder preparation, commercial vendors of binder, and techniques for using an binder in a coating known to those of ordinary skill in the art may be applied in the practice ofthe present invention [see, for example, Flick, E. W. "Handbook of Paint Raw Materials, Second Edition,” pp. 287-805 and 879-998, 1989; in “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition ofthe Gardner- Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp.
  • binders such as, for example, an oil (e.g., a drying oil), an alkyd, an oleoresinous binder, a fatty acid epoxide ester, or a combination thereof, are prepared and/or synthesized from an oil and/or a fatty acid, and undergo film formation by thermosetting oxidative cross-linking of fatty acids, and will be refened to herein as an "oil-based binder.” These types of binders often possess similar properties (e.g., solubility, viscosity).
  • An oil- based binder coating often further comprises a drier, an antiskinning agent, an alkylphenohc resin, a pigment, an extender, a liquid component (e.g., a solvent), or a combination thereof.
  • a drier such as a primary drier, secondary drier, or a combination thereof, may be selected to promote film formation.
  • an oil-based binder coating may comprise an antiskinning agent, which is typically used to control undesirable film-fonnation caused by a primary drier and/or oxidation.
  • a liquid component may be selected, for example, to alter a rheological property (e.g., flow), wetting and/or dispersion of particulate material, or a combination thereof, hi certain embodiments, a liquid component comprises a hydrocarbon, hi particular embodiments, the hydrocarbon comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon (e.g., toluene, xylene), or a combination thereof. In some facets, the liquid component comprises, by weight, 5% to 20% of an oil-based binder coating, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a rheological property e.g., flow
  • the hydrocarbon comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon (e.g., toluene, xylene), or a combination thereof.
  • the liquid component comprises, by weight, 5% to 20% of an oil-based binder coating, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • an oil-based temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by inclusion of an antioxidant, reduction of the amount of a drier, selection of a oil-based binder that comprises fewer or no double bonds, or a combination thereof.
  • An oil-based binder coating may be selected for embodiments wherein a relatively low viscosity is desired, such as, for example, application to a conoded metal surface, a porous surface (e.g., wood), or a combination thereof, due to the penetration power of a low viscosity coating.
  • a relatively low viscosity such as, for example, application to a conoded metal surface, a porous surface (e.g., wood), or a combination thereof, due to the penetration power of a low viscosity coating.
  • a such a thin film thickness is prefened.
  • an oil-binder coating may be selected as a wood stains, a topcoat, or a combination thereof, hi particular facets, a wood stain comprises an oil (e.g., linseed oil) coating, an alkyd, or a combination thereof. Often, wood coating comprises a lightstabilizer (e.g., UV absorber).
  • oil e.g., linseed oil
  • wood coating comprises a lightstabilizer (e.g., UV absorber).
  • An oil is a polyol esterified to at least one fatty acid. A polyol ("polyalcohol,"
  • polyhydric alcohol is an alcohol comprising more than one hydroxyl moiety per molecule.
  • an oil comprises an acylglycerol esterified to one fatty acid (“monacylglycerol”), two fatty acids (“diacylglycerol”), or three fatty acids (“triacylglycerol,” “triglyceri.de”).
  • a fatty acid is an organic compound comprising a hydrocarbon chain that includes a terminal carboxyl moiety.
  • a fatty acid may be unsaturated, monounsaturated, and polyunsaturated referring to whether the hydrocarbon chain possess no carbon double bonds, one carbon double bond, or a plurality of carbon double bonds (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 double bonds), respectively.
  • a plurality of fatty acids forms covalent cross-linking bonds to produce a film in coatings comprising oil binders and/or other binders comprising a fatty acid.
  • oxidation tlirough contact with atmospheric oxygen is used to promote film formation. Exposure to light also enhances film formation.
  • the ability of an oil to undergo film formation by chemical cross-linking is related to the content of chemically reactive double bonds available in its fatty acids.
  • Oils are generally a mixture of chemical species, comprising different combinations of fatty acids esterified to glycerol.
  • the overall types and percentages of particular fatty acids that are comprised in oils affect the ability ofthe oil to be used as a binder.
  • Oils can be classified as a drying oil, a semi-drying oil, or a non-drying oil depending upon the ability ofthe oil to cross-link into a dry film without additives (e.g., driers) at ambient conditions and atmospheric oxygen.
  • a drying oil forms a dry film to touch upon cross-linking
  • a semi-drying oil forms a sticky (“tacky”) film to touch upon cross-linking
  • a non-drying oil does not produce a tacky or dry film upon cross-linking.
  • film-formation of a non-chemically modified oil-binder coating will typically take from 12 hours to 24 hours at ambient conditions, air, and lighting. Procedures for selection and testing of drying oils for a coating are described in, for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint ⁇ Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D555-84, 2002.
  • Drying oils comprise at least one polyunsaturated fatty acid to promote cross- linking.
  • Polyunsaturated fatty acids include, but are not limited to, 7,10,13-hexadecatrienoic ("16:3 n-3”); linoleic ["9,12-octadecadienoic,” “18:2(n-6)”]; ⁇ - linolenic ["6,9,12-octadecatrienoic,” “18:3(n-6)”]; a trienoic 20:3(n-9); dihomo- ⁇ -linolenic ["8,11,14-eicosatrienoic," "20:3(n-6)”]; arachidonic ["5,8,11,14-eicosatetraenoic,” “20:4(n- 6)”]; a licanic, ("4-oxo 9cl ltl3M8:3"); 7,
  • Drying oils can be further characterized as non-conjugated or conjugated drying oils depending upon whether their most abundant fatty acid comprises a polymethylene- interrapted double bond or a conjugated double bond, respectively.
  • a polymethylene- interrupted double bond is two double bonds separated by two or more methylene moieties.
  • a polymethylene-interrupted fatty acid is a fatty acid comprising such a configuration of double bonds. Examples of polymethylene-interrupted fatty acids include taxoleic, pinolenic, sciadonic, dihomotaxoleic, cis-9, cis-15 octadecadienoic, retinoic, or a combination thereof.
  • a conjugated double bond is a moiety wherein a single methylene moiety connects pair of carbon chain double bonds.
  • a conjugated fatty acid is a fatty acid comprising such a pair of double bonds.
  • a conjugated double bond is more prone to cross-linking reactions than non-conjugated double bonds.
  • a conjugated diene fatty acid, a conjugated triene fatty acid or a conjugated tetraene fatty acid possesses only two, three or four conjugated double bonds, respectively.
  • An example of a common conjugated diene fatty acid is a conjugated linoleic.
  • Examples of a conjugated triene fatty acid include an octadecatrienoic, a licanic, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of an octadecatrienoic acid include an ⁇ -eleostearic comprising the 9c,l lt,13t isomer, a calendic comprising a 8t,10t,12c isomer, a catalpic comprising the 9c,l lt,13c isomer, or a combination thereof.
  • Oils for use in coatings are generally obtained from renewable biological sources, such as plants, fish or a combination thereof.
  • plant oils commonly used in coatings or coating components include cottonseed oil, linseed oil, oiticica oil, safflower oil, soybean oil, sunflower oil, tall oil, rosin, tung oil, or a combination thereof.
  • An example of a fish oil commonly used in coatings or coating components include caster oil.
  • a colder environment generally promotes a higher polyunsaturated fatty acid content in an organism (e.g., sunflowers).
  • Cottonseed oil comprises about 36% saturated fatty acids, 24% oleic, and 40% linoleic.
  • Castor oil comprises about 3% saturated fatty acids, 7% oleic, 3% linoleic, and 87% ricinoleic ("12-hydroxy-9-octadecenoic").
  • Linseed oil comprises about 10%o saturated fatty acids, 20% to 24% oleic ("cis-9-octadecenoic"), 14% to 19% linoleic, and 48% to 54% linolenic.
  • Oiticica oil comprises about 16% saturated fatty acids, 6% oleic, and 78%> licanic.
  • Safflower oil comprises about 11% saturated fatty acids, 13% oleic, 75% linoleic, and 1% linolenic.
  • Soybean oil comprises about 14% to 15% saturated fatty acids, 22% to 28% oleic, 52% to 55% linoleic, and 5% to 9% linolenic.
  • Tall oil which is a product of paper production and generally is not in the form of a triglyceride, often comprises about 3%> saturated fatty acids, 30% to 35% oleic, 35% to 40% linoleic, 2% to 5% linolenic, and 10% to 15% of a combination of pinolenic and conjugated linoleic.
  • Rosin is a combination of acidic compounds isolated during paper production, such as, for example, abietic acid, neoabietic acid, dihydroabietic acid, tetraabietic acid, isodextropimaric acid, dexfropimaric acid, dehydroabietic acid, and levopimaric acid.
  • Tung oil comprises about 5% saturated fatty acids, 8% oleic, 4% linoleic, 3% linolenic, and 80%) ⁇ -elestearic.
  • Standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties of various oils e.g., caster, linseed, oiticica, safflower, soybean, sunflower, tall, rung, rosin, dehydrated caster, boiled linseed, a drying oil, a fish oil, a heat-bodied drying oil
  • oils e.g., caster, linseed, oiticica, safflower, soybean, sunflower, tall, rung, rosin, dehydrated caster, boiled linseed, a drying oil, a fish oil, a heat-bodied drying oil
  • an oil comprises a chemically modified oil, which is an oil altered by a reaction thought to promote limited cross-linking.
  • a chemically modified oil possesses an altered property, such as a higher viscosity, which may be more suitable for a particular coating application.
  • Examples of a chemically modified oil include a bodied oil, a blown oil, a dimer acid, or a combination thereof.
  • a bodied oil (“heat bodied oil,” “stand oil”) is produced, for example, by heating a nonconjugated oil (e.g., 320°C) or a conjugated oil (e.g., 240°C) in an chemically unreactive atmosphere to promote limited cross-linking.
  • a blown oil is produced, for example, by passing air through a drying oil at, for example, 150°C
  • a dimer acid is produced, for example, by acid catalyzed dimerization or oligomerization of a polyunsaturated acid.
  • an oil comprises a synthetic conjugated oil, which is an oil altered by a reaction thought to produce a conjugated double bond in a fatty acid ofthe oil.
  • Conjugated fatty acids have been produced from nonconjugated fatty acids by alkaline hydroxide catalyzed reactions.
  • a synthetic conjugated oil is generally semi-drying in air catalyzed film formation at ambient conditions and a coating comprising such an oil is typically cured by baking.
  • richinoleic acid which is prevalent in castor oil, can be dehydrogenated to produce a mixture of conjugated and non-conjugated fatty acids.
  • Dehydrogenated castor oil comprises about 2% to 4% saturated fatty acids, 6% to 8% oleic, 48% to 50% linoleic, and 40% to 42% conjugated linoleic.
  • Certain other compounds comprising a fatty acid and polyol are classified herein as an oil for use as a binder such as a high ester oil, a maleated oil, or a combination thereof.
  • a high ester oil comprises a polyol capable of comprising greater than three fatty acid esters per molecule and at least one fatty acid ester. However, a high ester oil comprising four or more fatty acid esters per molecule is prefened. Examples of such a polyol include a pentaerythritiol, a dipentaerythritiol, a tripentaerythritiol, or a styrene/allyl alcohol copolymer.
  • a maleated oil is an oil modified by a chemical reaction with maleic anhydride. Maleic acid and an unsaturated or polyunsaturated fatty acid react to produce a fatty acid with additional acid moieties. A maleated oil generally is more hydrophilic and/or has a faster film formation time than a comparative non-maleated oil.
  • an alkyd-coating may be selected as an architectural coating, a metal coating, a plastic coating, a wood coating, or a combination thereof.
  • an alkyd coating may be selected for use as a primer, an undercoat, a topcoat, or a combination thereof.
  • an alkyd coating comprises a pigment, an additive, or a combination thereof.
  • An alkyd resin comprises a polyester prepared from a polyol, a fatty acid, and a polybasic ("polyfunctional") organic acid or acid anhydride.
  • An alkyd resin is generally produced by first preparing monoacylpolyol, which is a polyol esterified to one fatty acid.
  • the monoacylpolyol is polymerized by ester linkages with a polybasic acid to produce an alkyd resin of desired viscosity in a solvent.
  • a polyol include 1,3-butylene glycol; diethylene glycol; dipentaerythritol; ethylene glycol; glycerol; hexylene glycol; methyl glucoside; neopentyl glycol; pentaerythritol; pentanediol; propylene glycol; sorbitol; triethylene glycol; trimethylol ethane; trimethylol propane; trimethylpentanediol; or a combination thereof.
  • a polyol comprises ethylene glycol; glycerol; neopentyl glycol; pentaerythritol; trimethylpentanediol; or a combination thereof.
  • a polybasic acid or an acid anhydride include adipic acid, azelaic acid, chlorendic anhydride, citric acid, fumaric acid, isophthalic acid, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, sebacic acid, succinic acid, trimelletic anhydride, or a combination thereof.
  • a polybasic acid or an acid anhydride comprises isophthalic acid, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, trimelletic anhydride, or a combination thereof.
  • a fatty acid include abiatic, benzoic, caproic, caprylic, lauric, linoleic, linolenic, oleic, a tertiary-butyl benzoic acid, a fatty acid from an oil/fat (e.g., castor, coconut, cottonseed, tall, tallow), or a combination thereof.
  • a fatty acid comprises benzoic, a fatty acid from tall oil, or a combination thereof.
  • an oil is used in the reaction directly as a source of a fatty acid and/or a polyol.
  • an oil examples include castor oil, coconut oil, com oil, cottonseed oil, dehydrated castor oil, linseed oil, safflower oil, soybean oil, tung oil, walnut oil, sunflower oil, menhaden oil, palm oil, or a combination thereof.
  • an oil comprises coconut oil, linseed oil, soybean oil, or a combination thereof.
  • composition, properties and/or purity of an alkyd resin and/or a solution comprising an alkyd resin selected for use in a coating such as phthalic anhydride content, isophthalic acid content, unsaponifiable matter content, fatty acid content/identification, polyhydric alcohol content/identification, glycerol, ethylene glycol and/or pentaerythirol content, and silicon content
  • a coating such as phthalic anhydride content, isophthalic acid content, unsaponifiable matter content, fatty acid content/identification, polyhydric alcohol content/identification, glycerol, ethylene glycol and/or pentaerythirol content, and silicon content
  • a coating such as phthalic anhydride content, isophthalic acid content, unsaponifiable matter content, fatty acid content/identification, polyhydric alcohol content/identification, glycerol, ethylene glycol and/or pentaerythirol content, and silicon content
  • an alkyd resin may be selected based on the materials used in its preparation, which typically affect the alkyd's properties.
  • an alkyd resin is often classified and/or selected for use in a particular application by its oil content, as the oil content affects the alkyd resin properties. Oil content is the amount of oil relative to the solvent-free alkyd resin. Based on oil content, an alkyd resin may be classified as a very long oil alkyd resin, a long oil alkyd resin, a medium oil alkyd resin, or a short oil alkyd resin.
  • a short oil alkyd, a medium oil alkyd, a long oil alkyd, and a very long oil alkyd has an oil content range of 1% to 40%, 40% to 60%, 60% to 70%, and 70% to 85%, respectively, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively.
  • a short oil alkyd, a medium oil alkyd, a long oil alkyd, and a very long oil alkyd resin and/or coatmg comprise 50%, 45% to 50%, 60% to 70%, or 85% to 100% nonvolatile component, respectively.
  • a short oil alkyd coating may be selected as an industrial coating, hi certain aspects, a short oil alkyd is synthesized from an oil, wherein the oil comprises castor, dehydrated castor, coconut, linseed, soybean, tall, or a combination thereof.
  • the oil of a short oil alkyd comprises a saturated fatty acid. Examples of a saturated fatty acid include, but are not limited to, caproic ("hexanoic,” “6:0”); caprylic (“octanoic,” “8:0”); lauric ("dodecanoic,” "12:0”); or a combination thereof.
  • a short oil alkyd coating comprises a solvent, wherein the solvent comprises an aromatic hydrocarbon, isobutanol, VMP naphtha, xylene, or a combination thereof.
  • the aromatic solvent comprises a high boiling aromatic solvent.
  • a short oil alkyd is insoluble or poorly soluble in an aliphatic hydrocarbon.
  • a short oil alkyd coating undergoes film formation by baking.
  • a medium oil alkyd coating may be selected as a farm implement coating, a railway equipment coating, a maintenance coating, or a combination thereof, hi certain aspects, a medium oil alkyd is synthesized from an oil, wherein the oil comprises linseed, safflower, soybean, sunflower, tall, or a combination thereof. In some aspects, the oil of a medium oil alkyd comprises a monounsaturated fatty acid (e.g., oleic acid). In particular facets, a medium oil alkyd coating comprises a solvent, wherein the solvent comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or a combination thereof.
  • a tall oil alkyd coating may be selected as an architectural coating, a maintenance coating, a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof.
  • a tall oil alkyd is synthesized from an oil, wherein the oil comprises linseed, safflower, soybean, sunflower, tall, or a combination thereof.
  • the oil of a long oil alkyd comprises a polyunsaturated fatty acid.
  • a tall oil alkyd coating comprises a solvent, wherein the solvent comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon.
  • a very long oil alkyd coating may be selected as a latex architectural coating, a wood stain, or a combination thereof.
  • a very long oil alkyd is synthesized from an oil, wherein the oil comprises linseed, soybean, tall, or a combination thereof.
  • the oil of a long oil alkyd comprises a polyunsaturated fatty acid.
  • a very long oil alkyd coating comprises a solvent, wherein the solvent comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon.
  • a high solid alkyd coating comprises an enamel coating.
  • a high solid long or very long oil alkyd coating comprises an architectural coating
  • a high solid medium oil alkyd coating comprises a transportation coating.
  • a high solid short oil alkyd coating comprises an industrial coating.
  • various chemical moieties may be incorporated in an alkyd to modify a property. Examples of such moieties include an acrylic, a benzoic acid, an epoxide, an isocyanate, a phenolic, a polyamide, a rosin, a silicon, a styrene (e.g., aparamethyl styrene), a vinyl toluene, or a combination thereof.
  • a benzoic acid modified high solid alkyd coating comprises a coating for a tool.
  • a phenolic modified high solid alkyd coating comprises a primer.
  • a silicone modified alkyd coating may be selected for improved weather resistance, heat resistance, or a combination thereof, ha specific aspects, a silicone modified alkyd coating may comprise an additional binder capable of cross-linking with the silicone moiety (e.g., a melamine formaldehyde resin), ha specific facets, a silicone modified alkyd coating may be selected as a coil coating, an architectural coating, a metal coatmg, an exterior coating, or a combination thereof, ha certain facets, a high solid silicon-modified alkyd coating may substitute an oxygenated compound (e.g., a ketone, an ester) for an aromatic hydrocarbon liquid component.
  • an oxygenated compound e.g., a ketone, an ester
  • a high solid silicon-modified alkyd coating to achieve cross- linking during film-formation, should comprise an additional binder capable of cross-linking.
  • a silicone modified high solid alkyd coating comprises a maintenance coating, a topcoat, or a combination thereof.
  • Uralkyd Coatings [0302] An uralkyd binder (“uralkyd,” “urethane alkyd,” “urethane oil,” “urethane modified alkyd”) is an alkyd binder, with the modification that compound comprising plurality of diisocyanate moieties partly or fully replacing the dibasic acid (e.g., phthalic anhydride) in the synthesis reactions.
  • an isocyanate comprising compounds examples include a 1,6- hexamethylene diisocyanate (“HDI”), a toluene diisocyanate (“TDI”), or a combination thereof.
  • An uralkyd binder may be selected for embodiments wherein a superior abrasion resistance, superior resistance to hydrolysis, or a combination thereof, relative to an alkyd, is desired in a film.
  • an uralkyd binder prepared using TDI often has greater viscosity in a coating, inferior color retention in a fihn, or a combination thereof, relative to an alkyd binder.
  • an uralkyd binder prepared using an aliphatic isocyanate generally possesses superior color retention to an uralkyd prepared from TDI.
  • An uralkyd coating tends to undergo film formation faster than a comparable alkyd binder, due to a generally greater number of available conjugated double bonds, an increased T g in an uralkyd binder prepared using an aromatic isocyanate, or a combination thereof.
  • a film comprising an uralkyd binder tends to develop a yellow to brown color.
  • An uralkyd binder is often used in preparation of an architectural coating such as a vamish, an automotive refinish coating, or a combination thereof.
  • an alkyd coating is a solvent-bome coating.
  • an alkyd e.g., a chemically modified alkyd
  • a coupling solvent and water may be combined with a coupling solvent and water to produce a water-bome alkyd coating.
  • Examples of a coupling solvent that may confer water reducibility to an alkyd resin includes ethylene glucol monobutyether, propylene glycol monoethylether, propylene glycol monopropylether, an alcohol whose carbon content is four carbon atoms (e.g., s-butanol), or a combination thereof, ha certain embodiments, a water- bome long oil alkyd coating may be selected as a stain, an enamel, or a combination thereof, ha other embodiments, a water-bome medium oil alkyd coating may be selected as an enamel, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof, hi further facets, a water-bome medium oil alkyd coating may undergo film formation by air oxidation, ha other embodiments, a water- bome short oil alkyd coating may be selected as an enamel, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a water-bome short oil alkyd coating may undergo film formation by baking.
  • An oleoresinous binder is a type of binder prepared from heating a resin and an oil.
  • a resin typically used in the preparation of an oleoresinous binder include resins obtained from a biological source (e.g., a wood resin, a bitumen resin); a fossil source (e.g., copal resin, a Kauri gum resin, a rosin resin, a shellac resin); a synthetic source (e.g., a rosin derivative resin, a phenolic resin, an epoxy resin); or a combination thereof.
  • An example of an oil typically used in the preparation of an oleoresinous binder includes a vegetable oil, particularly an oil that is comprises a polyunsaturated fatty acid such as tuiag, linseed, or a combination thereof.
  • the type of resin and oil used can identify an oleoresinous binder such as a copal-tung oleoresinous binder, a rosin-linseed oleoresinous binder, etc.
  • An oleoresinous binder generally are used in clear varnishes such as a lacquer, as well as in applications as a primer, an undercoat, a marine coating, or a combination thereof, ha addition to the standards and analysis techniques previously described for an oil, standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties (e.g., glass transition temperature, molecular weight, color stability) of a hydrocarbon resin (e.g., a synthetic source resin) for use in an oleoresinous binder or other coating component are described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," E28-99, D6090-99, D6440-01, D6493-99, D6579-00, D6604-00, and D6605-00, 2002.
  • a hydrocarbon resin e.g., a synthetic source resin
  • oleoresinous binders can be categorized by oil length as a short oil or long oil oleoresinous binder, depending whether oil length is 1% to 67% or 67% to 99% oil, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively.
  • Short oil oleoresinous binders generally dry fast and form relatively harder, less flexible films, and are used, for example, for floor varnishes.
  • Long oil oleoresinous binders generally dry slower and form relatively more flexible films, and are used, for example, as an undercoat, exterior varnish, or combination thereof.
  • an epoxy coating may be cured by fatty acid oxidation rather than epoxide moiety or hydroxyl moiety cross-linking reactions.
  • a fatty acid epoxide ester resin is an ester of an epoxide resin and a fatty acid, which can be used to produce an ambient cure coating that undergoes film formation by oxidative reactions as an oil-based coating.
  • an epoxy resin may be selected with an epoxy equivalent weight of 800 to 1000, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • Short, medium, and long oil epoxide ester resins comprise 30% to 50%, 50% to 70%, or 70% to 90% fatty acid esterification, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively, with similar, though sometimes superior, properties relative to an analogous alkyd.
  • An epoxide ester resin is inferior in chemical resistance than a film produced by an epoxy and a curing agent comprising an amine.
  • An epoxy ester resin may be selected as a substitute for an alkyd, a marine coating, an industrial maintenance coating, a floor topcoat, or a combination thereof.
  • a polyester resin (“polyester,” “oil-free alkyd”) is a polyester chemical, other than an alkyd resin, capable as use as a binder.
  • a polyester resin is chemically very similar to an alkyd, though the oil content is 0%. Consequently, a polyester-coating does not form cross- linking bonds by fatty acids oxidation during thermosetting film formation, but rather is combined with an additional binder to form a cross-linked fihn.
  • the selection of a polyester and additional binder combination is generally determined by the polyester' s crosslinkable moieties.
  • a hydroxy-terminated polyester is a polyester produced by an esterification reaction comprising a molar excess of a polyol, and may be crosslinked with a urethane, an amino resin, or a combination thereof.
  • a hydroxy-terminated polyester' s hydroxyl moiety may react with a urethane' s isocyanate moiety such as at ambient conditions or low-bake conditions, while such a polyester generally undergoes film formation at baking temperatures with an amino resin
  • a "carboxylic acid-terminated polyester” is a polyester produced by an esterification reaction comprising an molar excess of a polycarboxylic acid, and may be crosslinked with a urethane, an amino resin, a 2- hydroxylakylamide, or a combination thereof.
  • a polyester-coating possesses superior color retention, flexibility, hardness, weathering, or a combination thereof, relative to an alkyd-coating.
  • a polyester resin may be selected to produce a coating for a metal surface.
  • a polyester-coating possesses a superior adhesion property on a metal surface than a thermosetting acrylic-coating.
  • a polyester-coating is a thermosetting coating, particularly in embodiments for use upon a metal surface.
  • a polyester-coating generally comprises an ester linkage that is susceptible to hydrolysis, therefore, applications wherein such a polyester-coating contacts water is less prefened.
  • a polyester resin is generally prepared by an acid catalyzed esterification of a polyacid (e.g., a polycarboxylic acid, an aromatic polyacid) and a polyalcohol.
  • a polyacid (“polybasic acid”) is a chemical comprising more than one acid moiety.
  • a polyacid used in the preparation of a polyester comprise two acidic moieties, such as, for example, an aromatic dibasic acid, an anhydride of an aromatic dibasic acid, an aliphatic dibasic acid, or a combination thereof.
  • a polyester resin comprises a plurality of polycarboxylic acids and/or polyalcohols, and such a polyester resin is known herein as a "copolyester resin.”
  • polycarboxylic acids commonly used to prepare a polyester resin includes adipic acid (“AA”); azelic acid (“AZA”); di erized fatty acid; dodecanoic acid; hexahydroplathalic anhydride (“HHPA”); isophthalic acid (“IP A”); phthalic anhydride (“PA”); sebacid acid; terephthalic acid; trimellitic anhydride; or a combination thereof.
  • a polyalcohol commonly used to prepare a polyester resin examples include 1,2-propanediol; 1,4-butanediol; 1,4- cyclohexanedimethanol ("CHDM”); 1,6-hexanediol (“HD”); diethylene glycol; ethylene glycol; glycerol; neopentyl glycol ("NPG”); pentaerythitol (“PE”); trimethylolpropane (“TMP”); or a combination thereof, ha certain embodiments, a polyester may be selected that has been synthesized by an acid catalyzed esterification reaction between a plurality of polyalcohols comprising two hydroxy moieties (a "diol”), a polyalcohol comprising three hydroxy moieties (a "triol”), and a dibasic acid.
  • CHDM 1,4-butanediol
  • HD 1,6-hexanediol
  • diethylene glycol ethylene glycol
  • An example of a diol includes 1,4- cyclohexanedimethanol; 1,6-hexanediol; neopentyl glycol; or a combination thereof.
  • An example of a triol includes trimethylolpropane.
  • An example of a polyol comprising four hydroxy moieties includes pentaerythitol.
  • a polyacid and/or a polyalcohol often affects a property ofthe polyester resin, such as the resistance ofthe polyester resin to hydrolysis, and similarly the water resistance of a coating and/or film comprising such a polyester resin, ha embodiments wherein a polyester-coating is desired with a superior water resistance property relative to other types of polyester-coatings, it is prefened that the coating comprises a polyester prepared with a polyol that is more difficult to esterify, and thus generally more difficult to hydrolyze.
  • polyols include neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane 1,4- cyclohexanedimethanol, or a combination thereof.
  • a polyester-coating is a solvent-bome coating.
  • a polyester suitable for a water-bome coating is known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • a water-bome polyester-coating generally comprises a polyester resin, wherein the acid number ofthe polyester resin is 40 to 60 including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, and wherein the acid moieties have been neutralized by an amine, and wherein the coating comprises liquid component that comprises a co-solvent.
  • An additional water-bome binder e.g., an amino resin
  • a water-bome polyester-coating produces a film of excellent hardness, gloss, flexibility, or a combination thereof.
  • a polyester temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of a polyester that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration ofthe polyester or additional binder, or a combination thereof.
  • Modified Cellulose Binders [0313] In some embodiments, a chemically modified cellulose molecule (“modified cellulose," "cellulosic”) may be used as a coating component (e.g., a binder). Cellulose is a polymer of anhydroglucose monomers that is insoluble in water and organic solvents.
  • modified cellulose include a cellulose ester, a nitrocellulose, or a combination thereof.
  • modified cellulose include cellulose acetate (“CA”), cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate butyrate (“CAB”), cellulose acetate propionate (“CAP”), a hydroxy ethyl cellulose, a carboxy methyl cellulose, cellulose acetobutyrate, ethyl cellulose, or a combination thereof.
  • a cellulose ester coating typically produces films with excellent flame resistance, toughness, clarity, or a combination thereof, ha certain embodiments, a cellulose ester coating is selected as a topcoat, a clear coating, a lacquer, or a combination thereof.
  • a cellulose ester is often selected for embodiments wherein the coating comprises an automotive coating, a furniture coating, a wood surface coating, cable coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a cellulose ester coating may be a thermoplastic coating, a thennosetting coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a cellulose ester may be selected by the properties associated with the degree and/or type of esterification.
  • solubility in a liquid component and/or combinability with an addition binder is increased by partial esterification of an anhydroglucose' s hydroxy moieties.
  • properties such as compatibility, diluent tolerance, flexibility (e.g., lower T g ), moisture resistance, solubility, or a combination thereof, increases with greater butyrate esterification.
  • decreased hydroxyl content alters properties in a cellulose ester.
  • a cellulose acetate butyrate comprising a hydroxy content of 1% or below has limited solubility in most solvents, while a hydroxy content of 5% or greater allows solubility in many alcohols, and the increased number of hydroxy moieties allows a greater degree of cross-linking reactions with binders such as, for example, an amino binder, an acrylic binder, urethane binder, or a combination thereof.
  • a cellulose acetate butyrate acrylic-coating may be selected as lacquers, an automotive coating, a coating comprising a metallic pigment (e.g., aluminum), or a combination thereof.
  • a cellulose acetate butyrate acrylic-coating may comprise a liquid component that comprises greater amounts of an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent with the selection of a CAB with greater butyrate ester content.
  • sucrose esters may be similarly used as cellulose ester, particularly CAB. [0315] ha some embodiments, in a cellulose ester comprising an acetyl ester
  • the acetyl content will range from 0.1% to 40.5% acetate, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ha certain aspects, the acetyl content of a cellulose acetate, a cellulose acetate butyrate, or a cellulose acetate propionate will range from 39.0% to 40.5%>, 1.0% to 30.0%), or 0.3% to 3.0%, respectively, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively.
  • a cellulose ester comprising a butyryl ester e.g., cellulose acetate butyrate
  • the butyryl content will range from 15.0% to 55.0% butyryl, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a propionyl ester e.g., cellulose acetate propionate
  • the propionyl content will range from 40.0% to 47.0% propionyl, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof
  • the hydroxyl content of a cellulose acetate, a cellulose acetate butyrate, or a cellulose acetate propionate will range from 0% to 5.0%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a nitrocellulose (“cellulose nitrate”) resin comprises a cellulose molecule wherein a hydroxyl moiety has been nitrated.
  • a nitrocellulose for use in a coating typically comprises an average of 2.15 to 2.25 nitrates per anhydroglucose monomer, and is soluble in an ester, a ketone, or a combination thereof. Additionally, nitrocellulose is soluble in a combination of a ketone, an ester, and an alcohol and/or hydrocarbon.
  • a nitrocellulose may be selected as a lacquer, an automotive primer, automotive topcoat, a wood topcoat, or a combination thereof. Nitrocellulose coatings are typically a thermoplastic coating.
  • acetyl content e.g., acetyl content, ash, apparent acetyl content, butyryl content, carbohydrate content, carboxyl content, color and haze, combined acetyl, free acidity, heat stability, hydroxyl content, intrinsic viscosity, solution viscosity, moisture content, propionyl content, sulfur content, sulfate content, metal content), of a cellulose and/or a modified cellulose (e.g., cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose) have been described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint ⁇ Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D1695-96 D817-96, D
  • a modified cellulose temporary coating (e.g, a non- film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of a modified cellulose that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration ofthe modified cellulose or additional binder, or a combination thereof.
  • a polyamide (“fatty nifrogen compound," "fatty nitrogen product") is a reaction product of a polyamine and a dimerized and/or trimerized fatty acid. In typical embodiments, a polyamide is an oligomer.
  • An amide resin comprises a terminal amine moiety capable of cross-linking with an epoxy moiety, and it is particularly prefened that a polyamide binder is combined with an epoxide binder, a other aspects, a polyamide may be considered an additive (e.g., a curing agent, a hardening agent, a coreactant) of an epoxide coating.
  • a polyamine-epoxy coating may be used as an industrial coating (e.g., an industrial maintenance coating), a marine coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a polyamide-epoxide coating may be applied to a surface such as, for example, wood, masonry, metal (e.g., steel), or a combination thereof.
  • a polyamide-epoxy coating typically is a solvent-bome coating.
  • solvents for a polyamide include an alcohol, an aromatic hydrocarbon, a glycol ether, a ketone, or a combination thereof.
  • a polyamide-epoxy coating may comprise a two-pack coating, wherein coating component(s) comprising the polyamide resin are stored in one container, and coating components comprising the epoxy resin are stored in a second container.
  • a polyamide-epoxy coating may be a single container coating.
  • Such a solvent-bome polyamine-epoxy coating may be formulated for a storage life of a year or more.
  • An aluminum and or stainless steel container is suitable, though a carbon steel container may alter coating and/or film color.
  • such a coating typically undergoes film formation in stages, wherein the liquid component is physically lost by evaporation while thermosetting produces a physically durable film in about 8 to 10 hours, a chemically resistant film in three to four days, and final cross- linking completed in about three weeks.
  • a polyamine-epoxy coating may undergo chalking upon exterior weathering.
  • a polyamide is prepared from a fatty acid, it is not classified as an oil- based binder herein due to the chemistry of film formation for polyamide binder.
  • the dimerized (“dibasic") or trimerized fatty acid generally comprises a polyunsaturated fatty acid, a monounsaturated fatty acid, or a combination thereof, ha certain aspects, the fatty acid is a linseed oil fatty acid, soybean oil fatty acid, tall oil fatty acid, or a combination thereof. In specific facets, the fatty acid is an 18-carbon fatty acid.
  • a polyamide binder may be partly or fully substituted, such as 0%> to 100% substitution, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, with an amidoamine binder.
  • An amidomine binder differs from a polyamide binder by the use of a fatty acid rather than a dimerized fatty acid in the synthesis of the resin.
  • the selection ofthe polyamine in the preparation of a polyamide can affect the properties ofthe polyamide.
  • the polyamine may be linear (e.g., diethylenetriamine), branched or cyclic (e.g., aminoethylpiperazine).
  • a polyamine comprises a polyethylene amine.
  • a polyamide produced from diethylenetriamine can be prepared to comprise a varying amount, typically 35% to 85%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of an imidazoline moiety.
  • the amount of amine moiety capable of cross- linking with an epoxy moiety may vary from 100 to 400 amine value, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • the amine value is converted into units known as "active hydrogen equivalent weight," which varies from 550 to 140, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, for comparison to the epoxy resins epoxide equivalent weight for determining the stoichiometric mix ratio of a polyamide-epoxy combination.
  • the stoichiometric mix ratio affects coating and film properties. As the polyamide to epoxy stoichiometric mix ratio increases from a ratio of less than one to a ratio of greater than one, properties such as excellent impact resistance, excellent chemical resistance, or a combination thereof, decrease while film flexibility increases. Examples of polyamide to epoxy stoichiometric mix ratio include 2:1 to 1:2, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a non- film forming coating may be produced, for example, by selection of a polyamide and/or amidoamine that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration ofthe polyamide and/or amidoamine or additional binder, selection of a stoichiometric ratio that is less suitable for crosslinking reactions, or a combination thereof. e.
  • amino resin is a reaction product of formaldehyde, an alcohol and a nitrogen compound such as, for example, urea, melamine ("1:3:5 triamino triazine”), benzoguanamine, glucoluril, or a combination thereof.
  • An amino resin may be used to a thermosetting coating.
  • An amino resin comprises an alkoxymethyl moiety capable of cross-linking with a hydroxyl moiety of an additional binder such as an acrylic binder, an alkyd resin, a polyester binder, or a combination thereof, and it is prefened that an amino resin is combined with a binder that comprises a hydroxyl moiety in a coating, ha aspects wherein the coating comprises an amino resin and an alkyd resin, it is prefened that the amino: alkyd resin ratio is 1:1 to 1:5, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • An amino resin coating typically is a solvent-borne coating.
  • solvents for an amino resin include an alcohol (e.g., butanol, isobutanol, methanol, isopropanol), a ketone, hydroxyl functional glycol ether, or a combination thereof.
  • an amino resin generally possesses limited solubility in a hydrocarbon (e.g., xylene), which may be added to a solvent-bome coating's liquid component, ha certain aspects, an amino resin coating may be a water-bome coating, wherein water is a solvent for an amino resin comprising a plurality of methylol moieties, ha other embodiments, a water-bome amino resin coating may comprise a water-reducible coating, particularly wherein the liquid component comprises a glycol ether, an alcohol, or a combination thereof, ha certain embodiments, an amino coating comprises an acid catalyst. .
  • An amino resin coating generally is cured by baking at a temperature of 82°C and 204°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Baking generally promotes reactions between amino resins, though it does improve the reaction rate between an amino resin and an additional binder. It is preferred that in embodiments wherein the coating comprises an additional binder, the additional resin comprises less hydroxyl moieties and/or the amino resin is polar amino resin (e.g., a conventional amino resin) a when cured by baking than embodiments wherein an acid catalyst is used.
  • An amino resin coating undergoes rapid film formation, typically lasting 30 seconds and 30 minutes, wherein a higher temperature and/or acid catalyst shortens film formation time.
  • an amino resin prepared from urea is generally undergoes film formation faster than an amino resin prepared from melamine.
  • an amino resin coatmg generally produces an alcohol (e.g., methanol, butanol) and formaldehyde during film formation as byproducts.
  • An amino resin for use in a coating may be classified by content of a liquid component (e.g., a solvent) as a high solids amino resin or a conventional amino resin.
  • the liquid component is generally used to reduce the viscosity ofthe resin for coating preparation.
  • a high solids amino resin comprises 80% to 100%, by weight, an amino resin, with the balance a liquid component.
  • a high solids amino resin is are relatively less polar, less polymeric, lower in viscosity, or a combination thereof, relative to a conventional amino resin. The lower viscosity allows the use of little or no liquid component.
  • a high solids amino resin may be water-soluble and/or water reducible.
  • a conventional amino resin comprises less than 80% amino resin, by weight, with the balance a liquid component.
  • Properties of a high solids or conventional amino resin selected for use in a coating such as the amount of amino resin and liquid component, the amount of unreacted formaldehyde in the resin preparation, the viscosity ofthe resin, the ability ofthe resin to accept additional liquid component as a solvent, can be empirically determined by procedures known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint — Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and hal Vehicles," D4277-83, D1545-98, D1979-97, and DI 198-93, 2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D2369-01el, 2002).
  • an amino resin coating comprise an amino resin prepared from urea
  • the coating may be used as wood coating (e.g., furniture coating), an industrial coating (e.g., an appliance coating), an automotive primer, a clear coating, or a combination thereof.
  • an amino resin film wherein the resin was prepared from urea, generally produces a film with poor resistance to moisture, and is prefened as an internal coating and/or as part of a multicoat system.
  • an amino resin prepared from melamine generally produces films with good resistance to moisture, temperature, UV inadiation, or a combination thereof.
  • a melamine-based amino coating may be applied to a metal surface.
  • such a melamine amino resin coating may be an automotive coating, a coil coating, a metal container coating, or a combination thereof, ha embodiments wherein an amino resin coating comprise an amino resin prepared from benzoguanamine, the film produced generally possesses poor weathering resistance, good conosion resistance, water resistance, detergent resistance, flexibility, hardness, or a combination thereof.
  • a benzoguanamine amino resin may be used as an industrial coating, particularly for indoor applications (e.g., an appliance coating), ha embodiments wherein an amino resin coating comprise an amino resin prepared from, glycoluril, a higher baking temperature and/or acid catalyst may be used during film formation, but less byproducts may be released.
  • a glycoluril- based amino-coating typically produces a fihn with excellent conosion resistance, humidity resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • a glycoluril-based amino-coating may be selected as a metal coating.
  • an amino resin temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of an amino resin that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concenfration ofthe amino resin and/or additional binder, selection of a binder ratio that is less suitable for crosslinking reactions, using a bake cured amino resin coating at temperatures less than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions) or a combination thereof.
  • Urethane Binders Urethane Binders
  • a urethane binder (“polyurethane binder,” “urethane,” “polyurethane”) is a binder comprising prepared from compoimds that comprise an isocyanate moiety.
  • the urethane binder's urethane moiety can form intermolecular hydrogen bonds between urethane binder polymers, and these non-covalent bonds confer useful properties in a coating or film comprising an urethane binder.
  • the hydrogen bonds can be broken by mechanical stress, but will reform, thereby conferring a property of abrasion resistance.
  • a urethane binder can form some hydrogen bonds with water, conferring a plasticizing property to the coating.
  • a urethane binder comprises an isocyanate moiety.
  • the isocyanate moiety is highly reactive (e.g., crosslinkable) with a moiety comprising a chemically reactive hydrogen.
  • a chemically reactive hydrogen moiety include a hydroxyl moiety, an amine moiety, or a combination thereof.
  • a urethane coating is a thermosetting coating
  • a urethane coating comprises a catalyst (e.g., dibutyltin dilaurate, stannous octoate, zinc octoate).
  • the coating comprises 10 to 100 parts per million catalyst, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ha some embodiments, such a coating will undergo film formation at ambient conditions or slightly greater temperatures.
  • a binder comprising an isocyanate moiety is often selected to produce a coating with durability in an external environment.
  • a urethane coating typically possesses good flexibility, toughness, abrasion resistance, chemical resistance, water resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • An aliphatic urethane coating may be selected for the additional property of good lightfastness.
  • a urethane binder may be selected based on the materials used in its preparation, which typically affect the urethane binder's properties.
  • An example of a urethane binder includes an aromatic isocyanate urethane binder, an aliphatic isocyanate urethane binder, or a combination thereof.
  • Aliphatic isocyanate urethane binders are often selected for embodiments wherein a superior exterior durability, color stability, good lightfastness, or a combination thereof relative to an aromatic isocyanate binder is desired.
  • an aliphatic isocyanate urethane binder includes a hydrogenated bis(4- isocyanatophenyl)methane ("4,4'dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate," "HMDI”), HDI, a combination of 2,2,4-trimethyl hexamethylene diisocyanate and 2,4,4-trimethyl hexamethylene diisocyanate (“TMHDI”), 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate (“CHDI”), isophorone diisocyanate ("3-isocyanatomethyl-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexyl isocyanate,” “_PDI”), or a combination thereof.
  • HMDI 4,4'dicyclohexylmethane diisocyan
  • a HDI derived binder is prepared from excess HDI reacted with water, known as "HDI biuret.”
  • a HDI derived binder may be prepared from a 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate isocyanurate, wherein such a HDI derived binder produces a coating with generally superior heat resistance and/or exterior durability is desired relative to other HDI derived binders.
  • a urethane coating comprises a urethane binder capable of a self-crosslinking reaction.
  • An example is a moisture-cure urethane, which comprises an isocyanate moiety.
  • a moisture cure urethane coating is baked at 100°C to 140°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, to promote crosslinking reactions between the linear polymers, ha certain embodiments, a moisture-cure urethane coating is a solvent-bome coating.
  • a moisture-cure urethane coating comprises a dehydrator.
  • moisture-cure urethane coating typically is a one-pack coating, prepared for storage ofthe coating in anhydrous conditions.
  • an urethane coating comprises a blocked isocyanate urethane binder, wherein the isocyanate moiety has been chemically modified by a hydrogen donor to be inert until contacted with a baking temperature.
  • a blocked isocyanate urethane coating typically is a one-pack coating, as it is designed for stability at ambient conditions.
  • a blocked isocyanate urethane coating may be a powder coating.
  • a urethane coating comprises an additional binder.
  • a urethane may be combined with a binder such as an amine, an epoxide, silicone, vinyl, phenolic, a polyol, or a combination thereof, wherein the binder comprises a reactive hydrogen moiety, ha specific embodiments, selection of a second binder to crosslink with the urethane binder affects coatmg and/or film properties, ha certain aspects, a coating comprising a urethane and an epoxide, vinyl, phenolic, or a combination thereof produces a film with good chemical resistance, ha other aspects, a coating comprising a urethane and a silicone produces a coating with good thermal resistance, ha some aspects, a coating comprises a urethane and a polyol.
  • a binder such as an amine, an epoxide, silicone, vinyl, phenolic, a polyol, or a combination thereof
  • the binder comprises a reactive hydrogen moiety
  • a primary hydroxyl moiety, secondary hydroxyl moiety, and tertiary hydroxyl moiety of a polyol are respectively the fastest, moderate, and slowest to react with a urethane. Steric hindrance from a neighboring moiety may slow the reaction with a hydroxyl moiety.
  • use of a polyol may increase flexibility of a urethane coating.
  • a selected polyol has a molecular weight from 200 Da to 3000 Da, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a lower molecular weight polyol increases the hardness property, lowers the flexibility property, or a combination thereof, of a urethane polyol film.
  • Examples of a polyol include a glycol, a triol (e.g., 1,4-butane-diol, diethylene glycol, trimethylolpropane), a tetraol, a polyester polyol, a polyether polyol, an acrylic polyol, a polylactone polyol, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of a polyether polyol include a poly (propylene oxide) homopolymer polyol, a poly (propylene oxide) and ethylene oxide copolymer polyol, or a combination thereof.
  • a urethane binder comprises a thermoplastic urethane binder.
  • a thennoplastic urethane binder is from 40 kDa to 100 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ha particular aspects, a thermoplastic urethane binder comprises little or no isocyanate moieties, ha general aspects, a thermoplastic urethane coating is a solvent borne coatmg. ha specific facets, a thermoplastic urethane coating is a lacquer, a high gloss coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a urethane binder is an urethane acrylate ("acrylated urethane") binder.
  • An urethane acrylate binder generally comprises an acrylate moiety at an end ofthe polymeric binder.
  • the acrylate moiety is typically part of an acrylate monomer, wherein the monomer comprises a hydroxyl moiety (e.g., a 2-hydroxy-ethyl acrylate).
  • An urethane acrylate coating generally comprises another binder for crosslinking reactions. Examples of a suitable binder include a triacrylate (e.g., teimethylolpropane).
  • a urethane acrylate coating generally also comprises a viscosifier, wherein the viscosifier reduces viscosity.
  • a viscosifier examples include an acrylate monomer, a N- vinyl pyrrohdone, or a combination thereof.
  • a urethane acrylate coating is cured by irradiation. Examples of inadiation include UV light, electron beam, or a combination thereof, ha embodiments wherein UV light is a curing agent, a urethane acrylate coating typically comprises a photoinitiator. Examples of a suitable initiator include 2,2,-diethoxyacetophenone, a combination of benzophenone and an amine synergist, or a combination thereof.
  • an urethane acrylate coating is applied to a plastic surface.
  • a urethane temporary coating e.g, a non-film forming coating
  • a urethane resin coating may be produced, for example, by selection of a urethane resin that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concenfration ofthe a urethane resin and/or additional binder, using a bake cured a urethane resin coating at temperatures less than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions), selection of size range for a thermoplastic urethane resin coating that is less suitable for film formation (e.g., 1 kDa to 40 kDa), or a combination thereof.
  • a water-bome urethane coating typically is comprises a water-dispersible urethane binder such as a cationic modified urethane binder and/or anionic modified urethane binder.
  • a cationic modified urethane binder is a urethane binder chemically modified by an diol comprising an amine, such as, for example, diethanolamine, methyl diethanolamine, N,N- bis(hydroxyethyl)- ⁇ -aminopyridine, lysine, N-hydroxyethylpiperidine, or a combination thereof.
  • An anionic modified urethane binder is a urethane binder chemically modified by an diol comprising a carboxylic acid such as dimethylolpropionic acid (2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl) propionic acid), dihydroxybenzoic acid, and/or a sulfonic acid (e.g., 2-hydroxy ⁇ nethyl-3- hydroxy-propanesulfonic acid), or a combination thereof.
  • a carboxylic acid such as dimethylolpropionic acid (2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl) propionic acid), dihydroxybenzoic acid, and/or a sulfonic acid (e.g., 2-hydroxy ⁇ nethyl-3- hydroxy-propanesulfonic acid), or a combination thereof.
  • a urethane powder coating refers to a polyester and/or acrylic coating, wherein the binder has been modified to comprise a urethane moiety.
  • a coating is typically a thermosetting, bake cured coating, an industrial coating (e.g., an appliance coating), or a combination thereof.
  • Phenolic Resins [0338] A phenolic resin ("phenolic binder,” “phenolic") is reaction product of a phenolic compound and an aldehyde. A prefened aldehyde is formaldehyde, and such a phenolic resin is known as a "phenolic formaldehyde resin" (“PF resin").
  • a phenolic resin The properties of a phenolic resin are affected by the phenolic compound and reaction conditions used during synthesis.
  • a resole resin (“resole phenolic”) is prepared by a reaction of a molar excess of a phenolic compound with formaldehyde under alkaline conditions.
  • a novolac resin (“novolac phenolic”) is prepared by a reaction of a molar excess of formaldehyde with a phenolic compound under acidic conditions.
  • phenolic compounds used in preparing a phenolic resin include phenol; orthocresol ("o-cresol”); metacresol, paracresol ("p-cresol”); a xylenol (e.g., 4-xylenol); bisphenol-A ["2,2-bis (4-hydroxylphenyl) propane”; “diphenylol propane”); p -phenylphenol; ⁇ -tert-butylphenol; p-tert-amylphenol; p-tert-octyl phenol; p- nonylphenol; or a combination thereof.
  • a phenolic resin temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of a phenolic resin that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration ofthe a phenolic resin and/or additional binder, using a bake cured a phenolic resin coating at temperatures less than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions), or a combination thereof.
  • a resole resin is the more commonly used PF resin.
  • a solvent-borne phenolic formaldehyde coating typically comprises an alcohol, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone, or a combination thereof, as a PF solvent.
  • a phenolic resin prepared from phenolic compound comprising an alkyd moiety such as, for example, >-tert-butylphenol p-tert- amylphenol p-tert-octyl phenol, or a combination thereof, typically has solubility in an aromatic compound and/or able to tolerate an aliphatic diluent.
  • a phenolic-resin coating comprises an additional binder such as an alkyd resin, an amino resin, a blown oil, an epoxy resin, a polyamide, a polyvinyl resin [e.g., poly(vinyl butyral)], or a combination thereof.
  • An example of a phenolic-resin coating includes a varnish, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a phenolic resin-coating may be selected for embodiments wherein a film possessing solvent resistance, corrosion resistant, of a combination thereof, is desired. Examples of surfaces wherein such properties are often desirable include a surface of a metallic container (e.g., a can, a pipeline, a drum, a tank), a coil coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a phenolic coating produces a film 0.2 to 1.0 mil thick, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ha specific aspects, coating comprising a phenolic-binder and additional binder undergoes thermosetting cross-linking reactions between the binders during film formation.
  • a phenolic-resin coating undergoes cure by baking, such as, for example, 135°C to 204°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ha specific aspects, a baking cure time is one minute to four hours, with shorter cure times at high temperatures.
  • a phenolic-resin film generally possesses excellent hardness property (e.g., glass-like), excellent resistance to solvents, water, acids, salt, electricity, heat resistance, as well as thermal resistance up to 370°C for a period of minutes.
  • a phenolic-resin film is poorly resistant to alkali unless made from a coating that also comprised an epoxy binder, ha certain embodiments, a phenolic-epoxy coating comprises a binder ratio of 15:85 to 50:50 phenolic binde ⁇ epoxy binder, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a phenolic-epoxy coating possesses superior flexibility, toughness, or a combination thereof relative to a phenolic coating, ha specific facets, a phenolic-epoxy coating is cured at 200°C for 10 to 12 minutes.
  • a phenolic coating comprises a blown oil, an alkyd, or a combination thereof, ha some aspects, such a coating comprises a phenolic resin prepared from -tert-butylphenol p-tert-amylphenol p-tert-octyl phenol, or a combination thereof, ha specific aspects, such a coating is applied to electrical coil, electrical equipment, or a combination thereof.
  • Novolak ha other aspects, wherein a film is desired, it novolak coating may be used.
  • a novolak resin is generally a non-film forming resin, ha is particularly prefened that the coating comprise an epoxy resin. It is also prefened that the coating comprise a basic catalyst.
  • a film produced from such a novolak-epoxy coating typically possesses good resistance to chemicals, water, heat, or a combination thereof, ha specific facets, a novolak- epoxy coating may be a high solids coating, a powder coating, a pipeline coating, or a combination thereof.
  • An alkyd phenol- formaldehyde resin, an oil modified phenol-formaldehyde resin is generally a non-film forming resin.
  • a coating capable of producing a film may be formulated by combining such a resin with a drying oil, an alkyd, or a combination thereof ha specific aspects, an alkyd phenol-fonnaldehyde resin, an oil modified phenol-formaldehyde resin undergoes cross- linking with an oil and/or an alkyd.
  • Such a coating may further comprise a liquid component (e.g., a solvent), a drier, a UV absorber, an anti-skinning agent, or a combination thereof, ha certain facets, such a coating undergoes film formation under ambient conditions or by baking, ha particular aspects, such a coating comprises a varnish, a wood coating, or a combination thereof, ha specific facets, such a coating comprises a pigment.
  • Epoxy resin is a compound comprising an epoxide ("oxirane") moiety.
  • An epoxide resin may be used in a thermosetting coating, thermoplastic coating, or a combination thereof.
  • An epoxide coating typically is a solvent borne coating, though examples of a water-bome and powder epoxy coating are described herein.
  • An epoxide coating generally possesses excellent properties of adhesion, conosion resistance, chemical resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • An epoxide coating may be selected for various surfaces, particularly a metal surface.
  • An epoxide resin (e.g., a bisphenol A epoxy resin) generally comprises one or two epoxide moieties per resin molecule.
  • An epoxide resin may additionally comprise a monomer, oligomer, or polymer of repeating chemical units, each generally lacking an epoxide moiety, but comprising a hydroxy moiety.
  • the number of monomer(s) present is expressed "»" value, wherein an average increase of one monomer per epoxide resin molecule increase the n value by one.
  • the chemical and/or physical properties of an epoxide resin are affected by the n value.
  • an epoxide resin is classified by an epoxide equivalent weight, which is the grams of resin required to provide 1 M epoxide moiety equivalent, ha certain embodiments, the epoxide equivalent weight is 182 to 3050, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Additionally, an epoxide resin may be used in a thermoplastic coating, particularly wherein the n value is greater than 25. ha certain embodiments, an epoxide resin may possess an n value of 0 to 250, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • An epoxide moiety is chemically reactive with a variety of other moieties, such as, for example, an amine, a carboxyl, a hydroxyl or a phenol.
  • An epoxide coating may comprise an additional binder capable of undergoing a cross-linking reaction with the epoxide during film formation.
  • additional binders are known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are often refened to as a "curing agent" or "hardener.” The selection of a curing agent and/or an epoxide can affect whether the coating undergoes film formation at ambient conditions or by baking.
  • an epoxide resin temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of an epoxide resin that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concenfration ofthe an epoxide resin and/or additional binder, using a bake cured an epoxide resin at temperatures less than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions), not irradiating the coating, or a combination thereof (1) Ambient Condition Curing Epoxies [0349]
  • a curing agent suitable for curing at ambient conditions comprises an amine moiety such as a polyamine adduct, which is an epoxy resin modified to comprise an amine moiety, a polyamide, a ketimine, an aliphatic amine, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of an aliphatic amine include ethylene diamine (“EDA”), diethylene triamine (“DETA”), triethylene tetraamine (“TETA”), or a combination thereof.
  • EDA ethylene diamine
  • DETA diethylene triamine
  • TETA triethylene tetraamine
  • Selection of a polyamine adduct generally produces a film with excellent solvent resistance, conosion resistance, acid resistance, flexibility, impact resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • Selection of a polyamide generally produces a film with superior adhesion, particularly to a moist or poorly prepared surface, good solvent resistance, excellent conosion resistance, good acid resistance, superior flexibility retention, superior impact resistance retention, or a combination thereof.
  • a ketimine is a reaction product of a primary amine and a ketone, and produces a coating and/or film with similar properties as a polyamine or amine adduct.
  • an epoxide selected for curing at ambient conditions includes a low mass epoxide resins with an n value from 0 to 2.0, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • an epoxy resin may be selected with an epoxy equivalent weight of 182 to 1750, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ha specific aspects, the greater the n value of an epoxide resin, the longer the pot life in a two-pack coating, the greater the coating leveling property, the lower the film solvent resistance, the lower the film chemical resistance, the greater the film flexibility, or a combination thereof.
  • an ambient curing epoxide coating is a two-pack coating, wherein the epoxide resin is in one container and the curing agent in a second container, ha typical aspects, the pot life upon admixing the coating components is two hours to two days.
  • An ambient cure epoxide may be selected for an industrial coating (e.g., industrial maintenance coating), a marine coating, aia aircraft primer, a pipeline coating, a HIP AC, or a combination thereof.
  • a curing agent suitable for curing by baking includes an amino resin (e.g., a urea or melamine-based amino resin), a phenolic resin, or a combination thereof. Since baking is generally needed to promote film formation, an epoxy coating comprising such a curing agent typically is a one-pack coating. In certain embodiments, an epoxy resin may be selected with an epoxy equivalent weight of 1750 to 3050, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. An epoxy resin coating that comprises an amino resin cure agent typically is selected for a lower cure temperature. Such a coating may be selected as a can coating, a metal coating, an industrial coating (e.g., equipment, appliances), or a combination thereof.
  • an amino resin e.g., a urea or melamine-based amino resin
  • phenolic resin e.g., phenolic resin
  • an epoxy coating comprising such a curing agent typically is a one-pack coating.
  • an epoxy resin may be selected with an epoxy equivalent weight of 1750 to 3050, including all intermediate range
  • An epoxy coating comprises an phenolic resin cure agent typically possesses greater chemical resistance and/or solvent resistance, and is typically selected for a can coating, a pipeline coating, a wire coating, an industrial primer, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of an epoxide selected for curing by baking includes a higher mass epoxide resins with an n value from 9.0 to 12.0, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ha certain embodiments, a heat-cured epoxy coating is a water-bome coating.
  • Such a water-bome coating comprises a higher mass epoxide resin modified to comprise a terpolymer that comprises monomers of styrene, methacrylic, acrylate, or a combination thereof, and an amino resin, a phenolic resin, or a combination thereof.
  • a water-bome coating is typically selected as a can coating.
  • a water-bome epoxide coating is an electrodeposition epoxy coating.
  • an epoxy resin may be selected with an epoxy equivalent weight of 500 to 1500, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • An anionic and/or cationic epoxy resin is electrically attracted to a surface for application. The surface removed from the coating bath, and the coating is baked cured into a film upon the surface.
  • Such a water-bome coating may be selected for an automotive primer, described elsewhere herein.
  • An epoxy coating may be a powder coating, wherein the various nonvolatile coating components are admixed.
  • typical admixed components include an epoxy resin, a curing agent, and a pigment, an additive, or a combination thereof, ha certain embodiments, an epoxy resin may be selected with an epoxy equivalent weight of 550 to 750, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • the mixture is then melted, cooled, and powderized.
  • the powder coating is typically applied by attraction to an electrostatic charge of a surface.
  • the thermosetting coating is cured by baking.
  • An epoxy powder coating may be selected as a pipe coating, an electrical devise coating, an industrial coating (e.g., appliance coating, automotive coating, furniture coating), or a combination thereof. (5) Cycloaliphatic Epoxies
  • a cycloaliphatic epoxy binder possesses a ring stracture, rather than the linear stracture for the epoxy embodiments described above.
  • a cycloaliphatic epoxide is ERL-4221 ("3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxycyclohexane carboxylate"), which has an epoxy equivalent weight of 131 to 143, bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl) adipate, which has an epoxy equivalent weight of 190 to 210, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl-5,5-spiro-3,4- epoxy)cyclohexane-m-dioxane, which has an epoxy equivalent weight of 133-154, 1-vinyl- epoxy-3,4-epoxycyclohexane, which has an epoxy equivalent weight of 70 to 74, or a combination thereof.
  • a cycloaliphatic epoxy coating is combined with another binder, such as a polyol, a polyol modified to comprise a carboxyl moiety, or a combination thereof.
  • An acid may be used to initiate crosslinking, particularly with a polyol.
  • a cycloaliphatic epoxy polyol coating may comprise a triflic acid salt (e.g., diethylammonium triflate) to produce a one-pack coating with a pot life of up to eight months
  • a cycloaliphatic epoxy coating is a UV radiation cured coating, wherein the coating comprises a compound that converts to a strong acid upon UV irradiation (e.g., an onium salt), ha certain aspects, a UV radiation cured cycloaliphatic epoxy coating is a one-pack coating.
  • a UV radiation cured cycloaliphatic epoxy coating generally possesses excellent flame resistance, water resistance, or a combination thereof, and may be selected as a can coating or an electrical equipment coating.
  • a compound comprising a carboxyl moiety e.g., a carboxyl modified polyol
  • a cycloaliphatic epoxy coating comprising such an additional binder generally has a short pot life (e.g., less than eight hours).
  • a cycloaliphatic epoxy carboxylic acid binder coating is a two-pack coating.
  • a cycloaliphatic epoxy carboxylic acid polyol coating generally possesses excellent adhesion, toughness, gloss, hardness, solvent resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • a polyhydroxyether binder ("polyhydroxyether resin,” “phenoxy binder,”
  • phenoxy chemically resembles a bisphenol A epoxy resin, though a polyhydroxyether binder lacks an epoxide moiety, and about 30 kDa in size.
  • a polyhydroxyether coating is typically a thermoplastic coating.
  • the polyhydroxyether binder comprises a hydroxyl moiety, and can be cross-linked with an additional binder such as an epoxide, a polyurethane comprising an isocyanate moiety, an amino resin, or a combination thereof.
  • a thennosetting polyhydroxyether coating typically possesses excellent physical resistance properties, excellent chemical resistance, modest solvent resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • a polyhydroxyether binder temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of a polyhydroxyether binder that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration ofthe a polyhydroxyether binder and/or additional binder, or a combination thereof.
  • An acrylic resin (“acrylic polymer,” “acrylic binder,” “acrylic”) is a binder comprising a polymer of an acrylate ester monomer, a methacrylate ester monomer, or combination thereof.
  • An acrylic-coating generally possesses a superior property of water resistance and/or exterior use durability than a polyester-coating. Other properties that an acrylic-coating typically possesses include color stability, chemical resistance, resistance to a UV light, or a combination thereof.
  • An acrylic resin may further comprise an additional monomer to confer a desirable property to the resin, coating and/or film. For example, a styrene, a vinyltoluene, or a combination thereof, generally improve alkali resistance.
  • thermoplastic acrylic film generally possesses poor solvent (e.g., acetone, toluene) resistance.
  • solvent e.g., acetone, toluene
  • thermoplastic acrylic film is generally easy to repair by application of additional acrylic coating to an area of solvent damage.
  • An acrylic-coating is often suitable for various surfaces (e.g., metal), and examples of such coatings include an aerosol lacquer, an automotive coating, an architectural coating, a clear coating, a coating for external environment, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof.
  • An acrylic resin may be used to prepare a thermoplastic coating, a thermosetting coating, or a combination thereof, ha certain aspects, an acrylic-coating is selected for use as a thermosetting coating, particularly in embodiments for use upon a metal surface.
  • Acrylic resins generally are soluble in a solvent with a similar solubility parameter. Examples of solvents typically used to dissolve an acrylic resin include an aromatic hydrocarbon (e.g., toluene, a xylene); a ketone (e.g., methyl ethyl ketone), an ester, or a combination thereof.
  • thermoplastic and/or thermosetting properties of an acrylic resin are related to the monomers that are comprised in the selected resin.
  • an acrylate ester monomer include a butylacrylate, an ethylacrylate (“EA”), ethylhexylacrylate (“EHA”), or a combination thereof.
  • EA ethylacrylate
  • EHA ethylhexylacrylate
  • methacrylate ester monomer include a butylmethacrylate (“BMA”), an ethylmethacrylate, a methylmethacrylate (“MMA”), or a combination thereof.
  • BMA butylmethacrylate
  • MMA methylmethacrylate
  • an acrylic resin temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of an acrylic resin that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration ofthe an acrylic resin and/or additional binder, using a bake cured an acrylic resin coating at temperatures less than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions), selection of size range for a thermoplastic acrylic resin coating that is less suitable for film formation (e.g., 1 kDa to75 kDa), selection of a thermoplastic acrylic resin with T g that is lower than the temperature ranges herein and/or 20°C lower than the temperature range of use, or a combination thereof.
  • a strait acrylic resin (“strait acrylic polymer,” “strait acrylic binder”) is a homopolymer or copolymer comprising an acrylate ester monomer and/or a methacrylate ester monomer.
  • a strait acrylic resin may be used to formulate a thermoplastic coating, as cross- linking reactions are absent or limited without additional reactive moieties in the monomers.
  • a thermoplastic film produced from an acrylic resin-coating will possess a lower elongation, an increased hardness, an increased tensile strength, greater UV resistance (e.g., chalk resistance), color retention, a greater T g , or a combination thereof, with increasing methacrylate ester monomer content in the acrylic resin.
  • the ester of a monomer may comprise various alcohol moieties, and an alcohol moiety of larger size generally reduces the T g .
  • T g value for a homopolymer strait acrylic resins with the include -100°C, ⁇ oly(octadecyl methacrylate); -72°C, poly(tetradecyl methacrylate); -65°C, ⁇ oly(lauryl methacrylate); -60°C, poly(heptyl acrylate); -60°C, poly(n-decyl methacrylate); -55°C, poly(n- butyl acrylate); -50°C, poly(2-ethoxyethyl acrylate); -50°C, poly(2-ethylbutyl acrylate); -50°C, poly(2-ethylhexyl acrylate); -45°C, poly(propyl acrylate); -43°C, poly(isobuty
  • an estimated T g of a copolymer comprising one or more monomers of an acrylate and/or methyacrylate monomer can be made by using the following equation: + W /T g2 , wherein Wj . and W 2 are the are the molecular weight ratios of the first and second monomer, respectively; and wherem T gl and T g2 are glass transition temperatures ofthe first and second monomer, respectively (Fox, T. G., 1956).
  • a T g of 40°C to 60°C including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, will be suitable.
  • thermoplastic properties of an acrylic resin are also related to the molecular mass ofthe selected resin. Increasing the polymer size of an acrylic resin promotes physical polymer entanglement during film formation. Typically, a thermoplastic film produced from an acrylic-coating will possess a lower flexibility, an increased exterior durability, an increased hardness, an increased solvent resistance, an increased tensile strength, a greater T g , or a combination thereof, with increasing polymer size ofthe acrylic resin. However, increasing polymer size of an acrylic resin generally increases viscosity of a solution comprising a dissolved acrylic resin, which may make application to a surface more difficult, such as cobwebbing of coating during spray application and the changes of film properties generally will reach a plateau at 100 kDa.
  • an acrylic resin will range in mass from 75 IcDa to 100 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a thermoplastic acrylic-coating include a lacquer, ha specific facets, the lacquer possesses a good, high, or spectacular gloss, ha specific aspects, such a thermoplastic acrylic-coating further comprises a pigment, ha specific aspects, a wetting agent is less prefened in a coating comprising an acrylic resin and a pigment, due to the ease of dispersion of a pigment with an acrylic resin.
  • a themaoplastic acrylic- coating may be selected to coat a metal surface, a plastic surface, or a combination thereof.
  • thermoplastic acrylic coating is an automotive coating.
  • Such an automotive coating may comprise an acrylic binder with a high temperature T g to produce a film of sufficient durability (e.g., hardness) for external use and contact with heated surfaces, ha certain aspects, a thermoplastic acrylic coating comprises a binder with a T g to 90°C to 110°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ha additional aspects, an automotive coating comprises a plasticizer, a metallic pigment, or a combination thereof, ha specific aspects, a binder for an automotive coating comprises a methylmethacrylate ester monomer, ha specific facets, an automotive coating comprises poly(methyl methacrylate).
  • thermoplastic acrylic coatings described above are solvent-bome coatings, ha other embodiments, a thermoplastic acrylic resin may be a waterbome coating.
  • a water- bome acrylic typically is an emulsion, wherein the acrylic binder is dispersed in the liquid component, ha general embodiments, an emulsifier (e.g., a surfactant) promotes dispersion, ha certain embodiments, an acrylic latex coating comprises 0% to 20% coalescent per weight of binder, ha most embodiments, it is contemplated that a water-bome acrylic resin will range in mass from 100 kDa to 1000 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ha certain embodiments, a water-bome acrylic coating comprises an associative thickener ("rheology modifier"), which may enhance flow, brashability, splatter resistance, film build, or a combination thereof.
  • rheology modifier associative thickener
  • a water-bome acrylic may be selected as an architectural coating.
  • An associative thickener forms a network with acrylic resin latex particles by hydrophobic interactions.
  • Hydroxyethyl cellulose HEC
  • HEC Hydroxyethyl cellulose
  • Selection of an acrylic resin with smaller size, greater hydrophobicity, or a combination thereof, and an associative thickener may produce higher gloss, better flow, lower roller splatter, or a combination thereof.
  • a flat interior coating typically comprises a vinyl acetate and a lesser amount of acrylate (e.g., butyl acrylate) monomers, which generally produces a film with suitable scrub resistance.
  • a copolymer of acrylate and methacrylate may be selected for a semigloss or gloss coating, ha certain embodiments, the acrylate resin has a T g to 20°C to 50°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ha some aspects, such a coating generally possesses good block resistance good print resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • An acrylic resin that comprises a monomer that comprises a ureide moiety may be selected for enhanced film adhesion (e.g., to a coated surface), blistering resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • An acrylic resin that comprises a styrene monomer may be selected for enhanced film water resistance.
  • An exterior latex coating typically produces a film with greater flexibility than an interior latex due to temperature changes and/or dimensional movement of a substrate (e.g., wood), ha certain embodiments, the acrylic resin has a T g to 10°C to 35°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • the selection of a T g may be influences by the selection ofthe amount particulate material (e.g., pigment) in the coating to achieve a particular visual appearance. For example, a higher the pigment volume content (“PVC”) that is typically selected to reduce gloss.
  • PVC pigment volume content
  • a binder with a lower a T g may be selected for combination with the higher PVC
  • flat exterior latex a coating generally possesses a pigment volume content of 40% to 60% and a T g of 10°C to 15°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively.
  • a semigloss or gloss exterior latex binder of a coating generally possesses a T g of 20°C to 35°C, including all intennediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively.
  • the exterior latex binder particle size is selected to be relatively small such as 90 nm to 110 nm, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a smaller latex particle size promotes adhesion ofthe coating and/or film, particularly to a surface that comprises a degraded (e.g., chalking) film
  • a larger latex particle size may be selected to increase the coating and/or film's build (e.g., thickness), ha certain aspects, a larger latex particle size ranges from, for example 325 nm to 375 nm, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a water-bome thermoplastic acrylic latex industrial coating typically comprises a binder with a T g of 30°C to 70°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • thermosetting Acrylic Resins typically is applied to a metal surface, and thus often further comprises a surfactant, an additive, or a combination thereof to improve an anti-conosion property, ha specific aspects, the industrial coating comprises an anti-conosion pigments, anti-conosion pigment enhancers, or a combination thereof, ha contrast, a water-bome acrylic latex industrial maintenance coating typically is similar to an exterior flat architectural coating in selection of binders, though they preferably comprise anti-conosion pigments, anti-corrosion pigment enhancers, and other anti-conosion components for use on a metal surface.
  • thermosetting Acrylic resins and/or coatings are preferably solvent-bome coatings.
  • an acrylic coating comprises a thermosetting acrylic resin.
  • a thermosetting acrylic coating typically possesses superior hardness, superior toughness, superior temperature resistance, superior resistance to a solvent, superior resistance to a stain, superior resistance to a detergent, higher application of solids, relative to a thermoplastic acrylic coating.
  • the average size of a thennosetting acrylic resin is typically less than a thermoplastic acrylic resin, which promotes a relatively lower viscosity and/or higher application of solids in a solution comprising a thermosetting acrylic resin, ha certain embodiments, a thermosetting acrylic resin is from 10 kDa to 50 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a thermosetting acrylic resin comprises a moiety capable of undergoing a cross- linking reaction.
  • a monomer may comprise the moiety, and be incorporated into the polymer stracture of an acrylic resin during resin synthesis (e.g., a styrene, a vinyltoluene), and/or the acrylic resin may be chemically modified after polymerization to comprise a chemical moiety.
  • an acrylic resin may be selected to comprise chemical moieties, such as an amine, a carboxyl, an epoxy, a hydroxyl, an isocyanate, or a combination thereof, to confer a desirable property to the acrylic resin produced.
  • acrylic resin examples include the acrylic resin's chemical reactivity (e.g., crosslinkability), acidity, alkalinity, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, glass transition temperature, or a combination thereof, ha general embodiments, an acrylic resin comprising a carboxyl moiety, a hydroxyl moiety, or a combination thereof, promotes a crosslinking reaction with another binder, ha other embodiments, an acrylic resin may be chemically modified to comprise a methylol and/or methylol ether group, which is a resin capable of self-crosslinking.
  • chemical reactivity e.g., crosslinkability
  • acidity alkalinity
  • hydrophobicity hydrophilicity
  • glass transition temperature or a combination thereof
  • an acrylic resin comprising a carboxyl moiety, a hydroxyl moiety, or a combination thereof, promotes a crosslinking reaction with another binder
  • an acrylic resin may be chemically modified to comprise a methylol and/or methylol ether group,
  • thermosetting acrylic resin may be combined with an epoxide resin
  • an acrylic resin comprising a carboxyl moiety may be selected for cross-linking with an epoxy resin
  • an acrylic resin comprises 5% to 20% including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a monomer that comprises a carboxyl moiety, such as of an acrylic acid monomer, a mefhacrylic acid monomer, or a combination thereof.
  • the carboxyl moiety may undergo a cross-linking reaction with an epoxide resin (e.g., a bisphenol A/epichlorohydrin epoxide resin) during film formation, ha certain aspects, an epoxide resin cross-linked with an acrylic resin generally produces a film with good hardness, good alkali resistance, greater solvent resistance to a film, poorer UV resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • an epoxide resin e.g., a bisphenol A/epichlorohydrin epoxide resin
  • thermosetting acrylic-epoxy coating may be selected for application to a metal surface.
  • surfaces that an acrylic-epoxy coating is selected for use include an indoor surface, an indoor metal surface (e.g., an appliance), or a combination thereof, ha certain aspects, an epoxide resin cross-linked with an acrylic resin generally produces a film with good hardness, good alkali resistance, greater solvent resistance to a film, poorer UV resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • an acrylic resin may be combined with an aliphatic epoxide resin to produce a film with relatively superior UV resistance than a bisphenol A/epichlorohydrin based epoxide resin, ha another facet, an acrylic resin polymerized with an allyl glycidyl ether monomer, a glycidyl acrylate monomer, a glycidyl methacrylate monomer, or a combination thereof, may undergo a cross-linking reaction with an epoxide resin during film formation.
  • a film produced from cross-linking an epoxide other than a bisphenol A/epichlorohydrin epoxide resin and an acrylic resin comprising an allyl glycidyl ether monomer, a glycidyl acrylate monomer, a glycidyl methacrylate monomer, or a combination thereof possesses a relatively superior UV resistance.
  • an acrylic epoxy coating comprises a catalyst to promote cross-linking during film formation
  • the catalyst is a base such as a dodecyl trimethyl ammonium chloride, a tri(dimethylaminomethyl) phenol, a melamine- formaldehyde resin, or a combination thereof.
  • an acrylic epoxy coating is cured by baking at 150°C to 190°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • film formation time of an acrylic epoxy coating is from 15 minutes to 30 minutes, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • thermosetting coating comprises an acrylic epoxide melamine-formaldehyde coating, wherein an acrylic resin, an epoxide resin and a melamine-formaldehyde resin undergo cross-linking during film formation.
  • a thermosetting acrylic resin may be combined with an amino resin, ha general embodiments, an acrylic resin comprising an acid (e.g., carboxyl) moiety, a hydroxyl moiety, or a combination thereof, may be selected for cross-linking with an amino resin.
  • An acrylic amino coating, wherein the acrylic resin comprises an acid moiety may be cured by baking at, for example 150°C for 30 minutes.
  • an acid moiety acrylic amino coating is typically undergoes a greater degree of reactions between amino resins, which reduces properties such as toughness, ha specific aspects, an acrylic resin comprises a monomer that comprises a hydroxyl moiety such as a hydroxyethyl acrylate ("HBA”), a hydroxyethyl methacrylate (“HEMA”), or a combination thereof.
  • An acrylic amino coating, wherein the acrylic resin comprises a hydroxyl moiety typically comprises an acid catalyst to promote curing by baking at, for example 125°C for 30 minutes.
  • An acrylic amino coating, wherein the amino resin was prepared from urea generally produces a film with lower gloss, less chemical resistance, or a combination thereof, than an amino resin prepared from another nitrogen compound.
  • thermosetting acrylic resin may be combined with an urethane resin
  • an acrylic resin comprising an acid moiety, a hydroxyl moiety, or a combination thereof may be selected for crosslinking with an urethane resin
  • an acrylic resin comprises a hydroxyl moiety, such as, for example, a moiety provided by a HEA monomer, a HEMA monomer, or a combination thereof.
  • an aliphatic isocyanate urethane (e.g., hexamethylene diisocyanate based) generally produces a film with superior color, weathering, or a combination thereof relative to other urethanes.
  • An acrylic urethane coating may comprise a catalyst, such as, for example, triethylene diamine, zinc naphthenate, dibutyl tin-di-laurate, or a combination thereof.
  • An acrylic urethane coating cures at ambient conditions. However, an acrylic urethane coating typically is a two-pack coating to separate the reactive binders until application.
  • An acrylic urethane coating generally produces a film with good weathering, good hardness, good toughness, good chemical resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • thermosetting acrylic coating may be selected an aircraft coating, an automotive coating, an industrial coating (e.g., an industrial maintenance coating), or a combination thereof.
  • a thermosetting acrylic coating may be a waterbome coating (e.g., a latex coating).
  • a thermosetting acrylic coating comprises an acrylic resin with a hydroxyl moiety, an acid moiety, or a combination thereof.
  • An acrylic resin may further comprise an additional monomer such as a styrene, a vinyltoluene, or a combination thereof.
  • the acrylic resin typically is combined in a coating with an amino resin, an epoxy resin, or a combination thereof as previously described.
  • a film produced from a water-borne thermosetting acrylic coating is similar in properties as a solvent-bome counterpart.
  • Such a coating may be selected for surfaces such as masonry, wood, metal, or a combination thereof.
  • a polyvinyl binder (“polyvinyl,” “vinyl binder,” “vinyl”) is a binder comprising a polymer of a vinyl chloride monomer, a vinyl acetate monomer, or combination thereof.
  • a solvent-bome polyvinyl coating may comprise a ketone, ester, chlorinated hydrocarbon, nitroparaffm, or a combination thereof, as a solvent.
  • a solvent-bome polyvinyl coating may comprise a hydrocarbon (e.g., aromatic, aliphatic) as a diluent.
  • a polyvinyl binder is generally insoluble in an alcohol, however, in embodiments wherein a solvent-bome polyvinyl coating that comprises an additional alcohol soluble binder, alcohol may comprise 0% to 20% ofthe liquid component, ha embodiments wherein solvent-bome polyvinyl coating is cured by baking, a glycol ether and/or glycol ester may be used in the liquid component to enhance a rheological property.
  • the liquid component of a polyvinyl coating may comprise a plasticizer (e.g., a phthalate, a phosphate, a glycol ester), wherein the plasticizer is 1 to 25 parts per hundred parts polyvinyl binder, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, for a non-plastisol or non-organosol coating.
  • a plasticizer e.g., a phthalate, a phosphate, a glycol ester
  • a polyvinyl-coating may be used to prepare a thermoplastic coating, a thennosetting coating, or a combination thereof, ha specific aspects, a thermoplastic polyvinyl binder coating possesses a T g of 50°C to 85°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a polyvinyl-coating/film possesses moderate resistance to heat, UV inadiation, or a combination thereof
  • a polyvinyl-coating comprises a light stabilizer, a pigment, or a combination thereof, ha particular facets, the light stabilizer, the pigment (e.g., titanium dioxide), or the combination thereof, improves the polyvinyl-coating and/or film's resistance to heat, UV inadiation, or a combination thereof.
  • a polyvinyl coating comprises a solvent-bome coating
  • a polyvinyl resin will range in mass from 2 kDa to 45 IcDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a typical solvent-bome polyvinyl coating comprises a polyvinyl resin, a liquid component wherein the liquid component comprises a solvent, and a plasticizer.
  • a solvent-bome polyvinyl coating may additionally comprise a colorizing agent (e.g., a pigment), a light stabilizer, an additional binder, a cross-linker, or a combination thereof.
  • a polyvinyl binder typically possesses excellent adhesion for a plastic surface, an acrylic and/or acrylic coated surface, paper, or a combination thereof.
  • a thermoplastic polyvinyl coating may be selected as a lacquer, a topcoat of a can coating (e.g., can interior surface), or a combination thereof, ha some embodiments, an polyvinyl-coating may be selected to produce a film with such properties, for example, as excellent water resistance, excellent resistance to various solvents (e.g., an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an alcohol, an oil), excellent resistance to acid pH, excellent resistance to basic pH, inertness relative to food, or a combination thereof.
  • solvents e.g., an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an alcohol, an oil
  • a polyvinyl resin is a copolymer that comprises a combination of a vinyl chloride monomer and vinyl acetate monomer. Often during resin synthesis (e.g., polymerization), a polyvinyl resin is prepared to further comprise monomers with specific chemical moieties to confer a property such as solubility in water, solubility in a solvent, compatibility with another coating component (e.g., a binder), or a combination thereof.
  • a polyvinyl resin comprises a monomer comprising carboxyl moiety, a hydroxyl moiety (e.g., a hydroxyalkyl acrylate monomer), a monomer comprising an epoxy moiety, a monomer comprising a maleic acid, or a combination thereof.
  • a carboxyl moiety may confer an increased adhesion property (e.g., excellent adhesion to metal).
  • a polyvinyl resin comprising a carboxyl moiety is generally not compatible with a basic pigment.
  • thermosetting polyvinyl coating comprising a polyvinyl binder that comprises a carboxyl moiety and a polyvinyl binder that comprises an epoxy moiety generally possesses one or more excellent physical properties (e.g., flexibility), and may be selected as a coil coating.
  • a hydroxyl moiety may confer cross-linkability, compatibility with another coating component, an increased adhesion property (e.g., good adhesion to aluminum), or a combination thereof.
  • a polyvinyl resin can be chemically modified to comprise such a specific chemical moiety, ha some embodiments, a polyvinyl resin is chemically modified to comprise a secondary hydroxyl moiety, an epoxy moiety, a carboxyl moiety, or a combination thereof.
  • a polyvinyl resin comprising a secondary hydroxyl moiety may be combined with another binder such as an alkyd, an urethane, an amino-formaldehyde, or a combination thereof.
  • a thermosetting polyvinyl amino-formaldehyde coating comprising a polyvinyl binder that comprises a hydroxyl moiety generally possesses good conosion resistance, water resistance, solvent resistance, chemical resistance, and may be selected as a can coating, a coating for an interior wood surface, or a combination thereof.
  • a polyvinyl resin temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of a polyvinyl resin that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration ofthe a polyvinyl resin and/or additional binder, using a bake cured a polyvinyl resin coating at temperatures less than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions), selection of size range for a plastisol or organisol polyvinyl resin coating that is less suitable for film formation (e.g., 1 kDa to 60 IcDa), selection of a polyvinyl resin with T g that is lower than the temperature ranges herein and/or 20°C lower than the temperature range of use, or a combination thereof.
  • a bake cured a polyvinyl resin coating at temperatures less than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions)
  • a polyvinyl resin of 60 kDa to 110 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, may be selected for use as an organosol or a plastisol.
  • a plastisol is coating comprising a vinyl homopolymer binder and a liquid component, wherein the liquid component comprises a plasticizer comprising a minimum of 55 parts or more of plasticizer per hundred parts of homopolymer binder in the coating.
  • a plastisol comprises, by weight, 0% to 10% including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a thinner (e.g., an aliphatic hydrocarbon).
  • a plastisol coating typically comprises an additional vinyl binder.
  • a plastisol may comprise a pigment, however, a low oil absorption pigment is prefened to avoid undesirable increase in coating viscosity given the liquid component used for a plastisol.
  • an organosol is similar to a plastisol, except the less than 55 parts of plasticizer per hundred parts of homopolymer binder is used in the coating, ha typical embodiments, the liquid component of comprises a weak solvent that may act as a dispersant and a thinner (e.g., a hydrocarbon). In typical aspects, the reduced content of plasticizer produced a film with a superior hardness property relative to a plastisol. ha additional embodiments, the nonvolatile component of an organisol is 50% to 55%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • An organosol coating typically comprises a second binder, ha specific aspects, the second binder is a vinyl copolymer, an acrylic, or a combination thereof, ha certain aspects, the second binder comprises a carboxyl moiety, a hydroxyl moiety, or a combination thereof, ha further aspects, an organisol may comprise a third binder, ha specific facets, the third binder comprises an amino resin, a phenolic resin prepared from formaldehyde, or a combination thereof, ha additional facets, a second binder that comprises a hydroxyl moiety may undergo a thermosetting cross-linking reaction with a third binder.
  • An organisol may comprise a pigment suitable for general polyvinyl coatings.
  • a plastisol or organisol typically is cured by baking, ha general embodiments, baking is at a temperature of 175°C to 180°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ha general embodiments, a plastisol or organisol comprises a heat stabilizer.
  • the heat stabilizer may protect a vinyl binder during baking. Examples of a suitable heat stabilizer include a combination of a metal salt of an organic acid and an epoxidized oil or a liquid epoxide binder.
  • a metal salt is less prefened due to possible gellation ofthe coating, and may be substituted with a merapto tin and/or tin ester compound.
  • a plastisol or organisol comprise a binder with good adhesion properties for a surface such as a binder comprising carboxy moiety
  • the plastisol or organisol may be used as a single layer coating.
  • such an organisol may be selected to coat the end of a can.
  • a plastisol or organisol typically is part of a multicoat system that comprises a primer to promote adhesion, ha specific aspects, the primer comprises a vinyl resin comprising a carboxy moiety, ha specific facets, the primer further comprises a thermosetting binder such as an amino-formaldehyde, phenolic, or a combination thereof, to enhance solvent resistance, ha certain facets, it is prefened that a primer or other coat layer of a multicoat system possesses good solvent resistance to the plasticizers ofthe organosol and/or plastisol coat layer.
  • a polyvinyl binder may be selected as a powder coating.
  • coating components such as a polyvinyl binder and a plasticizer, colorizing agent, additive, or a combination thereof, admixed to prepare a powder coating.
  • a powder coating is usually applied by a fluidized bed applicator, a spray applicator, or a combination thereof, ha some aspects, the coating components are melted then ground into a powder.
  • Such a powder coating is usually applied by an electrostatic spray applicator. The coating is cured by baking.
  • a polyvinyl powder coating may be selected to coat a metal surface.
  • a polyvinyl binder with a T g of 75°C to 85°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, may be selected for use in a dispersion waterbome coating.
  • the liquid component may comprise a cosolvent such as a glycol ether, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof. Examples of a cosolvent include ethylene glycol monobutyl ether.
  • the dispersion water-bome polyvinyl coating may be used as described for a solvent-bome polyvinyl coating, ha another example, an organisol may be prepared with a plasticizer as a latex coating. Such a latex is suitable for selection as a primer coating. The latex coating is cured by baking. I. Rubber Resins
  • a coating may comprise a rubber resin as a binder.
  • a mbber may be either obtained from a biological source ("natural mbber"), synthesized from petroleum (“synthetic rubber”), or a combination thereof.
  • synthetic rubber include polymers of styrene monomers, butadiene monomers, or a combination thereof.
  • a mbber temporary coating (e.g, a non- film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of mbber resin that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration ofthe a mbber resin and/or additional binder, or a combination thereof.
  • a mbber resin comprises a chlorinated mbber resin, wherein a rubber isolated from a biological source has been chemically modified by reaction with chlorine to produce a resin comprising 65% to 68% chlorine by weight, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a chlorinated mbber resins generally are in a molecular weight range of 3.5 kDa to 20 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a chlorinated mbber coating may comprise another binder, such as, for example, an acrylic resin, an alkyd resin, a bituminous resin, or a combination thereof, ha specific aspects, a chlorinated mbber resin comprises 10% to 50%, by weight, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ofthe binder when in combination with an acrylic resin, an alkyd resin, or a combination thereof, ha general embodiments, a chlorinated mbber coating is a solvent-bome coating, ha certain aspects, a chlorinated mbber coating comprises a liquid component, such as, for example, a solvent, a diluent, a thinner, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof.
  • a chlorinated rubber coating may be a thermoplastic coating.
  • the liquid component generally comprises a plasticizer.
  • a chlorinated mbber coating comprises 30% to 40%, by weight, including all intennediate ranges and combinations thereof, of plasticizer.
  • a plasticizer is selected for water resistance (e.g., hydrolysis resistance) such as a bisphenoxyethylformal.
  • a chlorinated mbber coating comprises light stabilizer, an epoxy resin, an epoxy plasticizer (e.g., epoxidized soybean oil), or combination thereof, to chemically stabilize a chlorinated resin, coating and/or film, ha other embodiments, a chlorinated mbber coating comprises a pigment, an extender, or a combination thereof, ha particular aspects, the pigment is a corrosion resistant pigment.
  • a chlorinated rubber film are generally has good chemical resistance (e.g., acid resistance, alkali resistance), water resistance, or a combination thereof. Coatings comprising chlorinated rubber resins may be used, for example, on surfaces that contact gaseous, liquid and/or solid external environments.
  • Examples of such uses include a coating for an architectural coating (e.g., a masonry coating), a traffic marker coating, a marine coating (e.g., a marine vehicle, a swimming pool), a metal primer, a metal topcoat, or a combination thereof.
  • an architectural coating e.g., a masonry coating
  • a traffic marker coating e.g., a traffic marker coating
  • a marine coating e.g., a marine vehicle, a swimming pool
  • a metal primer e.g., a metal topcoat
  • Examples of synthetic mbber include polymers comprising a styrene monomer, a methylstyrene (e.g., ⁇ -methylstyrene) monomer, or a combination thereof.
  • a polystyrene and/or polymethylstyrene coating may be a solvent-bome coating.
  • Examples of a solvent include an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, a ketone, an ester, or a combination thereof.
  • a polystyrene and/or polymethylstyrene coating may possess good water resistance, good chemical resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • a polystyrene and/or polymethylstyrene coating may be selected as a primer, a lacquer, a masonry coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a polystyrene homopolymer has a T g of 100°C, and in certain embodiments, a polystyrene coating is bake cured.
  • styrene monomer a methylstyrene monomer, (e.g., ⁇ -methylstyrene), a resin comprising a styrene and/or methylstyrene monomer
  • ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04 Paint - Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons
  • D2827-00, D6367-99, D6144-97, D4590- 00, D2119-96, D2121-00, and D2340-96, 2002 are described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint - Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D2827-00, D6367-99, D6144-97, D4590- 00, D2119-96, D2121-00, and D2340-96, 2002.
  • a styrene copolymer with a lower a T g than polystyrene or other altered properties can be produced from polymerization with other monomers such as a butadiene monomer, an acrylic monomer, a maleate ester, an acrylonitrile, an allyl alcohol, a vinyltoluene, or a combination thereof.
  • a butadiene monomer decreases lightfastness, but confers self- crosslinkability to the resin.
  • an acrylic resin increases the resin's solubility in an alcohol, ha a further example, an allyl alcohol monomer confers crosslinkability in combination with a polyol.
  • a styrene-butadiene copolymer resin may be selected.
  • a styrene-butadiene resin comprises a carboxyl moiety to improve an adhesion property, dispersibility in a liquid component, or a combination thereof, ha particular facets
  • a styrene-butadiene coating comprises an emulsifier to increase dispersion in a liquid component, a light stabilizer, or a combination thereof.
  • a styrene-butadiene coating may be a thermosetting coating, due to oxidative crosslinking of a butadiene double bond moiety.
  • styrene-butadiene film may have poor chalking resistance, poor color stability, poor UV resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • a styrene- butadiene coating may be selected as a conosion resistant primer, a wood primer, or a combination thereof.
  • a styrene- vinnyltoluene-acrylate copolymer coating may be selected for an exterior coating, a traffic marker paint, a metal coating (e.g., a metal lacquer), a masonry coating, or a combination thereof. m.
  • bituminous binder is a binder comprising a hydrocarbon soluble in carbon disulfide, is black or dark colored, and is obtained from a bitumen deposit and/or as a product of petroleum processing.
  • a bituminous binder typically is used in asphalt, tar, and other construction materials.
  • a bituminous binder may be used in a coating ofthe present invention, particularly in embodiments wherein good resistance to a chemical such as a petroleum based solvent, an oil, water, or a combination thereof, is desired.
  • a bituminous binder examples include a coal tar, a petroleum asphalt, a pitch, an asphaltite, or a combination thereof, ha certain embodiments, a coal tar and/or pitch is combined with an epoxy resin to form a thermosetting coating.
  • Such as coating may be selected as a pipeline coating, ha other embodiments, an asphaltite and/or petroleum asphalt may be selected for use as an automotive coating (e.g., an underbody part coating).
  • An asphaltite and/or petroleum asphalt coating may further comprise an additional binder such as an epoxy.
  • an asphaltite and/or petroleum asphalt coating is a solvent-bome coating, ha specific aspects, an asphaltite and/or petroleum asphalt coating comprises a plasticizer.
  • an asphaltite and/or petroleum asphalt coating comprises a wax to increase abrasion resistance.
  • bituminous coating may be selected as a roof coating.
  • a bituminous roof coating comprises an extender, a thixotrope, or a combination thereof.
  • a thixotrope additive include asbestos, a silicon extender, a celluosic, a glass fiber, or a combination thereof, ha some aspects, a bituminous roof coating comprises a solvent-bome coating or a water-bome coating.
  • solvents that may be selected include a mineral spirit, an aliphatic hydrocarbon (e.g., a naphtha, a mineral spirit), an aromatic solvent (e.g., xylene, toluene) or a combination thereof.
  • a bituminous roof coating may be selected as a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof.
  • a bituminous roof topcoat typically further comprises a metallic pigment.
  • a solvent-bome or water-borne bituminous coating is an emulsion comprising water and a bituminous binder.
  • the emulsion fixrther comprises a solvent, an extender (e.g., a silica), an emusifier (e.g., a surfactant), or a combination thereof.
  • the extender typically functions to stabilize the emulsion, ha particular facets, the emulsion bituminous coating is a roof coating, a road coating, a sealer, a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof, ha facets wherein an emulsion bituminous coating is selected as a sealer, an additional binder may be added to increase solvent resistance.
  • a bituminous temporary coating e.g, a non-film forrning coating
  • a polysulfide binder is a polymer produced from a reaction of sodium polysufide, bis(2-chlorethyl)fonnal and 1,2,3-trichloropropane. Typically, a polysulfide binder is 1 kDa to 8 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a polysulfide binder comprises a thiol ("mercaptan") moiety capable of crosslinking with an additional binder.
  • a polysulfide may undergo crosslinking by an oxidative reaction with an additional binder comprising a peroxide (e.g., dicumen hydroperoxide), a manganese dioxide, p- quinonedioxime, or a combination thereof.
  • a polysulfide binder may be crosslinked with a glycidyl epoxide, though a tertiary amine is preferably part ofthe coatmg to promote this reaction.
  • a polysulfide may undergo crosslinking with a binder comprising an isocyanate moiety, though it is prefened that the binder comprises a plurality of isocyanates.
  • a polysulfide film typically possesses excellent UV resistance, good general weatherability properties, good chemical resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • a polysulfide temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration ofthe a bituminous resin and/or additional binder, or a combination thereof.
  • binders are molecules based on carbon, and are considered herein as "organic binders.”
  • a silicone binder (“silicone”) is a binder molecule based on silicone.
  • a silicone binder examples include a polydimethyllsiloxane and a methyltriacetoxy silane, a methyltrimethoxysilane, a methyltricyclorhexylaminosilane, a fluorosilicone, a trifluoropropyl methyl polysiloxane, or a combination thereof, ha general embodiments, a silicone binder comprises a crossreactive silicon moiety, examples of which are described below.
  • a silicone coating may be selected for excellent resistance to inadiation (e.g., UV, infrared, gamma), excellent weatherability, excellent biodegradation resistance, flame resistance, excellent dielectric property, which is poor electrical conductivity with little detrimental effect on an electrostatic field, or a combination thereof, ha specific aspects, a silicon coating is an industrial coating.
  • a silicon coating is applied to an appliance part, a furnace part, a jet engine part, an incinerator part, or a missile part, ha other embodiments, a silicon coating comprises an organic binder, ha particular aspects, a silicon organic binder coating possesses superior heat resistance to an organic binder coating.
  • a silicone coating is a thermosetting coating.
  • a silicon coating is a multi-pack coating due to a limited pot life one the coating components are admixed.
  • the crosslinking reaction depends upon the binder's specific silicon moiety.
  • a plurality of binders may be used, each comprising one or more crosslinking moieties.
  • a binder comprising crosslinking SiOH and HOSi moieties generally comprises a cure agent such as a lead octoate, a zinc octoate, or a combination thereof, ha general aspects, the thermosetting SiOH and HOSi silicon coating is bake cured (e.g., 250°C for one hour).
  • a binder comprising crosslinking SiOH and HSi moieties typically comprises a tin catalyst.
  • a binder comprising crosslinking SiOH and ROSi moieties, wherein RO is an alkoxy moiety also typically comprises a tin catalyst.
  • a coating prepared using SiOH and ROSi silicon binder typically further comprises an iron oxide, a glass microballon, or a combination thereof to improve heat resistance.
  • a binder comprising crosslinking SiOH and CH 3 COOSi moieties is moisture cured, and typically comprises a tin catalyst (e.g., an organotin compound).
  • a binder comprising crosslinking SiOH and R NOSi moieties, wherein R 2 NO is an oxime moiety is also moisture cured, and typically comprises a tin catalyst.
  • the moisture cured silicon coatings may be selected for one- pack silicon coatings, though film formation is generally slower than other types of silicon thermosetting coatings.
  • Such a coating may be selected for a rocket part.
  • coating components such as a mbber, a tin compound (e.g., an organotin), or a combination thereof, may inhibit platinum catalyzed film formation in this silicon coating.
  • a silicone coating is a solvent-bome coating.
  • liquid components that may function as a silicon solvent include a chlorinated hydrocarbon (e.g., 1,1,1-trichloroethane), an aromatic hydrocarbon (e.g., a VMP naphtha, xylene), an aliphatic hydrocarbon, or a combination thereof.
  • a silicone binder typically is insoluble or poorly soluble in an oxigenated compound such as an alcohol, a ketone, or a combination thereof, of relatively low molecular weight (e.g., ethanol, isopropanol, acetone).
  • a fluorosilicone which is a silicone binder that comprises a fluoride moiety
  • a liquid component comprising a ketone such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, or a combination thereof.
  • a fluorosilicone binder may be selected for producing a film with excellent solvent resistance.
  • a silicon coating often comprises a pigment.
  • a pigment comprises zinc oxide, titanium dioxide, zinc orthotitanate, or a combination thereof, which may improve a film's resistance to extreme temperature variations, such as those of outerspace.
  • a silicon coating may comprise a silica extender (e.g., fumed silica), which often increases durability.
  • a silicon binder comprises a trifluoropropyl methyl polysiloxane binder
  • a trifluoropropyl methyl polysiloxane binder may be selected for producing a film with excellent resistance to petroleum products (e.g., automotive fuel, aircraft fuel), but poor resistance to an acid or an alkali, particularly at baking conditions.
  • a silicon temporary coating (e.g, a non-film fonning coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration ofthe a silicon resin and/or additional binder, using a bake-cured silicon coating at non-baking conditions, inclusion of a mbber, a tin compound (e.g., an organotin), or a combination thereof.
  • a silicon temporary coating e.g, a non-film fonning coating
  • an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties
  • reducing the concentration ofthe a silicon resin and/or additional binder using a bake-cured silicon coating at non-baking conditions, inclusion of a mbber, a tin compound (e.g., an organotin), or a combination thereof.
  • a liquid component is a chemical composition that is in a liquid state while comprised in a coating and/or film.
  • a liquid component is typically added to a coating composition, for example, to improve a rheological property for ease of application, alter the period of time that thennoplastic film fonnation occurs, alter an optical property (e.g., color, gloss) of a film, alter a physical property of a coating (e.g., reduce flammability) and/or film (e.g., increase flexibility), or a combination thereof.
  • a liquid component comprises a volatile liquid that is partly or fully removed (e.g., evaporated) from the coating during film fomaation.
  • a volatile liquid include a volatile organic compound ("VOC"), water, or a combination thereof.
  • VOC volatile organic compound
  • 0% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ofthe liquid component is lost during film fomaation.
  • Various environmental laws and regulations have encouraged the reduction of volatile organic compound use in coatings [see "Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition ofthe Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 3-12, 1995].
  • a coating may comprise a solvent-bome coating, which typically comprises a VOC and was the coating usually selected prior to enactment ofthe environmental laws, a high solids coating, which is generally a solvent-bome coating formulated with a minimum amount of a VOC, a water-bome coating, which comprises water and typically even less VOC, or a powder coating, which comprises little or no VOC.
  • a liquid component may comprise a liquid composition classified based upon function such as a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof.
  • a solvent is a liquid component used to dissolve one or more coating components.
  • a thinner is a liquid component used to reduce the viscosity of a coating, and often additionally confers one or more properties to the coating, such as, for example, dissolving a coating component (e.g., a binder), wetting a colorizing agent, acting as an antisettling agent, stabilizing a coating in storage, acting as an antifoaming agent, or a combination thereof.
  • a diluent is a liquid component that does not dissolve a binder.
  • Liquid components can be classified, based on their chemical composition, as an organic compound, an inorganic compound, or a combination thereof.
  • Prefened organic compounds include a hydrocarbon, an oxygenated compound, a chlorinated hydrocarbon, a nitrated hydrocarbon, a miscellaneous organic liquid component, or a combination thereof.
  • a hydrocarbon consists of or consists essentially of one or more carbon and/or hydrogen atoms. Examples of a hydrocarbon include an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, a naphthene, a terpene, or a combination thereof.
  • An oxygenated compound comprises of one or more carbon, hydrogen and/or oxygen atoms.
  • an oxygenated compound examples include an alcohol, an ether, an ester, a glycol ester, a ketone, or a combination thereof.
  • a chlorinated hydrocarbon comprises one or more carbon, hydrogen and/or chlorine atoms, but does not comprise an oxygen atom.
  • a nitrated hydrocarbon comprises one or more carbon, hydrogen and/or nitrogen atoms, but does not comprise an oxygen atom.
  • a miscellaneous organic liquid component is a liquid other than a chlorinated hydrocarbon and/or a nitrated hydrocarbon that comprises one or more carbon, hydrogen and or other atoms, ha certain aspects, a miscellaneous organic liquid component does not comprise an oxygen atom.
  • Prefened inorganic compounds include ammonia, hydrogen cyanide, hydrogen fluoride, hydrogen cyanide, sulfur dioxide, or a combination thereof. However, an inorganic compound generally is used at temperatures less than ambient conditions, and at pressures greater than atmospheric pressure.
  • a liquid component may comprise an azeotrope.
  • An azeotrope (“azeotropic mixture”) is a solution of two or more liquid components at concentrations that produces a constant boiling point for the solution.
  • An azeotrope BP (“A- BP”) is the boiling point of an azeotrope.
  • the boiling point (“BP") ofthe majority component of an azeotrope is higher than the A-BP, and in some embodiments, such an azeotrope evaporates from a coating faster than a similar coating that does not comprise the azeotrope.
  • a coating comprising an azeotrope with a superior evaporation property may possess a lower flash point temperature, a lower explosion limit, a reduced coating flow, greater surface defect formation, or a combination thereof, relative to a similar coating that does not comprise the azeotrope.
  • an azeotrope may be selected for embodiments wherein a component's BP is increased.
  • a coating comprising such an azeotrope may have a relatively slower evaporation rate than a similar coating that does not comprise the azeotrope. It is contemplated that the greater the percentage of liquid component is an azeotrope, the greater the conference of an azeotrope's property to a coating.
  • a chemically non-reactive (“inert") liquid component may be selected.
  • a liquid component is selected that is inert relative to a particular chemical reaction to prevent an undesirable chemical reaction with other coating components.
  • An example of such an undesirable chemical reaction is a binder-liquid component reaction that is inhibitory to a desired binder-binder film-formation reaction.
  • a liquid component that are generally inert in an acetal formation reaction include benzene, hexane, or a combination thereof.
  • An example of a liquid component that is generally inert in a decarboxylation reaction includes quinoline.
  • a liquid component that are generally inert in a dehydration reaction include benzene, toluene, xylene, or a combination thereof.
  • An example of a liquid component that is generally inert in a dehydrohalogenation reaction includes quinoline.
  • Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a diazonium compound coupling reaction include ethanol, glacial acetic acid, methanol, pyridine, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a diazotization reaction include benzene, dimethylformamide, ethanol, glacial acetic acid, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in an esterification reaction include beiazene, dibutyl ether, toluene, xylene, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a Friedel-Crafts reaction include benzene, carbon disulfide, 1,2-dichloroethane, nitrobenzene, tetrachloroethane, tetrachloromethane, or a combination thereof.
  • An example of a liquid component that is generally inert in a Grignard reaction includes diethyl ether.
  • Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a halogenation reaction include dichlorobenzene, glacial acetic acid, nitrobenzene, tetrachloroethane, tetrachloromethane, trichlorobenzene, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a hydrogenation reaction include an alcohol, dioxane, a hydrocarbon, glacial acetic acid, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a ketene condensation reaction include acetone, benzene, diethyl ether, xylene, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a nitration reaction include dichlorobenzene, glacial acetic acid, nitrobenzene, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in an oxidation reaction include glacial acetic acid, nitrobenzene, pyridine, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a sulfonation reaction include dioxane, nitrobenzene, or a combination thereof.
  • a solvent-bome coating is a coating wherein 50% to 100%, the including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a coating's liquid component is not water.
  • the liquid component of a solvent-bome coating comprises an organic compound, an inorganic compound, or a combination thereof.
  • the liquid component of a solvent-borne coating may function as a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof.
  • a solvent-bome coating may comprise water. In specific aspects, the water may function as a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, or a combination thereof.
  • the water component of a solvent-bome coating may comprise 0% to 49.999%, the including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ofthe liquid component, ha certain embodiments, the water component of a water-bome coating may be fully or partly miscible in the non-aqueous liquid componeiat.
  • Examples ofthe percent of water that is miscible, by weight at 20°C, in various liquids typically used in solvent-bome coatings include 0.01 %> water in tefrachloroethylene; 0.02% water in ethylbenzene; 0.02% water in jc-xylene; 0.02% water in tricholorethylene; 0.05% water in 1,1,1-tricholoroethane; 0.05% water in toluene; 0.1% water in hexane; 0.16% water in methylene chloride; 0.2% water in dibutyl ether; 0.2%) water in tetrahydronaphthalene; 0.42% water in diisobutyl ketone; 0.5% water in cyclohexyl acetate; 0.5% water in nitropropane; 0.6% water in 2-nitropropane; 0.62% water in butyl acetate; 0.72% water in dipentene; 0.9% water in nifroethane; 1.2% water in diethyl
  • liquid components are described herein, including properties often used to select a chemical composition for use as a liquid component for a particular coating composition. Additionally, standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and or procedures for testing purity/properties, are described for various types of hquid components (e.g., hydrocarbons, cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, alcohols, ketones, esters, glycol ethers, mineral spirits, miscellaneous solvents, plasticizers) in, for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint — Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D4790-99, D268-01, D3437-99, D1493-97, D235-02, D1836-02, D3735-02, D3054-98, D5309-02, D4734-98, D2359-02, D4492-98, D4077-00, D3760-02, D6526-00, D841-02, D843-97, D5211
  • hquid components
  • a coating may comprise a liquid component that may function as a solvent, a thinner, a diluent or a combination thereof, ha one embodiment of a coating, a particular liquid component may function as a solvent, while in another coating composition comprising, for example, a different binder the same liquid component may function as a thinner and/or a diluent. Whether a liquid component functions primarily as a solvent, a thinner, or a diluent depends considerably upon the particular solvent and/or rheological property the liquid component confers to a specific coating composition.
  • the ability ofthe liquid component to function as a solvent, or lack thereof of such ability, relative to the other coating components generally differentiates a solvent from a diluent.
  • a thinner is primarily included into a coating composition in combination with a solvent and/or diluent to alter a rheological property such as to reduce viscosity, enhance flow, enhance leveling, or a combination thereof, ha addition to the ability of one of ordinary skill in the art to discern such differences of use for a specific liquid composition in a coating, examples of differing solubility properties for specific categories of liquid components, and empirical techniques for determining the solubility properties of a specific liquid component, relative to another coating component, are described herein.
  • a solute is a coating component dissolved by a solvent liquid component.
  • a solute may be in solid, liquid or gas from prior to being dissolved.
  • Solvency (“solvent power") is the ability of a solvent to dissolve a solute, maintain a solute in solution upon addition of a diluent, and reduce the viscosity of a solution.
  • a solvent is typically used to produce a solvent- bome coating, wherein the coating possesses desirable a rheological property for application to a surface and/or creation of a film of a desirable thickness.
  • a solvent may contribute to an appearance property, a physical property, a chemical property, or a combination thereof, of a coating and/or film, ha most embodiments, a solvent is a volatile component of a coating, wherein 50% to 100%, including all intennediate ranges and combinations thereof, ofthe solvent is lost (e.g., evaporates) during film formation, ha certain aspects, the rate of solvent loss slows during application and/or film formation.
  • Such a change in solvent loss rate may promote a desirable Theologically related property during application and/or initial film formation, such as ease of application, minimum sag, reduce excessive flow, or a combination thereof, while still promoting a desirable rheologically related property post- application, such as a desirable leveling property, a desirable adhesion property, or a combination thereof.
  • a coating may comprise, a real solution, a colloidal solution or a dispersion, respectively.
  • a liquid component to dissolve a coating component is detrimentally affected by increasing particulate matter size (e.g., pigment size, cell-based particulate material size, etc.) and/or molecular mass ofthe coating component.
  • a real solution comprises a clear and/or homogenous liquid solution, ha typical embodiments, a real solution is produced when a potential solute of 1.0 nm or less in diameter is combined with a solvent.
  • a colloidal solution comprises a physically non-homogenous solution, which may be a clear to opalescent in appearance. Often, a colloidal solution is produced when a potential solute of between 1.0 nm to 100 nm ("0.1 ⁇ m") in diameter is combined with a solvent.
  • a dispersion is a composition comprising two liquid and/or solid phases, which is typically turbid to milky in appearance. Generally, a dispersion is produced when a potential solute of greater than 0.1 ⁇ m in diameter is combined with a solvent, ha many aspects, a coating composition may comprise a combination of a real solution, a colloidal solution and/or a dispersion, depending upon the various solubility's of coating components and liquid components.
  • a paint may comprise a real solution of a binder and a liquid component, and a dispersion of a pigment within the liquid component.
  • a liquid component may function as an active solvent or a latent solvent.
  • An active solvent is capable of dissolving a solute.
  • an active solvent often reduces viscosity of a coating composition, ha certain embodiments, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone, or a combination thereof may be selected for use as an active solvent.
  • a latent solvent, in pure form, does not demonstrate solute dissolving ability.
  • the latent solvent may demonstrate the ability to dissolve a solute in a combination of an active solvent and the latent solvent; confer a synergistic improvement in the dissolving ability of an active solvent when combined with the active solvent, or a combination thereof, ha certain embodiments, an alcohol may be selected for use as a latent solvent, ha certain embodiments, a latent solvent is a thinner.
  • a diluent whether in pure form or in combination with an active solvent and/or a latent solvent, does not demonstrate solute dissolving ability, but may be combined with an active solvent and/or latent solvent to produce a liquid component with a suitable ability to dissolve a coating component.
  • hydrocarbon may be selected for use as a diluent.
  • a hydrocarbon diluent comprises an aromatic hydrocarbon, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, or a combination thereof, ha particular facets, an aromatic hydrocarbon diluent may be selected, due to a generally greater tolerance by a many solvents relative to an aliphatic hydrocarbon, ha certain aspects, a diluent is used to alter a rheological property (e.g., reduce viscosity) of a coatmg composition, reduce cost of a coating composition, or a combination thereof.
  • the ability of a solvent to dissolve a potential solute is related to the intermolecular interactions between the solvent molecules, between the potential solute molecules, between the solvent and the potential solute, as well as the molecular size ofthe potential solute.
  • intermolecular interactions include, for example, ionic ("Coulomb"), dipole-dipole ("directional"), ionic-dipole, induction (“permanent dipole/induced dipole”), dispersion ("nonpolar,” “atomic dipole,” “London- Van der Walls”), hydrogen bond, or a combination thereof.
  • solubility parameter is a measure ofthe total energy needed to separate molecules of a liquid. Such a separation of molecules of a solvent occurs during the incorporation ofthe molecules of a solute during the dissolving process.
  • the solubility parameter is the square root ofthe molar energy of vaporization of a liquid divided by the molar volume of a liquid, measured at 25°C Additionally, the solubility parameter can also be expressed as the square root ofthe sum ofthe squares ofthe dispersion (" ⁇ ⁇ j"), polar (“ ⁇ p ”) and hydrogen bond (“ ⁇ h ”) solubility parameters.
  • preparation of a coating composition may be aided by comparing the solubility parameter of a potential solvent and a potential solute (e.g., a binder) to ascertain the theoretical ability of a coating composition comprising a solution to be created, ha many embodiments, coating components, wherein at least one coating component comprises a liquid, with a solubility parameter that is less than an absolute value of 6 are able to form a solution. The closer this value is to 0, the greater the general ability to form a solution.
  • a potential solute e.g., a binder
  • the solubility parameter, dispersion solubility parameter, polar solubility parameter, and hydrogen bond solubility parameter, and methods for determining such values, and additional methods for determining the theoretical ability of coating components to form a solution have been described (see, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint ⁇ Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D3132-84, 2002).
  • the solvency of a liquid component comprising an active solvent e.g., an oxygenated compound
  • a latent solvent e.g., a latent solvent
  • a diluent e.g., a hydrocarbon
  • the solvency for a liquid component that primarily comprises a hydrocarbon, and comprises little or lacks an oxygenated compound may be determined as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint ⁇ Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons," DI 133-02, 2002.
  • the solvency of a solution comprising liquid component and an additional coating component may be used to determined, as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint ⁇ Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D1545-98, D1725-62, D5661-95, D5180-93, D6038-96, D5165-93, and D5166-97, 2002.
  • the dilutability of a solution comprising liquid component (e.g., a solvent and diluent) and an additional coating component (e.g., a binder) may be used to determined, as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint ⁇ Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and hik Vehicles," D5062-96, 2002.
  • a liquid component may be selected on the basis of evaporation rate.
  • the evaporation rate of a coating directly affects a physical aspect of film formation caused by loss of a liquid component, as well as the pot life of a coating, such as after a coating container is opened.
  • the evaporation rate is known for various pure chemicals, one of ordinary skill in the art can empirically determine the evaporation rate of a liquid component and/or a coating, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D3539-87, 2002.
  • the boiling point range of a liquid component often is useful in estimating whether the liquid component will evaporate faster or slower relative to another liquid component.
  • a liquid component e.g., a hydrocarbon, a chlorinated hydrocarbon
  • the evaporation rate is also related to the flash point of a liquid component and/or coating.
  • a liquid component may be selected on the basis of flash point and/or fire point, which is a measure ofthe danger of use of a flammable coating composition in, for example, storage, application in an indoor environment, etc.
  • a flash point is the "lowest temperature at which the liquid gives off enough vapor to form an ignitable mixture with air to produce a flame when a source of ignition is brought close to the surface ofthe liquid under specified conditions of test at standard barometric pressure (760 mnaHG, 101.3 kPa)," and a fire point is "the lowest temperature at which sustained burning ofthe sample takes place for at least 5 seconds" ["Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition ofthe Gardner-Sward Handbook” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 140 and 142, 1995].
  • a liquid component is selected as a colorizing agent
  • the color and/or darkness ofthe liquid may be empirically measured (see, for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint ⁇ Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D1209-00, D1686-96, and D5386-93b, 2002); and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint ⁇ Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D 1544-98, 2002. ha some embodiments, a liquid component and/or coating may be selected on the basis of odor (e.g., faint odor, pleasant odor, etc.).
  • a coating or coating component can be evaluated for suitability in a particular application based on odor using, for example, techniques described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint - Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D1296-01, 2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D6165-97, 2002.
  • Hydrocarbons [0416] A hydrocarbon is typically obtained as a petroleum product, a vegetable product, or a combination thereof. As a consequence of imperfect purification (e.g., distillation) from these sources, a hydrocarbon is often a mixture of chemical components.
  • a hydrocarbon may be selected as an active solvent to dissolve an oil (e.g., a drying oil), an alkyd, an asphalt, a rosin, a petroleum product, or a combination thereof.
  • a hydrocarbon is more suitable as a latent solvent or diluent in embodiments wherein an acrylic resin, an epoxide resin, a nitrocellulose resin, an urethane resin, or a combination thereof is to be dissolved.
  • a hydrocarbon generally is immiscible in water.
  • an aliphatic hydrocarbon may be selected as an active solvent for an alkyd, an oil, wax, a polyisobutene, a polyethylene, a poly(butyl acrylate), a poly(butyl methacrylate), a poly(vinyl ethers), or a combination thereof
  • an aliphatic hydrocarbon may be selected as a diluent in combination with an additional liquid component
  • An aliphatic hydrocarbon is often selected as a liquid component in embodiments wherein a chemically inert hquid component is desired.
  • Examples of an aliphatic hydrocarbon include, a petroleum ether, pentane (CAS No. 109-66-0), hexane (CAS No. 110-54-3), heptane (CAS No. 142-82-5), isododecane (CAS No. 13475-82-6), a kerosene, a mineral spirit, a VMP naphthas or a combination thereof.
  • a hexane, a heptane, or a combination thereof may be selected for a coating wherein rapid evaporation of such a liquid component is desired (e.g., a fast drying lacquer).
  • An example of an azeotrope comprising an aliphatic hydrocarbon includes an azeotrope comprising hexane.
  • Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of hexane include those comprising 2.5% isobutanol (azeotrope BP 68.3°C); 5.6% water (A-BP 61.6°C); 21% ethanol (A-BP 58.7°C); 22% isopropyl alcohol (A-BP 61.0°C); 26.9% methanol (A-BP 50.0°C); 37% methyl ethyl ketone (A-BP 64.2°C); or 42% ethyl acetate (A- BP 65.0°C).
  • an aliphatic hydrocarbon can comprise a pefroleum distillation product of heterogeneous chemical composition.
  • Such an aliphatic hydrocarbon may be classified by a physical and/or chemical property (e.g., boiling point range, flash point, evaporation rate) (see, for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint — Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D235-02 and D3735, 2002).
  • a petroleum distillation product aliphatic hydrocarbon may be classified, for example, as a mineral spirit, a VMP naphthas or a kerosene (e.g., deodorized kerosene).
  • a mineral spirit (“white spirit,” “petroleum spirit”) is a petroleum distillation fraction with a boiling point between 149°C to 204°C, including all intennediate ranges and combinations thereof, and a flash point of 38°C or greater.
  • a mineral spirit may further be classified as a regular mineral spirit, which possesses the properties previously described for a mineral spirit; a high flash mineral spirit, which possesses a higher minimum flash point (e.g., 55°C or greater); a low dry point mineral spirit (“Stoddard solvent”), which typically evaporates 50% faster than a regular mineral spirit; or an odorless mineral spirit, which generally possesses less odor than a regular mineral spirit, but may also possess relatively weaker solvency property.
  • a mineral spirit may be selected for embodiments wherein a solvent and/or diluent is desired for an alkyd coating, a chlorinated mbber coating, an oil-coating, a vinyl chloride copolymer coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a VMP naphtha possess a similar solvency property as a mineral spirit, but evaporates faster with a BP of 121°C to 149°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, and typically has a flash point of 4°C or greater.
  • a VMP naphtha may further be classified as a regular VMP naphtha, which possesses the properties previously described for a VMP naphtha; a high flash VMP naphtha, which possesses a higher minimum flash point (e.g., 34°C or greater); or an odorless VMP naphtha, which generally possesses less odor than a regular mineral spirit.
  • a VMP naphtha may be selected for a coating that is spray applied, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a petroleum ether is a petroleum distillation fraction with a boiling point between 35°C to 80°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, with a low flash point (e.g., -46°C), and may be used in embodiments wherein rapid evaporation is desired.
  • Cycloaliphatic Hydrocarbons [0419] ha embodiments wherein a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon is selected as a solvent, a composition comprising an oil, alkyd, bitumen, mbber, or a combination thereof, usually can be dissolved.
  • a composition comprising a polar binder such as a urea- formaldehyde binder, a melamine-formaldehyde binder, a phenol-formaldehyde binder; a cellulose derivative, such as, a cellulose ester binder; or a combination thereof, is usually insoluble.
  • a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon is generally soluble in other organic solvents, but not soluble in water. Examples of a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon include cyclohexane (CAS No. 110-82-7); methylcycloliexane (CAS No.
  • Tetrahydronaphthalene is often selected for coatings wherein oxidation of a binder is preferable during film fonnation; a high gloss is preferable in a film, smooth surface is preferable in a film, or a combination thereof.
  • An example of an azeotrope comprising a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon includes an azeotrope comprising cyclohexane.
  • Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of cyclohexane include those comprising 8.5% water (A-BP 69.8°C); 10% butanol (A-BP 79.8°C); 14% isobutanol (A- BP 78.1°C); 20% propanol (A-BP 74.3°C); 37% methanol (A-BP 54.2°C); or 40% methyl ethyl ketone (A-BP 72.0°C).
  • a terpene typically possesses a superior solvency property, stronger odor, or a combination thereof, relative to an aliphatic hydrocarbon.
  • Examples of a terpene include wood terpentine oil (CAS No. 8008-64-2); pine oil (CAS No. 8000-41-7); ⁇ -pinene (CAS No. 80-56- 8); ⁇ -pinene; dipentene (CAS No. 138-86-3); D-limonene (CAS No. 5989-27-5); or a combination thereof. Dipentene may be selected for embodiments wherein a superior solvency property, a slower evaporation rate, or a combination thereof, relative to a turpentine, is desired.
  • Pine oil may be classified as an oxygenated compound, but is described under hydrocarbons due to convention by those of skill in the art. Pine oil generally comprises a terpene alcohol.
  • Pine oil may be selected for embodiments wherein a greater range of solvency for solutes, a slow evaporation rate, or a combination thereof, is desired.
  • An example of an azeotrope comprising a terpene includes an azeotrope comprising ⁇ -pinene.
  • An example of an azeotrope comprising a majority of ⁇ -pinene (BP 154.0°C to 156.0°C) includes an azeotrope comprising 35.5% cyclohexanol (A-BP 149.9°C).
  • terpene can comprise a by-product from pines tree and/or citrus processing of heterogeneous chemical composition.
  • a terpene hydrocarbon e.g., a terpentine
  • Such a terpene hydrocarbon may be classified by a physical and/or chemical property (see, for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint ⁇ Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and hale Vehicles," D804-02, D13-02, D233-02, D801-02, D802-02, and D6387-99, 2002).
  • Examples of a terpentine include a gum turpentine, a steam-distilled wood turpentine, a sulfate wood turpentine, a destructively distilled wood turpentine, or a combination thereof. Both a gum turpentine and a sulfate wood turpentine generally comprise a combination of ⁇ -pinene and a lesser quantity of ⁇ -pinene.
  • a steam-distilled wood terpentine generally comprises ⁇ -pinene and a lesser component of dipentene and one or more other terpenes.
  • Destructively distilled wood turpentine generally comprises various aromatic hydrocarbons and a lesser quantity of one or more terpenes.
  • Aromatic Hydrocarbons typically possesses a greater solvency property and/or odor relative to other hydrocarbon types.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon examples include benzene (CAS No. 71-43-2); toluene (CAS No. 108-88-3; "methylbenzene”); ethylbenzene (CAS No. 100-41-4); xylene (CAS No. 1330-20-7); cumene ("isopropylbenzene”; CAS No. 98-82-8); a type I high flash aromatic naphthas; a type II high flash aromatic naphthas; mesitylene (CAS No. 108-67-8); pseudocumene (CAS No. 95-63-6); cymol (CAS No.
  • Xylene typically comprises o- xylene (CAS No. 56004-61-6); m-xylene (CAS No. 108-38-3);/?- xylene (CAS No. 41051-88- 1); and trace ethylbenzene.
  • Toluene may be selected for embodiments wherein rapid evaporation is desired, ha specific aspects, toluene may be selected for a spray applied coating, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof.
  • Xylene may be selected for embodiments wherein a moderate evaporation rate is desired, ha specific aspects, xylene may be selected for an industrial coating.
  • an aromatic hydrocarbon may comprise a petroleum-processing product of heterogeneous chemical composition such as a high flash aromatic naphtha (e.g., type I, type II).
  • a high flash aromatic naphtha e.g., type I, type II
  • a type I high flash aromatic naphtha and type II high flash aromatic naphtha possess a minimum flash point of 38°C and 60°C, respectively.
  • Standards for the characteristic chemical an or physical property of an aromatic naphtha are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint ⁇ Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D3734, 2002).
  • a high flash naphtha typically has a slow evaporation rate
  • a high flash aromatic naphtha may be used in an industrial coating, a coating that is baked, or a combination thereof.
  • An example of a high flash aromatic is Solvesso 100 (CAS No. 64742-95-6).
  • Examples of an azeotrope comprising an aromatic hydrocarbon include an azeotrope comprising toluene or m-xylene.
  • Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of toluene (BP 110°C to 111°C) include those comprising 27% butanol (A-BP 105.6°C); or 44.5% isobutanol (A-BP 100.9°C).
  • Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of rn-xylene include those comprising 14% cyclohexanol (A- BP 143.0°C); or 40% water (A-BP 94.5°C).
  • An oxygenated compound (“oxygenated liquid compound”) is typically chemically synthesized by standard chemical manufacturing techniques. As a consequence, an individual oxygenated compomad is typically an exfremely homogenous chemical composition, with singular, rather than a range of, chemical and physical properties. The oxygen moiety of an oxygenated compound generally enhances the strength and breadth of solvency for potential solutes relative to a hydrocarbon.
  • an oxygenated compound typically has some or complete miscibility with water.
  • examples of an oxygenated compound include an alcohol, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone, or a combination thereof.
  • a liquid component often comprises a combination of an alcohol, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone and/or an addition liquid to produce suitable chemical and/or physical properties for a coating and/or film.
  • An alcohol comprises an alcohol moiety.
  • a preferred "alcohol" comprises a single hydroxyl moiety. The alcohol moiety confers miscibility with water.
  • Alcohols typically possess a mild and/or pleasant odor.
  • An alcohol is typically a poor primary solvent, though ethanol is an exception relative to a solute comprising a phenolic and/or polyvinyl resin.
  • An alcohol may be selected as a latent solvent, co-solvent, a coupling solvent, a diluent, or combination thereof such as with solute comprising a nitrocellulose lacquer, melamine-formaldehyde, urea formaldehyde, alkyd, or combination thereof.
  • Examples of an alcohol include methanol (CAS No. 67-56-1); ethanol (CAS No.
  • propanol (CAS No. 71-23-8); isopropanol (CAS No. 67-63-0); 1-butanol (CAS No. 71-36-3); isobutanol (CAS No. 78-83-1); 2-butanol (CAS No. 78-92-2); tert-butanol (CAS No. 75-65-0); amyl alcohol (CAS No. 71-41-0); isoamyl alcohol (123-51-3); hexanol (25917-35-5); methylisobutylcarbinol (CAS No. 108-11-2); 2-ethylbutanol (CAS No. 97-95- 0); isooctyl alcohol (CAS No.
  • Furfuryl alcohol and tefrahydrofurfuryl alcohol may be selected as a primary solvent for a polyvinyl binder.
  • Examples of an azeotrope comprising an alcohol include an azeofrope comprising butanol, ethanol, isobutanol, or methanol.
  • Examples of an azeofrope comprising a majority of butanol include those comprising 97% butanol and 3% hexane (A-BP 67°C); 32% ⁇ -xylene (A-BP 115.7°C); 32.8% butyl acetate (A- BP 117.6°C); 44.5% water (A-BP 93°C); or 50% isobutyl acetate (A-BP 114.5°C).
  • Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of ethanol include those comprising 4.4% water (A-BP 78.2°C); or 32% toluene (A-BP 16. C).
  • Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of isobutanol include those comprising 2.5% hexane (A-BP 68.3°C); 5% isobutyl acetate (A-BP 107.6°C); 17% /.-xylene (A-BP 107.5°C); 33.2% water (A-BP 89.9°C); or 48% butyl acetate (A-BP 80.1°C).
  • An example of an azeotrope comprising a majority of methanol includes an azeotrope comprising 30% methyl ethyl ketone (A-BP 63.5°C).
  • a ketone comprises a ketone moiety. However, a prefened ketone comprises a single ketone moiety.
  • a ketone generally possesses some miscibility with water, and a strong odor, ha general embodiments, a ketone may be selected as a primary solvent, thinner, or combination thereof. Examples of a ketone include acetone (CAS No. 67-64-1); methyl ethyl ketone (CAS No. 78-93-3); methyl propyl ketone (CAS No. 107-87-9); methyl isopropyl ketone (CAS No. 563-80-4); methyl butyl ketone (CAS No.
  • Acetone maybe selected for complete miscibility in water, fast evaporation, or a combination thereof.
  • acetone may be used as a liquid component in an aerosol, a spay-applied coating, or a combination thereof, ha specific aspects, acetone may be used as a thinner, ha other aspects, acetone may be used in a coating wherein nitrocellulose, an acrylic, or a combination thereof, is dissolved.
  • Methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and isophorone may be selected in embodiments wherein a fast evaporation rate, moderate evaporation rate, or slow evaporation rate, respectively, is desired, ha specific facets, isophorone may be selected for a baked coating, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of an azeotrope comprising a ketone include an azeotrope comprising acetone, methyl ethyl ketone or methyl isobutyl ketone.
  • Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of acetone include those comprising 12% methanol (A-BP 55.7°C); or 41% hexane (A-BP 49.8°C).
  • Examples of an azeofrope comprising a majority of methyl ethyl ketone include those comprising 11% water (A-BP 73.5°C); 32% isopropyl alcohol (A-BP 77.5°C); or 34% ethanol (A-BP 74.8°C).
  • an azeofrope comprising a majority of methyl isobutyl ketone (BP 114°C to 117°C) include those comprising 24.3% water (A-BP 87.9°C); or 30% butanol (A-BP 114.35°C).
  • An ester may comprise an alkyl acetate, an alkyl propionate, a glycol ether acetate, or a combination thereof.
  • An ester generally possesses a pleasant odor, ha general embodiments, an ester possesses a solubility property that decreases with increasing molecular weight.
  • a glycol ester acetate typically possesses a slow evaporation rate.
  • a glycol ester acetate may be selected as a retarder solvent, a coalescent, or a combination thereof.
  • an ester include methyl formate (CAS No. 107-31-3); ethyl formate (CAS No. 109-94-4); butyl formate (CAS No. 592-84-7); isobutyl formate (CAS No. 542-55- 2); methyl acetate (CAS No. 79-20-9); ethyl acetate (CAS No. 141-78-6); propyl acetate (CAS No. 109-60-4); isopropyl acetate (CAS No. 108-21-4); butyl acetate (CAS No. CAS-No.
  • Ethylene carbonate and propylene carbonate generally possess a high flash point, a slow evaporation rate, a weak odor, or a combination thereof. Ethylene carbonate is prefened for use in coatings at temperatures greater than 25°C Examples of an azeotrope comprising an ester include an azeotrope comprising butyl acetate, ethyl acetate or methyl acetate.
  • Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of butyl acetate include those comprising 27% water (A-BP 90.7°C) or 35.7% ethyl glycol (A-BP 125.8°C).
  • Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of ethyl acetate include those comprising 5% cyclohexanol (A-BP 153.8°C); 8.2% water (A-BP 70.4°C); 22% methyl ethyl ketone (A-BP 76.7°C); 23% isopropyl alcohol (A-BP 74.8°C); or 31% ethanol (A-BP 71.8°C).
  • a glycol ether comprises an alcohol moiety and an ether moiety.
  • the glycol ether generally possesses good solvency, high flash point, slow evaporation rate, mild odor, miscibility with water, or a combination thereof.
  • a glycol ether may be selected as a coupling solvent, a thinner, or a combination thereof, ha particular aspects, a glycol ether may be selected as a liquid component of a lacquer.
  • glycol ether examples include methyl glycol (CAS No. 109-86-4); ethyl glycol (CAS No. 110-80-5); propyl glycol (CAS No. 2807-30-9); isopropyl glycol (CAS No. 109-59-1); butyl glycol (CAS No. 111-76- 2); methyl diglycol (111-77-3); ethyl diglycol (CAS No. 111-90-0); butyl diglycol (CAS No. 112-34-5); ethyl triglycol (CAS No. 112-50-5); butyl triglycol (CAS No. 143-22-6); diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (CAS No.
  • An example of an azeotrope comprising a glycol ether includes an azeotrope comprising ethyl glycol.
  • An example of an azeofrope comprising a majority of ethyl glycol (BP 134°C to 137°C) includes an azeotrope comprising 50% dibutyl ether (A-BP 127°C).
  • Ethers [0428] Examples of an ether include diethyl ether (CAS No. 60-29-7); diisopropyl ether (CAS No. 108-20-3); dibutyl ether (CAS No. 142-96-1); di-sec-butyl ether (CAS No.
  • Tetrahydrofuran may be selected as a primary solvent for a polyvinyl binder.
  • An example of an azeotrope comprising an ether includes an azeotrope comprising tetrahydrofuran.
  • An example of an azeotrope comprising a majority of tetrahydrofuran (BP 66°C) includes an azeotrope comprising 5.3% water (A-BP 64.0°C).
  • a chlorinated hydrocarbon generally comprises a hydrocarbon, wherein the hydrocarbon comprises a chloride atom moiety.
  • a chlorinated hydrocarbon generally possesses a very high degree of non-flammability, and consequently lacks a flash point.
  • a chlorinated hydrocarbon may be selected for embodiments where high flash point is desired, ha particular facets, a chlorinated hydrocarbon may be added to a liquid component to reduce the liquid component's flash point, ha certain facets, it is less prefened that a chlorinated hydrocarbon be combined with a mineral spirit, methylene chloride, or a combination thereof, wherein reduction ofthe flash point is desired, ha particular aspects, a chlorinated hydrocarbon (e.g., methylene chloride, trichloroethylene) may be selected as a solvent for removal of hydrophobic material from a surface (e.g., grease, an undesired coating and/or film). However, a chlorinated hydrocarbon may be less prefened due to an environmental regulation or law.
  • a chlorinated hydrocarbon may be less prefened due to an environmental regulation or law.
  • chlorinated hydrocarbon examples include methylene chloride (CAS No. 75-09-2; “dichloromethane”); trichloromethane (CAS No. 67-66-3); tetrachloromethane (CAS No. 56- 23-5); ethyl chloride (CAS No. 75-00-3); isopropyl chloride (CAS No. 75-29-6); 1,2- dichloroethane (CAS No. 107-06-2); 1,1,1-trichloroethane (CAS No. 71-55-6; “methylchloroform”); trichloroethylene (CAS No. 79-01-6); 1,1,2,2-tefrachlorethane (CAS No.
  • Methylene chloride may be selected for embodiments wherein a fast evaporation rate is desired.
  • 1,1,1-trichloroethane may be selected for embodiments wherein a photochemically inert liquid component is desired.
  • methylene chloride may be selected as a coating remover.
  • Examples of an azeotrope comprising a chlorinated hydrocarbon include an azeotrope comprising methylene chloride, trichloroethylene or 1,1,1- trichloroethane.
  • Examples of an azeofrope comprising a majority of methylene chloride (BP 40.2°C) include those comprising 1.5% water (A-BP 38.1°C); 3.5% ethanol (A-BP 41.0°C); or 8% methanol (A-BP 39.2°C).
  • Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of trichloroethylene include those comprising 6.6% water (A-BP 72.9°C); 27% ethanol (A-BP 70.9°C); or 36% methanol (A-BP 60.2°C).
  • An example of an azeotrope comprising a majority of 1,1,1-trichloroethane includes an azeotrope comprising 4.3% water (A-BP 65.0°C).
  • a nitrated hydrocarbon comprises a hydrocarbon, wherein the hydrocarbon comprises a nitrogen atom moiety.
  • Examples of a nifrated hydrocarbon include a nifroparaffin, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone ("NMP"), or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of a nifroparaffin include nifroethane, nitromethane, nitropropane, 2-nifropropane ("2NP”), or a combination thereof.
  • 2-nitropropane may be selected for embodiments as a substitute for butyl acetate relative to a solvent property, but wherein a greater evaporation rate is desired.
  • N-methyl-2- pyrrolidone may be selected for embodiments wherein a strong solvent property, miscibility with water, high flash point, biodegradability, low toxicity, or a combination thereof is desired.
  • N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone may be used in a water-bome coating, a coating remover, or a combination thereof.
  • a miscellaneous organic liquid is a liquid comprising carbon that are useful as a liquid component for a coating, but are not readily classified as a hydrocarbon, an oxygenated compound, a chlorinated hydrocarbon, a nitrated hydrocarbon, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of a miscellaneous organic liquid include carbon dioxide; acetic acid, methylal (CAS No. 109-87-5); dnnethylacetal (CAS No. 534-15-6); N,N-dimethylformamide (CAS No.
  • carbon dioxide may function as a liquid component when prepared under pressure and temperature conditions to form a supercritical liquid.
  • a supercritical liquid has properties between that of a liquid and a gas, and can be used in spray application of a coating wherein the appropriate pressure conditions can be maintained.
  • Supercritical carbon dioxide may be formulated with a coating using the tradename technique UnicarbTM (Union Carbide Chemicals and Plastics Co., Inc.).
  • Supercritical carbon dioxide may be selected as a substitute for a hydrocarbon diluent in embodiments wherein chemical inertness, non-flammability, rapid evaporation, or a combination thereof, is desirable, ha certain aspects, 0% to 30%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a hydrocarbon liquid component may be replaced with supercritical carbon dioxide.
  • Plasticizers ha certain embodiments, a coating may comprise a plasticizer.
  • a plasticizer may be selected for embodiments wherein the resin possesses an unsuitable brittleness and/or low flexibility property upon film formation.
  • Properties a plasticizer typically confers to a coating and/or film include, for example, enhancing a flow property of a coating, lowering a film-forming temperature range, enhancing the adhesion property of a coating and/or film, enhancing the flexibility property of a film, lowering the T g , improving film toughness, enhancing film heat resistance, enhancing film impact resistance, enhancing UV resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • a plasticizer may function as a solvent, thinner, diluent, plasticizer, or combination thereof, for a coating composition and/or film at a temperature greater than ambient conditions.
  • a plasticizer is thought to interact with a binder by a polar interaction, but is chemically inert relative to the binder.
  • a plasticizer typically will lower the T g of a binder below the temperature a coating comprising the binder will be applied to a surface.
  • a plasticizer have a vapor pressure less than 3 mm at 200°C, a mass of 200 Da to 800 Da, a specific gravity of 0.75 to 1.35, a viscosity of 50 cSt to 450 cSt, a flash point temperature greater than 120°C, or a combination thereof.
  • Prefened plasticizers comprise an organic liquid (e.g., an ester).
  • plasticizers e.g., undesired acidity, color, undesired copper conosion, boiling point, ester content, odor, undesirable water contamination
  • plasticizers e.g., undesired acidity, color, undesired copper conosion, boiling point, ester content, odor, undesirable water contamination
  • ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04 Paint — Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons
  • D1613-02, D1209-00, D849-02, D1078-01, D1617-90, D1296-01, D608-90, and D1364-02, 2002 and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D 1544-98, 2002.
  • plasticizer with a binder and/or a solvent has been described (see, for example, Riley, H. E., "Plasticizers,” Paint Testing Manual, American Society for Testing Materials, 1972). Additionally, techniques previously described for estimating solubility for liquid and an additional coating component may be applied for a plasticizer.
  • Various plasticizers comprise an ester of a monoalcohol and an acid (e.g., a dicarboxylic acid), ha many embodiments, the monoalcohol comprises 4 to 13 carbons, ha specific aspects, the monoalcohol comprises butanol, 2-ethylhexanol, isononanol, isooctyl, isodecyl, or a combination thereof.
  • an acid include an azelaic acid, a phthalic acid, a sebacic acid, a trimellitic acid, an adipic acid, or a combination thereof.
  • plasticizers examples include di(2-ethylhexyl) azelate (“DOZ”); di(butyl) sebacate (“DBS”); di(2- ethylhexyl) phthalate (“DOP”); di(isononyl) phthalate (“DINP”); dibutyl phthalate (“DBP”); butyl benzyl phthalate (“BBP”); di(isooctyl) phthalate (“DIOP”); di(idodecyl) phthalate (“DIDP”); tris(2-ethylhexyl) trimellitate (“TOTM”); tris(isononyl) trimellitate (“TINTM”); di(2-ethylhexyl) adipate (“DOA”); di(isononyl) adipate (“DINA”); or a combination thereof.
  • a plasticizer may be classified by a moiety, such as, for example, as an adipate
  • a citrate plasticizer includes acetyl tri-n- butyl citrate.
  • an epoxide plasticizer include an epoxy modified soybean oil (“ESO"), 2-ethylhexyl epoxytallate (“2EH tallate”), or a combination thereof.
  • a phosphate plasticizer examples include isodecyl diphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate ("TPC”), isodecyl diphenyl phosphate, tri-2-ethylhexyl phosphate ("TOP”), or a combination thereof.
  • Tricresyl phosphate may function as a plastizer, confer flame resistance, confer fungi resistance, or a combination thereof to a coating.
  • a polyester plasticizer examples include an adipic acid polyester, an azelaic acid polyester, or a combination thereof, ha certain aspects, a plasticizer is selected for water resistance (e.g., hydrolysis resistance, inertness toward water) such as a bisphenoxyethylformal. c.
  • a water-bome coating (“water reducible coating”) refers to a coating wherein components such as a pigment, a binder, an additive, or a combination thereof are dispersed in water. Often, an additional solvent, surfactant, emulsifier, wetting agent, dispersant, or a combination thereof promotes dispersion of a coating component.
  • a latex coating refers to a water-bome coating wherein the binder is dispersed in water. Typically, a binder of a latex coating comprises a high molecular weight binder. Often a latex coating (e.g., a paint, a lacquer) is a thermoplastic coating.
  • a latex coating further comprises a coalescing solvent (e.g., diethylene glycol naonobutyl ether) that promotes fusion ofthe binder particles, ha some embodiments, a film produced from a latex coating is more porous, possesses a lower moisture resistance property, is less compact (e.g., thicker), or a combination thereof, relative to a solvent-bome coating comprising similar non- volatile components.
  • a coalescing solvent e.g., diethylene glycol naonobutyl ether
  • a water-bome coating is a coating wherein 50% to
  • the including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a coating's liquid component is water.
  • the water component of a water-bome coating may function as a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, or a combination thereof.
  • a water-bome coating may comprise an additional non-aqueous liquid component.
  • such an additional liquid component may function as a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof.
  • An additional liquid component of a water-bome coating may comprise 0% to 49.999%, the including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, ofthe liquid component. Examples of additional liquid components in a water-bome coating include a glycol ether, an alcohol, or a combination thereof.
  • an additional liquid component of a water-bome coating may be fully or partly miscible in water.
  • a liquid that is completely miscible in water, and visa versa include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropyl alcohol, tert- butanol, ethylene glycol, methyl glycol, ethyl glycol, propyl glycol, butyl glycol, ethyl diglycol, methoxypropanol, methyldipropylene glycol, dioxane, tetrahydorfixran, acetone, diacetone alcohol, dimethylformamide or dimethyl sulfoxide.
  • Examples of a liquid that is partly miscible in water, by weight at 20°C include 0.02% ethylbenzene; 0.02% tetrachloroethylene; 0.02%j_>-xylene; 0.035% toluene; 0.04% diisobutyl ketone; 0.1% tricholorethylene; 0.19% trimethylcyclohexanol; 0.2% cyclohexyl acetate; 0.3% dibutyl ether; 0.3% trimethylcyclohexanone; 0.44% 1,1,1-tricholoroethane; 0.53% hexane; 0.58% hexanol; 0.67% isobutyl acetate; 0.83% butyl acetate; 1.2% isophorone; 1.4% nifropropane; 1.5% butyl glycol acetate; 1.7% 2-nitropropane; 2.0% methylene chloride; 2.0% methyl isobutyl ketone; 2.3% cyclohexanone;
  • Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of water include those comprising 16.1% isophorone (A-BP 99.5°C); 20% 2-ethylhexanol (A-BP 99.1°C); 20% cyclohexanol (A-BP 97.8°C); 20.8% butyl glycol (A-BP 98.8°C); or 28.8% ethyl glycol (A-BP 99.4°C).
  • a colorant (“colorizing agent”) is a composition that confers a desirable optical property to a coating.
  • Examples of desirable optical properties include a reflection property, a light absorption property, a light scattering property, or a combination thereof.
  • a colorant that increases the reflection of light may increase gloss.
  • a colorant that increased light scattering may increase the opacity and/or confer a color to a coating and/or fihn.
  • Light scattering of a broad spectrum of wavelengths can confer a white color to a coating and or film. Scattering of a certain wavelength may confer a color associated with the wavelength to a coating and/or film.
  • Light absorption also affects opacity and/or color. Light absorption over a broad spectrum confers a black color to a coating and/or film.
  • Absorbance of a certain wavelength may eliminate the color associated with the wavelength from the appearance of a coating and/or film.
  • colorants include pigments, dyes, extenders, or a combination thereof.
  • Colorants e.g., pigments, dyes
  • procedures for determining the optical properties and physical properties e.g., hiding power, transparency, light absorption, light scattering, tinting strength, color, particle size, particle dispersion, pigment content, color matching
  • optical properties and physical properties e.g., hiding power, transparency, light absorption, light scattering, tinting strength, color, particle size, particle dispersion, pigment content, color matching
  • a pigment is a composition that is insoluble in the other components of a coating, and further confers a desirable optical properties, confers a property affecting the application of the coating (e.g., a rheological property), confers a performance property to a coating, reduces the cost of the coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a pigment confers a performance property to a coating such as a desirable conosion resistance property, magnetic property, or a combination thereof.
  • a pigment include an inorganic pigment, an organic pigment, or a combination thereof.
  • Pigments possess a variety of properties in addition to color that aid in the selection of a particular pigment for a specific application. Examples of such properties include a tinctorial property, an insolubility property, a conosion resistance property, a durability property, a heat resistance property, an opacity property, a transparency property, or a combination thereof.
  • a tinctorial property is the ability of a composition to produce a color, wherein a greater tinctorial strength indicating less ofthe composition is needed to achieve the color.
  • An insolubility property is the ability of a composition to remain in a solid form upon contact with another coating component (e.g., a liquid component), even during a curing process involving chemical reactions (e.g., thermosetting, baking, irradiation).
  • a corrosion resistance property is the ability of a composition to reduce the damage of a chemical (e.g., water, acid) that contacts metal.
  • Pigments e.g., extenders, titanium pigments, inorganic pigments, surface modified pigments, bismuth vanadates, cadmium pigments, cerium pigment, complex inorganic color pigments, metallic pigments, benzimidazolone pigments, diketopynolopyrrole pigments, dioxazine violet pigments, disazocondensation pigments, isoindoline pigments, isoindolinone pigments, perylene pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, quinacridone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, thiazine pigments, oxazine pigments, zinc sulfide pigments, zinc oxide pigments, iron oxide pigments, chromium oxide pigments, cadmium pigments, cadmium sulfide, cadmium yellow, cadmium sulfoselenide, cadmium mercury sulfide, bismuth pigments, chromate pigments,
  • Corrosion Resistance Pigments may improve the conosion resistance of a coating and or film, or specifically, the protection of a metal surface coated with a coating and/or film from conosion. Often, a primer comprises such pigments.
  • corrosion resistance pigments examples include aluminum flake, aluminum triphosphate, aluminum zinc phosphate, ammonium chromate, barium borosilicate, barium chromate, barium metaborate, basic calcium zinc molybdate, basic carbonate white lead, basic lead silicate, basic lead silicochromate, basic lead silicosulfate, basic zinc molybdate, basic zinc molybdate-phosphate, basic zinc molybdenum phosphate, basic zinc phosphate hydrate, bronze flake, calcium barium phosphosihcate, calcium borosilicate, calcium chromate, calcium plumbate (CI Pigment Brown 10), calcium strontium phosphosihcate, calcium strontium zinc phosphosihcate, dibasic lead phosphite, lead chromosilicate, lead cyanamide, lead suboxide, lead sulfate, mica, micaceous iron oxide, red lead (CI Pigment Red 105), steel flake, strontium borosilicate, strontium chromate (
  • a corrosion resistant pigment may be made based on the mechanism of corrosion resistance it confers to a coating and/or film. Corrosion often occurs as a cathodic process wherein a metal surface acts as a cathode and passes electrons to an electron accepter moiety of a corrosive chemical, such as, for example, hydrogen, oxygen, or a combination thereof. Conosion can also occur as an anodic process wherein ionized metal atoms then enter solution.
  • Pigments such as, for example, mica, micaceous iron oxide, metallic flake pigments (e.g., aluminum, bronze, steel), or a combination thereof confer conosion resistance to a coating and/or film by acting as a physical barrier between a metal surface and conosive chemicals.
  • a chemically reactive pigment such as a metal flake pigment be used in an environment at or near neutral pH (e.g., pH 6 to pH 8).
  • Micaceous iron oxide can be selected for a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof, and can also function as a UV absorber.
  • Aluminum flake may be selected for an industrial coating, an automotive coating, an architectural coating, a primer, or a combination thereof.
  • Aluminum flake may additionally confer heat resistance, moisture resistance, UV resistance, or a combination thereof to a coating and/or film.
  • Aluminum flake may also be stearate modified for use in a topcoat.
  • aluminum flake may produce gas in a coating comprising more than 0.15% water.
  • a metallic zinc pigment e.g., zinc flake, zinc dust
  • the effectiveness of a coating's corrosion resistance fades as the zinc pigment is used up in protective reactions.
  • a metallic zinc primer may be selected for a primer, particularly in combination with an epoxy topcoat, a urethane topcoat, or a combination thereof.
  • Red lead and/or basic lead silicochromate can confer an orange color, and may be selected for combination with an oil-based coating (e.g., a primer), as the pigment chemically reacts with an oil-based binder to produce a conosion resistant lead soap in the coating and/or film.
  • Red lead and/or basic lead is typically selected for a primer in an industrial steel coating.
  • a barium metaborate pigment acts by retarding an anodic process.
  • a barium metaborate pigment is usual chemically modified by combination with silica to reduce solubility.
  • a zinc borate combined with a zinc phosphate, a modified barium metaborate, or combination thereof demonstrates synergistic enhancement of corrosion resistance, as well as flame retardancy.
  • Zinc potassium chromate may confer a yellow color as well as an anticonosive property.
  • Zinc tetraoxylchromate can also confer a yellow color, and is typically selected for use in a two pack poly(viny butyryl) primer.
  • Zinc oxide may be selected for an oleoresinous coating, a water-bome coating, a primer, or a combination thereof, and may be combined with a zinc chromate and/or calcium borosilicate, and additionally may improve thermosetting crosslinking density and/or act as a UV absorber.
  • Strontium chromate may confer a yellow color, and may be selected for an aluminum surface, an aircraft primer, or a combination thereof.
  • Strontium chromate may be combined with a zinc chromate in a water-bome coating, though it is prefened that total cliromate content is less from 0.001% to 2%.
  • Ammonium chromate, barium chromate and calcium chromate may be selected as a conosion inhibitor, particularly as a flash mst inhibitor.
  • a zinc molybdate, zinc phosphate, zinc hydroxy phosphite, or a combination thereof may confer a white color. These zinc pigments function by reducing an anodic process, though zinc hydroxy phosphite may form conosion resistant soap in an oleoresinous- coating.
  • Basic zinc molybdate typically is selected for an alkyd-coating, an epoxide-coating, an epoxy ester-coating, a polyester-coating, a solvent-borne coating, or a combination thereof.
  • Basic zinc molybdate-phosphate is similar to basic zinc molybdate, though it may provide superior conosion resistance for a rusted steel surface.
  • Basic calcium zinc molybdate may be selected for a water-bome coating, a two-pack polyurethane coating, a two-pack epoxy coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a combination of basic calcium zinc molybdate and zinc phosphate may confer a superior adhesion property to a surface comprising iron, and may be selected for a water-bome coating or a solvent-bome coating.
  • a zinc phosphate may be selected for an alkyd coating, a water-reducible coating, a coating cured by an acid and baking, or a combination thereof.
  • a zinc phosphate is less prefened for a marine coating for salt water embodiments.
  • a modified zinc phosphate such as, for example, aluminum zinc phosphate, basic zinc phosphate hydrate, zinc silicophosphate hydrate, basic zinc molybdenum phosphate, or a combination thereof may confer improved conosion resistance for a salt water embodiment.
  • Zinc hydroxy phosphite may be selected for a solvent-borne coating.
  • An aluminum triphosphate typically confers a white color, acts by chelating iron ions, and is prefened for a surface that comprises iron.
  • a grade I aluminum triphosphate is modified with zinc and silicate, and may be selected for an alkyd-coating, an epoxy coating, a solvent-bome coating, a primer, or a combination thereof.
  • a grade II aluminum triphosphate is modified with zinc and silicate, and may be selected for a water-bome coating or a solvent- bome coating.
  • a grade III aluminum triphosphate is modified with zinc, and may be selected for a water-bome coating or a solvent-bome coating.
  • a silicate pigment such as barium borosilicate, calcium borosilicate, strontium borosilicate, zinc borosilicate, a calcium barium phosphosihcate, a calcium strontium phosphosihcate, a calcium strontium zinc phosphosihcate, or a combination thereof, typically acts through inhibiting an anodic or cathodic process, as well as fonning a conosion resistant soap in an oleoresinous-coating.
  • a grade I and/or III calcium borosilicate may be selected for a medium oil alkyd-coating, a long oil alkyd, an epoxy ester-coating, a solvent-bome coating, an architectural coating, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof, but is less preferred for a marine coating, an epoxide-coating, a water-bome coating, or a combination thereof.
  • Calcium barium phosphosihcate grade I pigment may be selected for a solvent-bome epoxy- coating, to confer an antisettling property to a primer comprising zinc, or a combination thereof.
  • Calcium barium phosphosihcate grade II pigment may be selected for a water-bome coating, an alkyd-coating, or a combination thereof.
  • Calcium strontium phosphosihcate may be selected for a water-bome acrylic lacquer, a water-borne sealant, or a combination thereof, ha aspects wherein a water-bome acrylic lacquer comprises calcium strontium phosphosihcate, it is prefened that a 1 : 1 ratio of zinc phosphate pigment is included. Calcium strontium zinc phosphosihcate may be selected for an alkyd-coating, an epoxide coating, a coating cured by a catalyst and baking, a water-bome coating, or a combination thereof. (2) Camouflage Pigments
  • a camouflage pigment refers to a pigment typically selected to camouflage a surface (e.g., a military surface) from visual and, more prefened, infrared detection.
  • a camouflage pigment include an anthraquinone black, a chromium oxide green, or a combination thereof.
  • a chromium oxide green may be selected for embodiments wherein good chemical resistance, dull color, good heat stability, good infrared reflectance, good light fastness, good opacity, good solvent resistance, low tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof, is suitable.
  • Anthraquinone black (CI Pigment Black 20) may be selected for good light fastness and moderate solvent resistance, and is often selected for camouflage coatings, due to its infrared absorption property.
  • a color property is the ability of a composition to confer a visual color and/or metallic appearance to a coating and/or a coated surface.
  • Color pigments are often categorized by a common name recognized within the art, which often encompasses several specific color pigments, each identified by a CI number.
  • Black Pigments A black pigment is a pigment that confers a black color to a coating. Examples of black pigments, identified by common name with examples of specific pigments in parentheses, include aniline black; anthraquinone black; carbon black; copper carbonate; graphite; iron oxide; micaceous iron oxide; manganese dioxide; or a combination thereof.
  • Aniline black e.g., CI Pigment Black 1
  • Coatings comprising aniline black typically comprise relatively higher concentrations of binder, and thus often possesses a matt property.
  • Anthraquinone black (e.g., CI Pigment Black 20) may be selected for good light fastness and moderate solvent resistance.
  • Carbon black e.g., CI Pigment Black 6, CI Pigment Black 7, CI Pigment Black
  • Carbon black is often categorized into separate grades, based on the intensity of black color ("jetness"). To reduce flocculation in preparing a coating comprising a carbon black pigment, such pigments may be incrementally added to a coating during preparation, chemically modified by surface oxidation, chemically modified by an organic compound (e.g., a carboxylic acid), or a combination thereof. Additionally, a carbon black pigment may absorb certain other coating components such as a metal soap drier. Typically, increasing the concentration ofthe susceptible component by, for example, two-fold will reduce this effect. A high jet channel black pigment is often selected for use in an automotive coating wherein a high jetness is desired. The other grades of carbon black pigments are often selected for architectural coatings.
  • Graphite e.g., CI Pigment Black 10
  • Iron oxide e.g., CI Pigment Black 11
  • Iron oxide possesses superior floating resistance than carbon black, particularly in combination with titanium dioxide.
  • Micaceous iron oxide may be selected for properties such as relative inertness, grayish appearance, shiny appearance, function as a UV absorber, function as an anti-corrosive pigment due to resistance to oxygen and moisture passage. However, over-dispersal of a micaceous iron oxide during coating preparation may damage the pigment.
  • Brown Pigments A brown pigment is a pigment that confers a brown color to a coating.
  • brown pigment examples include azo condensation (CI Pigment Brown 23, CI Pigment Brown 41, CI Pigment Brown 42); benzimidazolone (CI Pigment Brown 25); iron oxide; metal complex brown; or a combination thereof.
  • a synthetically produced iron oxide brown (CI Pigment Brown 6, CI Pigment Brown 7) may be selected for embodiments wherein a rich brown color, good lightfastness, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a metal complex brown (CI Pigment Brown 33) may be selected for embodiments wherein high heat stability, good fastness, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a metal complex brown may be used, for example, in a coil coating, a coating for a ceramic surface, or a combination thereof.
  • a white pigment is a pigment that confers a white color to a coating.
  • white pigment include antimony oxide; basic lead carbonate (CI Pigment White 25); lithopone; titanium dioxide; white lead; zinc oxide; zinc sulphide (CI Pigment White 7); or a combination thereof.
  • Antimony oxide (CI Pigment White 11) is chemically inert, and used in fire resistant coatings, ha some embodiments, antimony oxide may be combined with titanium dioxide, particularly in a coating where chalking is undesirable and a white color in the coating is desired.
  • Titanium dioxide (CI Pigment White 6) is resistant to heat, many chemicals, and organic solvents, allowing use in many different applications where such properties are desirable. Titanium dioxide may be in the form of a crystal, such as an anatase crystal, a ratile crystal, or a combination thereof. Rutile is more opaque than anatase. Anatase has a greater ability to chalk and is whiter in color than ratile. In aspects wherein chalking is undesirable, a titanium dioxide crystal may be reacted with an inorganic oxide to enhance chalking resistance. Examples of such inorganic oxides include aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, zinc oxide, or a combination thereof.
  • White lead (CI Pigment White 1) is chemically reactive with acidic binders to form strong films with elastic properties, but also chemically reacts with sulphur to become black in color. It is less prefened in certain coatings due to the toxic nature of lead.
  • Zinc oxide (CI Pigment White 4) confers desirable properties such as resistance to mildew, as well as chemically reacting with oleoresin binders in film formation to enhance resistance to abrasion, to enhance resistance to moisture, to enhance hardness, and/or reduce chalking.
  • Zinc sulfide (CI Pigment White 7) is chemically inert, and confers a strong chalking property, ha certain embodiments, a zinc sulfide comprises a lithopone.
  • a lithopone (CI Pigment White 5) comprises a mixture of ZnS and barium sulphate (BaSO 4 ), usually from 30% to 60% ZnS and 70% to 40% BaSO 4 .
  • a pearlescent pigment is a pigment that confers a pearl-like appearance to a coating.
  • examples of a white pigment include titanium dioxide and ferric oxide covered mica, bismuth oxychloride crystal, or a combination thereof.
  • Violet Pigments A violet pigment is a pigment that confers a violet color to a coating. However, a violet pigment is often used in combination with a red pigment or a blue pigment to produce a desirable color of an intermediate hue between red and blue. Additionally, a violet pigment is often combined with titanium dioxide to balance the slight yellow color of that white pigment.
  • An example of a violet pigment includes dioxanine violet (CI Pigment Violet 23; CI Pigment Violet 37).
  • a dioxazine violet may be selected for embodiments wherein high heat stability, good light fastness, good solvent fastness, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • CI Pigment Violet 23 (“carbazole violet”) is relatively fransparent and bluer than CI Pigment 37, and is typically used in a metallic coating.
  • a dioxazine violet is susceptible to flocculation, loss in a powder coating, or a combination thereof, due to small particle size.
  • Blue Pigments [0470] A blue pigment is a pigment that confers a blue color to a coating.
  • Examples of a blue pigment include carbazol Blue; carbazole Blue; cobalt blue; copper phthalocyanine; dioxanine Blue; indanthrone; phthalocyanin blue; Prassian blue; ultramarine; or a combination thereof.
  • a cobalt blue (CI Pigment Blue 36) may be selected for embodiments wherein good chemical resistance, good lightfastness, good solvent fastness, or a combination thereof, is suitable.
  • An indanthrone (CI Pigment Blue 60) may be selected for embodiments wherein a redish-blue hue, good chemical resistance, good heat resistance, good solvent fastness, transparency, superior resistance to flocculation relative to a copper phthalocyanine, or a combination thereof, is suitable.
  • a copper phthalocyanine (CI Pigment Blue 15, CI Pigment Blue 15 : 1 , CI
  • Pigment Blue 15:2, CI Pigment Blue 15:3, CI Pigment Blue 15:4, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Blue 16) maybe selected for embodiments wherein good color strength, good tinctorial strength, good heat stability, good lightfastness, good solvent resistance, transparency, or a combination thereof, is suitable.
  • CI Pigment Blue 15 is redish in hue, but is chemically unstable upon contact with an aromatic hydrocarbon, and converts to a greenish blue compound.
  • CI Pigment Blue 15 : 1 is form of CI Pigment Blue 15 chemically stabilized by chlorination, greener, and tinctorially weaker than CI Pigment Blue 15.
  • CI Pigment Blue 15:2 is modified form of CI Pigment Blue 15 that is resistant to flocculation.
  • CI Pigment Blue 15:3 is greenish-blue, while CI Pigment Blue 15:4 is modified form of CI Pigment Blue 15:3 that is resistant to flocculation.
  • CI Pigment Blue 16 is relatively transparent.
  • coatings wherein copper phthalocyanine are used include a metallic automotive coating. However, as described above, a copper phthalocyanine may be susceptible to flocculation due to small primary particle size, and various modified forms are known wherein flocculation is reduced.
  • a modified phthalocyanine maybe selected for embodiments wherein superior color shade, dispersibility, gloss, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a Prassian blue (CI Pigment Blue 27) may be selected for embodiments wherein a sfrong color, good heat stability, good solvent fastness, or a combination thereof is suitable. However, a Prassian blue is chemically unstable in alkali conditions.
  • An ultramarine (CI Pigment Blue 29) may be selected wherein a strong color, good heat stability, good light fastness, good solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable. However, an ultramarine is chemically unstable in acidic conditions.
  • Green Pigments [0474] A green pigment is a pigment that confers a green color to a coating. However, often a "green pigment" comprises a mixture of a yellow pigment and a blue pigment, with the properties of each component pigment generally retained.
  • Examples of a green pigment include chrome green; chromium oxide green; halogenated copper phthalocyanine; hydrated chromium oxide; phthalocyanine green; or a combination thereof.
  • a chrome green (“Brunswick green," CI Pigment Green 15) comprises a combination of a Prassian blue and/or a copper phthalocyanine blue and a chrome yellow.
  • a coating comprising a chrome green may be susceptible to floating and flooding defects.
  • a chromium oxide green (CI Pigment Green 17) may be selected for embodiments wherein good chemical resistance, dull color, good heat stability, good infrared reflectance, good light fastness, good opacity, good solvent resistance, low tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a hydrated chromium oxide (CI Pigment Green 18) is similar to chromium oxide, and may be selected for embodiments wherein good light fastness, relatively brighter appearance, relatively greater transparency, relatively less heat stability, relatively less acid stability, or a combination thereof, is suitable.
  • a phthalocyanine green (CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36) may be selected for embodiments wherein good chemical resistance, good heat stability, good light fastness, good solvent resistance, good tinctorial strength, color transparency, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • CI Pigment Green 7 may be selected for a bluish green color, while CI Pigment Green 36 may be selected for a yellower-greenish color.
  • a phthalocyanine green is often selected for an automotive coating (e.g., a metallic coating), an industrial coating, an architectural coating, a powder coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a coating may comprise a yellow pigment.
  • a "yellow pigment” is a pigment that confers a yellow color to a coating.
  • Examples of a yellow pigment include anthrapyrimidine; arylamide yellow; barium chromate; benzimidazolone yellow; bismuth vanadate (CI Pigment Yellow 184); cadmium sulfide yellow (CI Pigment Yellow 37); complex inorganic color pigment; diarylide yellow; disazo condensation; flavanthrone; isoindoline; isoindolinone; lead chromate; nickel azo yellow; organic metal complex; quinophthalone; yellow iron oxide; yellow oxide; zinc chromate; or a combination thereof.
  • An anthrapyrimidine pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 108) may be selected for embodiments wherein, moderate light fastness, moderate solvent resistance, a dull color, transparency, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • CI Pigment Yellow 3 may be selected for embodiments wherein, poor heat stability, good light fastness, poor solvent resistance, moderate tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • CI Pigment 1 and CI Pigment 74 are mid-yellow in hue.
  • CI Pigment Yellow 3 is greenish in hue.
  • CI Pigment Yellow 73 is mid-yellow in hue, and resistant to recrystalization during dispersion.
  • CI Pigment 97 possesses superior solvent fastness than other arylamide yellow pigments, and has been used in a stoving enamel, an automotive coating, or a combination thereof.
  • Other arylamide yellow pigments may be used in a water-bome coating, a coating comprising a white spirit liquid component, or a combination thereof.
  • a benzimidiazolone yellow (CI Pigment Yellow 120, CI Pigment Yellow 151,
  • CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 175, CI Pigment Yellow 181, CI Pigment Yellow 194) maybe selected for embodiments wherein, good chemical resistance, good heat stability, good light fastness, good solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a benzimidiazolone with larger particle size been used in an automotive coating, a powder coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a cadmium sulfide yellow (CI Pigment Yellow 37) may be selected for embodiments wherein good stability in basic pH, good heat stability, good light fastiaess, good opacity, good solvent fastness, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a cadmium yellow comprises cadmium, which may limit suitability relative to an environmental law or regulation.
  • a complex inorganic color pigment ("mixed phase metal oxide," CI Pigment
  • Yellow 53, CI Pigment Yellow 119, CI Pigment Yellow 164); may be selected for embodiments wherein, good chemical stability, good heat resistance, good light fastness, good opacity, good solvent fastiaess, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a complex inorganic color pigment generally produces a pale color, and is often combined with an additional pigment (e.g., an organic pigment).
  • a complex inorganic color pigment is often selected for an automotive coating, a coil coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a bismuth vanadate is similar to a complex inorganic pigment, but possesses superior color of green- yellow hue, poorer light fastness, and greater use in a powder coating.
  • a bismuth vanadate is often combined with a light stabilizer.
  • CI Pigment Yellow 14 may be selected for embodiments wherein, good chemical resistance, poor light fastness, good solvent resistance, good tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a diarylide yellow is not stable at a temperature of 200°C or greater.
  • CI Pigment Yellow 83 has superior light fastness than other diarylide yellow pigments, and has been used in an industrial coating, a powder coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a diazo condensation pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 93, CI Pigment Yellow 94,
  • CI Pigment Yellow 95, CI Pigment Yellow 128, CI Pigment Yellow 166) may be selected for embodiments wherein, good chemical resistance, good heat stability, good solvent resistance, good tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a diazo condensation pigment typically is used in plastics, though CI Pigment Yellow 128 has been used in a coating such as an automotive coating.
  • a flavanthrone pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 24) may be selected for embodiments wherein, good heat stability, moderate light fastness, a reddish yellow hue superior to an anthrapyrimidine, transparency, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • An isoindoline yellow pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow
  • An isoindolinone yellow pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 109, CI Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 173) typically has been used in an automotive coating or an architectural coating.
  • An isoindoline yellow pigment may be selected for embodiments wherein good light fastness, good tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable. However, an isoindoline pigment is not stable in a basic pH. An isoindoline yellow pigment typically has been used in an industrial coating.
  • a lead chromate (CI Pigment Yellow 34) may be selected for embodiments wherein moderate heat stability, low oil absorption, good opacity, good solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a lead chromate is susceptible to an acidic or a basic pH, and a lower light fastness so that the pigment darkens upon inadiation by light.
  • the pH and lightfastness properties of commercially produced lead chromate are often improved by treatment of a lead chromate with silica, antimony, alumina, metal, or a combination thereof.
  • a lead chromate comprises lead and/or chromium, which may limit suitability relative to an environmental law or regulation.
  • a lead cliromate may comprise a lead sulfate, which is used to modify color.
  • lead eliminates include a lemon chrome, which comprises from 20% to 40% lead sulfate and is greenish yellow in color; a middle chrome, which comprises little lead sulfate and is reddish yellow in color; orange chrome, which comprises no detectable lead sulfate; and primrose chrome, which comprises from 45% to 55% lead chrome and is greenish yellow in color.
  • An organic metal complex (CI Pigment Yellow 129, CI Pigment Yellow 153) may be selected for embodiments wherein good solvent resistance is suitable.
  • An organic metal complex typically is transparent and dull in color.
  • a quinophthalone pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 138) may be selected for embodiments wherein, good heat stability, good light fastness, good solvent resistance, a reddish yellow hue, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a quinophthalone can be either highly opaque or fransparent.
  • a quinophthalone pigment has been used as a substitute for chrome as a pigment.
  • a yellow iron oxide (CI Pigment Yellow 42, CI Pigment Yellow 43) may be selected for embodiments wherein good covering power, good disperability, good resistance to chemicals, good light fastness, good solvent resistance, a yellow with greenish hue is desired, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a yellow iron oxide can function as a U.V. absorber. However, a yellow iron oxide is generally of duller color relative to other pigments, and is susceptible to temperatures of 105°C or greater. Additionally, a yellow iron oxide may comprise a ⁇ -crystal, a ⁇ -crystal, a ⁇ -crystal, or a combination thereof. Overdispersion may damage the needle-shape crystal structure, which can reduce the color intensity.
  • a transparent yellow iron oxide can be prepared by selecting particles with minimum size, and such a pigment is used, for example, in an automotive coating or a wood coating.
  • a coating may comprise an orange pigment.
  • orange pigment is a pigment that confers an orange color to a coating.
  • examples of an orange pigment include perinone orange; pyrazolone orange; or a combination thereof.
  • a perinone orange pigment (CI Pigment Orange 43) may be selected for embodiments wherein very good resistance to heat, good light fastness, good solvent resistance, high tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a pyrazolone orange pigment (CI Pigment Orange 13, CI Pigment Orange 34) is similar to a diarylide yellow pigment, and may be selected for embodiments wherein moderate resistance to heat, poor light fastness, moderate solvent resistance, high tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • CI Pigment Orange 34 possesses greater lightfastness relative to CI Pigment Orange 13, and has been used in an industrial coating and or a replacement for chrome.
  • Red Pigments [0493] ha certain embodiments, a coating may comprise a red pigment.
  • a "red pigment” is a pigment that confers a red color to a coating.
  • red pigment examples include anthraquinone; benzimidazolone; BON arylamide; cadmium red; cadmium selenide; chrome red; dibromanthrone; diketopynolo-pynole pigment (CI Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 255, CI Pigment Red 264, CI Pigment Red 270, CI Pigment Red 272); disazo condensation pigment (CI Pigment Red 144, CI Pigment Red 166, CI Pigment Red 214, CI Pigment Red 220, CI Pigment Red 221, CI Pigment Red 242); lead molybdate; perylene; pyranthrone; quinacridone; quinophthalone; red iron oxide; red lead; toluidine red; tonor pigment (CI Pigment Red 48, CI Pigment Red 57, CI Pigment Red 60, CI Pigment Red 68); ⁇ - naphthol red; or a combination thereof.
  • red pigment examples include anth
  • a lead molybdate red pigment (CI Pigment Red 104) may be selected for embodiments wherein good resistance to heat, moderate resistance to basic pH, good opacity, excellent solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a molybdate red is bright in color, and is often combined with an organic pigment to extend a color range. However, a molybdate is easy to disperse, and overdispersion may damage this pigment. Additionally, a molybdate red comprising lead and/or chromium may have limited suitability relative to an environmental law or regulation.
  • a cadmium red pigment (CI Pigment Red 108) may be selected for embodiments wherein excellent resistance to heat, good lightfastness, poor resistance to acidic pH, good opacity, excellent solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a cadmium red comprises cadmium, and may have limited suitability relative to an environmental law or regulation.
  • a red iron oxide pigment (CI Pigment Red 101 , CI Pigment Red 102) may be selected for embodiments wherein excellent resistance to heat, good lightfastness, poor resistance to acidic pH, good opacity, excellent solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • a cadmium red comprises cadmium, and may have limited suitability relative to an environmental law or regulation.
  • ⁇ -naphthol red (CI Pigment Red 3) may be selected for embodiments wherein modest heat resistance, good lightfastness, modest solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable.
  • Pigment Red 23 comprises various pigments that generally have good lightfastness, good solvent resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • Tonor pigment (CI Pigment Red 48, CI Pigment Red 57, CI Pigment Red 60, CI
  • Pigment Red 68 comprises various pigments that generally have good solvent resistance, but often have poor acid resistance, poor alkali resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • CI Pigment Red 185 comprises various pigments that generally have good heat stability, excellent solvent resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • Disazo condensation pigment (CI Pigment Red 144, CI Pigment Red 166, CI
  • Pigment Red 214, CI Pigment Red 220, CI Pigment Red 221, CI Pigment Red 242) comprises various pigments that generally have excellent heat stability, good solvent resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • CI Pigment Red 207, CI Pigment Red 209) comprises a various pigments that generally have bright color, excellent heat stability, excellent solvent resistance, excellent chemical resistance, good lightfastness, or a combination thereof.
  • Pigment Red 179, CI Pigment Red 190, CI Pigment Red 224) comprises a various pigments that generally have excellent heat stability, excellent solvent resistance, excellent lightfastness, or a combination thereof.
  • Anthraquinone (CI Pigment Red 177) has a bright color, good heat stability, good solvent resistance, good lightfastness, or a combination thereof.
  • Dibromanthrone (CI Pigment Red 168) has a bright color, moderate heat stability, good solvent resistance, excellent lightfastness, or a combination thereof.
  • Pyranthrone (CI Pigment Red 216, CI Pigment Red 226) has a dull color, moderate heat stability, good solvent resistance, poor lightfastness in combination with titanium dioxide, or a combination thereof.
  • Diketopyrrolo-pyrrole pigment (CI Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 255, CI
  • Pigment Red 264, CI Pigment Red 270, CI Pigment Red 272) comprises a various pigments that generally have a bright color, good opacity, excellent heat stability, excellent solvent resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • Metallic Pigments [0508]
  • a coating may comprise a metallic pigment.
  • metallic pigment is a pigment that confers a metallic appearance to a coating, and as previously described, is often a conosion resistance pigment.
  • a metallic pigment may be selected for a topcoat, particularly to confer a metallic appearance, a primer, particularly to confer a corrosion resistance property, an automotive coating, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof.
  • Metallic flake pigments are prefened for embodiments wherein UV and/or infrared resistance is to be confened to a coating. Examples of a metallic pigment include aluminum flalee (CI Pigment Metal 1); aluminum non-leafing, gold bronze flake, zinc dust, stainless steel flake, nickel (e.g., flake, powder), or a combination thereof.
  • An extender pigment (“inert pigment,” “extender,” “inert,” “filler”) is a substance that is insoluble in the other components of a coating, and fixrther confers a desirable optical property (e.g., opacity, gloss), a rheological property, physical property, an antisettling property, or a combination thereof, to the coating and/or film.
  • An extender pigment is often white or near white in color, and typically are used to provide a cheap partial substitute for a more expensive white pigment (e.g., titanium dioxide).
  • an extender has a refractive index below 1.7. ha some aspects, an extenders refractive index is 1.30 to 1.70, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • Examples of an inorganic extender include a barium sulphate (CI Pigment White 21, CI Pigment White 22); a calcium carbonate (CI Pigment White 18); a calcium sulphate; a silicate (CI Pigment White 19, CI Pigment White 26); a silica (CI Pigment White 27); or a combination thereof.
  • Calcium carbonate (“calcite,” “whiting,” “limestone,” CI Pigment White 18) is generally chemically inert with the exception of reactions with an acid. Calcium carbonate may be used in a water-bome coating or a solvent-borne coating. Properties specifically associated with calcium carbonate include conferring settling resistance, sag resistance, or a combination thereof. Precipitated calcium carbonate obtained from processing of limestone, and may have superior opacity.
  • Kaolin (“china clay”) is typically selected for a latex coating, an alkyd coating, an architectural coating, or a combination thereof, ha addition to the typical properties of an extender (e.g., opacity), kaolin can confer scrub resistance to a coating.
  • Talc is a hydrated magnesium aluminum silicate, and is soluble in water. Talc may be selected for an architectural coating (e.g., interior, exterior), a primer, a traffic marker coating, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof. Talc comprising a platy particle shape can confer chemical resistance, water resistance, improved flow property, or a combination thereof.
  • Silica is silicon dioxide, and may be classified as crystalline silica, diatomaceous silica or synthetic silica. Crystalline silica is produced from crashed and ground quartz, and may be selected for an architectural coating, an industrial coating, a primer, a latex coating, a powder coating, or a combination thereof. Crystalline silica may confer burnish resistance to a coating and/or film. Diatomaceous silica (“diatomaceous earth,” “diatomite”) is the mineral fossil of diatoms, which were single celled aquatic plants. Diatomaceous silica may be selected for an architectural coating, a latex coating, or a combination thereof. Diatomaceous silica may also function as a flattening agent.
  • Synthetic silica is produced from chemical reactions, and includes, for example, precipitated silica, fumed silica, or a combination thereof.
  • Precipitated silica may be selected for an industrial coating, a solvent- bome coating, or a combination thereof.
  • Precipitated silica may also function as a flattening agent.
  • Fumed silica may be selected for an industrial coating. Fumed silica may also function as a flattening agent, a rheology modifier, or a combination thereof.
  • Mica is a hydrous silica aluminum potassium silicate, and typically comprises plate shaped particles. Mica may be selected for an architectural coating, an exterior coating, a traffic marker coating, a primer, or a combination thereof. Mica may also confer durability, moisture resistance, conosion resistance, heat resistance, chemical resistance, cracking resistance, sagging resistance, or a combination thereof, to a coating and/or film.
  • Barium sulfate may be classified as baryte or a blanc fixe. Baryte may be selected for an automotive coating, an industrial coating, a primer, an undercoat, or a combination thereof. Blanc fixe has good opacity for an extender, and may be selected for an automotive coating, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof.
  • Wollastonite is a calcium metasilicate, and may be selected for a latex coating.
  • Wollasonite may also function as an alkali pH buffer.
  • Surface modified wollasonite may be selected for an industrial coating.
  • Nepheline syenite is an anhydrous sodium potassium aluminum silicate, and may be selected for an architectural coating, a latex coating, an interior coating, an exterior coating, or a combination thereof. Nepheline syenite may function may confer cracking resistance, scrub resistance, or a combination thereof.
  • Sodium aluminosilicate may be selected for a latex coating, an architectural coating, or a combination thereof. Sodium aluminosilicate may also function as a flattening agent.
  • Alumina trihydrate may be selected for an architectural coating, a thermoplastic coating, a thennosetting coating, or a combination thereof. Alumina trihydrate may confer flame retardancy to a film.
  • Alumina trihydrate may confer flame retardancy to a film.
  • Dyes A dye is a composition that is soluble in the other components of a coating, and further confers a desirable color property to the coating. It is contemplated that many ofthe compounds that give a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention color, such as photosynthetic pigment and/or carotenoid pigment, will be partly or fully soluble in many non- aqueous liquids described herein.
  • a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention is added to a coating comprising such a liquid component, the material may act as a dye, as well as a pigment and/or extender, due to the dissolving of colored compounds into the liquid component.
  • a coating additive is any material which is added to a coating to confer a desirable property other than that described for a binder, a liquid component, a colorizing agent, or a combination thereof. It is contemplated that, in addition to the examples of additives described herein, any additive known to one of ordinary skill in the art, in light ofthe present disclosures, may be included in a composition ofthe present invention.
  • Examples of coating additives include a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, as well as an antifloating agent, an antiflooding agent, an antifoaming agent, an antisettling agent, an antiskinning agent, a catalyst, a conosion inhibitor, a fihn-fonnation promoter, a leveling agent, a matting agent, a neutralizing agent, a preservative, a thickening agent, a wetting agent, or a combination thereof.
  • the content for an individual coating additive in a coating generally is 0.000001% to 20.0%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
  • a coating may comprise a preservative to reduce or prevent the deterioration of a coating and/or film by a microorganism.
  • a microorganism is generally considered a contaminant capable damaging a film and/or coating the point of suitable usefulness in a given embodiment. It is prefened that a coating comprising a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention also comprises a preservative.
  • a contaminating microorganism could use the cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention as a readily available source of nutrients for growth, and a preservative may reduce or prevent such growth. It is also contemplated that the amount of preservative added to a coating comprising a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention may be increased relative to a preservative content of a similar coating lacking such an added cell- based particulate material.
  • preservatives include a biocide, which kills an organism, a biostatic, which reduces or prevents the growth of an organism, or a combination thereof.
  • a biocide include, for example, a bactericide, a fungicide, an algaecide, or a combination thereof, ha certain aspects, it is contemplated that the amount of preservative may be increased 1.01 to 10-fold or more, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, the amount of an example of a preservative content described herein or as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art (e.g., a manufacture's instractions) in light ofthe present disclosures.
  • a preservative and use of a preservative in a coating is known to those of skill in the art, and all such materials and techniques for using a preservative in a coating may be applied in the practice ofthe present invention (see, for example, Flick, E. W. "Handbook of Paint Raw Materials, Second Edition,” 263-285 and 879- 998, 1989; in “Paint and Coatmg Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition ofthe Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp 261-267 and 654-661, 1995; in “Paint and Surface Coatings, Theory and Practice, Second Edition,” (Lamboume, R. and Strivens, T.
  • a preservative may comprise an in-can preservative, an in-film preservative, or a combination thereof.
  • An in-can preservative is a composition that reduces or prevents the growth of a microorganism prior to film formation. Addition of an in- can preservative during a water-bome coating production typically occurs with the introduction of water to a coating composition. Typically, an in-can preservative is added to a coating composition for function during coating preparation, storage, or a combination thereof.
  • An in- film preservative is a composition that reduces or prevents the growth of a microorganism after film formation, ha many embodiments, an in-film preservative is the same chemical as an in- can preservative, but added to a coating composition at a higher (e.g., two-fold) concentration for continuing activity after film formation.
  • Examples of preservatives that have been used in coatings include a metal compound (e.g., an organo-metal compound) biocide, an organic biocide, or a combination thereof.
  • a metal compound biocide include barium metaborate (CAS No. 13701- 59-2), which is a fungicide and bactericide; copper(II) 8-quinolinolate (CAS No. 10380-28-6), which is a fungicide; phenylmercuric acetate (CAS No. 62-38-4), tributyltin oxide (CAS No. 56-35-9), which is less preferred for use against Gram-negative bacteria; tributyltin benzoate (CAS No.
  • 13463-41-7 which is a fungicide; a metal soap; or a combination thereof.
  • metals comprised in a metal soap biocide include copper, mercury, tin, zinc, or a combination thereof.
  • Examples of an organic acid comprised in a metal soap biocide include a butyl oxide, a laurate, a naphthenate, an octoate, a phenyl acetate, a phenyl oleate, or a combination thereof.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Emergency Management (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
  • Agricultural Chemicals And Associated Chemicals (AREA)
EP04718588A 2003-09-04 2004-03-08 Mikroorganismen- beschichtungskomponente, beschichtungen und beschichtete ooberfläche Withdrawn EP1660596A1 (de)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/655,345 US20040109853A1 (en) 2002-09-09 2003-09-04 Biological active coating components, coatings, and coated surfaces
PCT/US2004/007263 WO2005026269A1 (en) 2003-09-04 2004-03-08 Microorganism coating components, coatings, and coated surfaces

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP1660596A1 true EP1660596A1 (de) 2006-05-31

Family

ID=34312645

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP04718588A Withdrawn EP1660596A1 (de) 2003-09-04 2004-03-08 Mikroorganismen- beschichtungskomponente, beschichtungen und beschichtete ooberfläche

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1660596A1 (de)
IL (6) IL174122A (de)
WO (1) WO2005026269A1 (de)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8911986B2 (en) 2011-04-29 2014-12-16 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Coatings containing polymer modified enzyme for stable self-cleaning of organic stains
US9012196B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2015-04-21 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Lipase-containing polymeric coatings for the facilitated removal of fingerprints
US9121016B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2015-09-01 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Coatings containing polymer modified enzyme for stable self-cleaning of organic stains
US9388370B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2016-07-12 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Thermolysin-like protease for cleaning insect body stains
US9828597B2 (en) 2006-11-22 2017-11-28 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Biofunctional materials
US10208384B2 (en) 2011-08-11 2019-02-19 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Efficient water oxidation catalysts and methods of oxygen and hydrogen production by photoelectrolysis
US10988714B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2021-04-27 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Methods of facilitating removal of a fingerprint from a substrate or a coating
US11015149B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2021-05-25 Toyota Motor Corporation Methods of facilitating removal of a fingerprint
US11624044B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2023-04-11 Toyota Motor Corporation Compositions for facilitating biological stain removal

Families Citing this family (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006112623A1 (en) * 2005-04-22 2006-10-26 Lg Chem, Ltd. Functional uv paint, construction material using the same, and method of preparing the paint
US8278063B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2012-10-02 Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation Methods for degrading toxic compounds
WO2010137015A2 (en) 2009-05-25 2010-12-02 Oplon B.V Bioactive container
US8476039B2 (en) 2009-11-04 2013-07-02 Brajadulal Chattopadhyay Hot spring bacterial strain BKH1 and protein isolated therefrom, concrete compositions, and uses thereof
CN102093967B (zh) * 2010-12-02 2013-01-30 中国农业科学院特产研究所 一株水貂源屎肠球菌及其应用
JP5807377B2 (ja) 2011-05-10 2015-11-10 三菱マテリアル株式会社 Ｓｎ合金めっき液へのＳｎ成分補給用酸化第一錫粉末及びその製造方法
EP2734620A4 (de) 2011-07-20 2014-12-24 Commw Scient Ind Res Org Enzyme zum abbau von organophosphaten
US9670432B2 (en) * 2013-02-24 2017-06-06 Saeed Mir Heidari Biological method for preventing rancidity, spoilage and instability of hydrocarbon and water emulsions and also increase the lubricity of the same
CN105838740B (zh) * 2016-05-03 2020-11-06 湖北大学 一种茶树内生草螺菌制备纳米红色元素硒的方法
CN107189956B (zh) * 2017-03-30 2020-11-10 深圳大学 一种肝素酶高产菌株及其选育方法
US11709156B2 (en) 2017-09-18 2023-07-25 Waters Technologies Corporation Use of vapor deposition coated flow paths for improved analytical analysis
US11709155B2 (en) 2017-09-18 2023-07-25 Waters Technologies Corporation Use of vapor deposition coated flow paths for improved chromatography of metal interacting analytes
CN109536484B (zh) * 2018-11-23 2022-06-21 江苏大学 一种利用磁场干预提高黄丝藻生物量及代谢物的方法
JP6614560B1 (ja) * 2019-03-29 2019-12-04 株式会社メンテック 汚染防止剤組成物
US11918936B2 (en) 2020-01-17 2024-03-05 Waters Technologies Corporation Performance and dynamic range for oligonucleotide bioanalysis through reduction of non specific binding
DE102020124843A1 (de) * 2020-09-23 2022-03-24 MWK Bionik GmbH Mehrkomponenten-Zusammensetzung zur Oberflächenbehandlung
DE102020124845A1 (de) * 2020-09-23 2022-03-24 MWK Bionik GmbH Mehrkomponenten-Zusammensetzung zur Oberflächenbehandlung
CN114181863B (zh) * 2021-12-15 2023-06-23 安徽师范大学 一种紫色杆菌属菌株e1及其制备方法和在降解邻苯二甲酸酯上的应用
CN114426416B (zh) * 2022-01-23 2022-11-08 山西省交通科技研发有限公司 一种可长期储存的反应型速凝沥青路面冷修补材料及其制备方法
CN114317290B (zh) * 2022-01-27 2023-06-09 宁夏医科大学 一种能够降解敌草隆的菌株及其应用
CN114634897A (zh) * 2022-04-07 2022-06-17 内蒙古工业大学 降解褐煤的方法及其菌剂
CN114984064B (zh) * 2022-06-23 2023-08-18 四川省食用菌研究所 羊肚菌子实体活性部位及其制备方法和用途
CN116622560B (zh) * 2023-05-10 2024-01-30 中国科学院南海海洋研究所 一株含细菌叶绿素且产胞外多糖的赤杆菌scsio17413及其在岛礁结皮中的应用
CN117384537B (zh) * 2023-12-13 2024-02-27 山东康展新能源有限公司 一种路面防滑涂料及其制备方法
CN117964830B (zh) * 2024-03-29 2024-06-04 广东东方一哥新材料股份有限公司 一种丙烯酸酯乳液及其在制备防水涂料中的应用
CN118222029A (zh) * 2024-05-24 2024-06-21 四川吉利学院 一种硅藻土和氧化锌复合高密度聚乙烯材料的制备方法与应用

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DD203926A1 (de) * 1982-01-21 1983-11-09 Manfred Teppke Papierstreichmasse
JPS58198580A (ja) * 1982-05-17 1983-11-18 Mitsubishi Gas Chem Co Inc 接着剤組成物
CN1009936B (zh) * 1988-08-01 1990-10-10 青岛海洋大学 含有生物材料的防污涂料
JPH03239766A (ja) * 1990-02-16 1991-10-25 Iwata Kagaku Kogyo Kk 汚損生物防除剤及び汚損防止塗料組成物
JP3175964B2 (ja) * 1992-03-10 2001-06-11 岡部株式会社 水域環境改善方法及び水域環境改善用塗料
GB0209680D0 (en) * 2002-04-27 2002-06-05 Univ Strathclyde Immobilisation and stabilisation of bacteriophage

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See references of WO2005026269A1 *

Cited By (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9828597B2 (en) 2006-11-22 2017-11-28 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Biofunctional materials
US11236323B2 (en) 2006-11-22 2022-02-01 Toyota Motor Corporation Biofunctional materials
US11225654B2 (en) 2006-11-22 2022-01-18 Toyota Motor Corporation Biofunctional materials
US10781438B2 (en) 2006-11-22 2020-09-22 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Biofunctional materials
US10988714B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2021-04-27 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Methods of facilitating removal of a fingerprint from a substrate or a coating
US9012196B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2015-04-21 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Lipase-containing polymeric coatings for the facilitated removal of fingerprints
US11692156B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2023-07-04 Toyota Motor Corporation Bioactive protein-polymer compositions for stain removal
US11624044B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2023-04-11 Toyota Motor Corporation Compositions for facilitating biological stain removal
US10767141B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2020-09-08 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Thermolysin for easy-cleaning of insect body stains
US9388370B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2016-07-12 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Thermolysin-like protease for cleaning insect body stains
US11254898B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2022-02-22 Toyota Motor Corporation Bioactive protein-polymer compositions
US11015149B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2021-05-25 Toyota Motor Corporation Methods of facilitating removal of a fingerprint
US9428740B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2016-08-30 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Lipase-containing polymeric coatings for the facilitated removal of fingerprints
US8911986B2 (en) 2011-04-29 2014-12-16 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Coatings containing polymer modified enzyme for stable self-cleaning of organic stains
US10208384B2 (en) 2011-08-11 2019-02-19 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Efficient water oxidation catalysts and methods of oxygen and hydrogen production by photoelectrolysis
US9121016B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2015-09-01 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Coatings containing polymer modified enzyme for stable self-cleaning of organic stains
US11535773B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2022-12-27 Toyota Motor Corporation Coatings containing polymer modified enzyme for stable self-cleaning of organic stains
US11542410B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2023-01-03 Toyota Motor Corporation Coatings containing enzyme for stable self-cleaning of organic stains
US11566149B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2023-01-31 Toyota Motor Corporation Coatings containing polymer modified enzyme for stable self-cleaning of organic stains
US11597853B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2023-03-07 Toyota Motor Corporation Coatings containing polymer modified enzyme for stable self-cleaning of organic stains
US10563094B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2020-02-18 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Coatings containing polymer modified enzyme for stable self-cleaning of organic stains

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
IL214671A (en) 2013-01-31
IL214669A0 (en) 2011-09-27
IL214670A0 (en) 2011-09-27
IL174122A (en) 2011-09-27
IL174122A0 (en) 2006-08-01
IL214670A (en) 2013-01-31
IL214668A0 (en) 2011-09-27
IL214669A (en) 2013-01-31
IL214668A (en) 2013-01-31
IL214672A0 (en) 2011-09-27
IL214671A0 (en) 2011-09-27
IL214672A (en) 2013-01-31
WO2005026269A1 (en) 2005-03-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20040175407A1 (en) Microorganism coating components, coatings, and coated surfaces
WO2005026269A1 (en) Microorganism coating components, coatings, and coated surfaces
US20100233146A1 (en) Coatings and Surface Treatments Having Active Enzymes and Peptides
EP2324087A2 (de) Beschichtungen und oberflächenbehandlungen mit aktiven enzymen und peptiden
US20110250626A1 (en) Visual Assays for Coatings Incorporating Bioactive Enzymes for Catalytic Functions
US20100210745A1 (en) Molecular Healing of Polymeric Materials, Coatings, Plastics, Elastomers, Composites, Laminates, Adhesives, and Sealants by Active Enzymes
US20200109297A1 (en) Enzymatic antimicrobial and antifouling coatings and polymeric materials
US20110240064A1 (en) Polymeric Coatings Incorporating Bioactive Enzymes for Cleaning a Surface
US20120097194A1 (en) Polymeric Coatings Incorporating Bioactive Enzymes for Catalytic Function
US20200354588A1 (en) Anti-fouling paints and coatings
US20200299521A1 (en) Peptide-containing antimicrobial coating compositions
US11832616B2 (en) Anti-viral paints and coatings and articles comprising same
Bhattarai et al. Isolation of antifouling compounds from the marine bacterium, Shewanella oneidensis SCH0402
BRPI0803689A2 (pt) formulações mono e bicomponentes nas formas de tinta, verniz e base emulsionada em água, processos para suas preparações, aplicações das mesmas
Koleske et al. Additives handbook
US11304420B2 (en) Anti-viral paints and coatings and articles comprising same
Peppiatt et al. Antibacterial activity of resin based coatings containing marine microbial extracts
BR102014016844A2 (pt) processo de produção de tinta anti-incrustante compreendendo tanino, método de revestimento de superfícies, superfícies revestidas por tinta anti-incrustante e produto obtido

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20060324

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LI LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: DE

Ref document number: 1085234

Country of ref document: HK

RAP1 Party data changed (applicant data changed or rights of an application transferred)

Owner name: MCDANIEL, C. STEVEN

RIN1 Information on inventor provided before grant (corrected)

Inventor name: MCDANIEL, C. STEVEN

DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)
17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20120518

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: WD

Ref document number: 1085234

Country of ref document: HK

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN

18D Application deemed to be withdrawn

Effective date: 20141001